US20070131783A1 - Water control valve assembly - Google Patents
Water control valve assembly Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20070131783A1 US20070131783A1 US11/702,743 US70274307A US2007131783A1 US 20070131783 A1 US20070131783 A1 US 20070131783A1 US 70274307 A US70274307 A US 70274307A US 2007131783 A1 US2007131783 A1 US 2007131783A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- valve
- water
- bypass
- hot water
- hot
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E03—WATER SUPPLY; SEWERAGE
- E03B—INSTALLATIONS OR METHODS FOR OBTAINING, COLLECTING, OR DISTRIBUTING WATER
- E03B7/00—Water main or service pipe systems
- E03B7/09—Component parts or accessories
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E03—WATER SUPPLY; SEWERAGE
- E03B—INSTALLATIONS OR METHODS FOR OBTAINING, COLLECTING, OR DISTRIBUTING WATER
- E03B1/00—Methods or layout of installations for water supply
- E03B1/04—Methods or layout of installations for water supply for domestic or like local supply
- E03B1/048—Systems for collecting not used fresh water
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E03—WATER SUPPLY; SEWERAGE
- E03B—INSTALLATIONS OR METHODS FOR OBTAINING, COLLECTING, OR DISTRIBUTING WATER
- E03B7/00—Water main or service pipe systems
- E03B7/04—Domestic or like local pipe systems
- E03B7/045—Domestic or like local pipe systems diverting initially cold water in warm water supply
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G05—CONTROLLING; REGULATING
- G05D—SYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
- G05D23/00—Control of temperature
- G05D23/01—Control of temperature without auxiliary power
- G05D23/13—Control of temperature without auxiliary power by varying the mixing ratio of two fluids having different temperatures
- G05D23/1306—Control of temperature without auxiliary power by varying the mixing ratio of two fluids having different temperatures for liquids
- G05D23/132—Control of temperature without auxiliary power by varying the mixing ratio of two fluids having different temperatures for liquids with temperature sensing element
- G05D23/134—Control of temperature without auxiliary power by varying the mixing ratio of two fluids having different temperatures for liquids with temperature sensing element measuring the temperature of mixed fluid
- G05D23/1346—Control of temperature without auxiliary power by varying the mixing ratio of two fluids having different temperatures for liquids with temperature sensing element measuring the temperature of mixed fluid with manual temperature setting means
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T137/00—Fluid handling
- Y10T137/5109—Convertible
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T137/00—Fluid handling
- Y10T137/6416—With heating or cooling of the system
- Y10T137/6497—Hot and cold water system having a connection from the hot to the cold channel
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T137/00—Fluid handling
- Y10T137/6851—With casing, support, protector or static constructional installations
- Y10T137/6966—Static constructional installations
- Y10T137/6969—Buildings
- Y10T137/6977—Escutcheon type support
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T137/00—Fluid handling
- Y10T137/6851—With casing, support, protector or static constructional installations
- Y10T137/6966—Static constructional installations
- Y10T137/6969—Buildings
- Y10T137/698—Wall
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T137/00—Fluid handling
- Y10T137/6851—With casing, support, protector or static constructional installations
- Y10T137/7043—Guards and shields
Definitions
- Certain embodiments relate generally to bypass valves for use in home or industrial water distribution systems that supply water to various fixtures at different temperatures through different pipes. More particularly, certain embodiments relate to such bypass valves that are thermostatically controlled so as to automatically bypass water that is not at the desired temperature for use at the fixture. Even more particular, certain embodiments relate to use of such a thermostatically controlled bypass valve in a water distribution system utilizing a single circulating pump at the water heater.
- Certain embodiments relate generally to faucets and bypass valves for use in home or industrial water distribution systems that supply water to various fixtures at different temperatures through different pipes. More particularly, certain embodiments relate to faucets having bypass valves that are thermostatically controlled so as to automatically bypass water that is not at the desired temperature for use at the fixture. Even more particular, certain embodiments relate to faucets having an integral thermostatically controlled bypass valve.
- Certain embodiments relate generally to water control valves for use in home or industrial water distribution systems that supply water to various fixtures at different temperatures through different pipe systems. More specifically, certain embodiments relate to such water control valves that are adaptable for use with a bypass valve so as to bypass cold or tepid water away from the associated fixture until it reaches the desired temperature. Certain embodiments are particularly useful for providing a water control valve having a bypass valve which is accessible through the support wall associated with the fixture and which can also be used with non-working or service valves.
- Certain embodiments relate generally to apparatuses and systems for retrofitting water control valves used in home or industrial water distribution systems that supply water to various fixtures at different temperatures through different pipe systems. More specifically, certain embodiments relate to apparatuses and systems for retrofitting such water control valves to incorporate a bypass valve or other operating improvements, such as pressure balancing, without requiring removal or replacement of the valve housing that is mounted in the water distribution system. Even more specifically, certain embodiments relate to apparatuses and systems for retrofitting a tub/shower water control valve to incorporate a bypass valve so as to bypass cold or tepid water away from the associated fixture until it reaches the desired temperature.
- Home and industrial water distribution systems distribute water to various fixtures, including sinks, bathtubs, showers, dishwashers and washing machines, that are located throughout the house or industrial building.
- the typical water distribution system brings water in from an external source, such as a city main water line or a private water well, to the internal water distribution piping system.
- the water from the external source is typically either at a cold or cool temperature.
- One segment of the piping system takes this incoming cold water and distributes it to the various cold water connections located at the fixtures where it will be used (i.e., the cold water side of a tub/shower valve).
- Another segment of the piping system delivers the incoming cold water to a water heater which heats the water to the desired temperature and distributes it to the various hot water connections where it will be used (i.e., the hot water side of the tub/shower valve).
- cold and hot water either flows through separate hot and cold water control valves that are independently operated to control the temperature of the water into the fixture by controlling the flow rate of water from the separate valves or, as is more typical for tub/shower installations, the water is mixed at a single valve that selectively controls the desired water temperature flowing from the fixture.
- a well-known problem with most home and industrial water distribution systems is that hot water is not always readily available at the hot water side of the fixture when it is desired. This problem is particularly acute in water use fixtures that are located a distance from the hot water heater or in systems with poorly insulated pipes. When the hot water side of these fixtures is left closed for some time, such as overnight, the hot water in the hot water segment of the piping system sits in the pipes and cools. As a result, the temperature of the water between the hot water heater and the fixture lowers until it becomes cold or at least tepid. When opened again, it is not at all uncommon for the hot water side of such a fixture to supply cold water through the hot water valve when it is first opened and for some time thereafter.
- the person desiring to use the tub/shower will either have to initially use cold or tepid water instead of hot water or wait for the distribution system to supply hot water through the open hot water valve.
- the hot water valve must be opened and left open for some time so that the cool water in the hot water side of the piping system will flow out ahead of the more recently heated hot water.
- the inability to have hot water at the hot water side of the fixture when it is desired creates a number of problems.
- One problem, as described above, is having to utilize cold or tepid water when hot water is desired. Even in those fixtures where the person can allow the cold or tepid water to flow out of the fixture until the water reaches the desired warm or hot temperature, such as a bath or shower, there are certain problems associated with such a solution.
- One such problem is the waste of water that flows out of the fixture through the drain and, typically, to the sewage system. This good and clean water is wasted, resulting in unnecessary water treatment after flowing through the sewage system. This waste of water is compounded when the person is inattentive and hot water begins flowing down the drain and to the sewage system.
- Yet another problem associated with the inability to have hot water at the hot water valve when needed is the waste of time for the person who must wait for the water to reach the desired temperature before he or she-can take a bath or shower at the desired temperature.
- bypass valves and/or water recirculation systems in home or industrial water distribution systems to overcome the problems described above have been known for some time.
- the general objective of the bypass valve or recirculation system is to avoid supplying cold or tepid water at the hot water side of the piping system when the user desires hot water.
- U.S. Pat. No. 2,842,155 to Peters describes a thermostatically controlled water bypass valve, shown as FIG. 2 therein, that connects at or near the fixture located away from the water heater.
- the inventor discusses the problems of cool “hot” water and describes a number of prior art attempts to solve the problem.
- the bypass valve in the Peters patent comprises a cylindrical housing having threaded ends that connect to the hot and cold water piping at the fixture so as to interconnect these piping segments.
- a temperature responsive element Inside the housing at the hot water side is a temperature responsive element having a valve ball at one end that can sealably abut a valve seat.
- the temperature responsive element is a metallic bellows that extends when it is heated to close the valve ball against the valve seat and contracts when cooled to allow water to flow from the hot side to the cold side of the piping system when both the hot and cold water valves are closed.
- a dual action check valve Inside the housing at the cold water side is a dual action check valve that prevents cold water from flowing to the hot water side of the piping system when the hot water valve or the cold water valve is open.
- An alternative embodiment of the Peters' invention shows the use of a spiral temperature responsive element having a finger portion that moves left or right to close or open the valve between the hot and cold water piping segments.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,623,990 to Pirkle describes a temperature-controlled water delivery system for use with showers and eye-wash apparatuses that utilize a pair of temperature responsive valves, shown as FIGS. 2 and 5 therein. These valves utilize thermally responsive wax actuators that push valve elements against springs to open or close the valves to allow fluid of certain temperatures to pass.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,209,401 to Fiedrich describes a diverting valve for hydronic heating systems, best shown in FIGS. 3 through 5 , that is used in conjunction with a thermostatic control head having a sensor bulb to detect the temperature of the supply water
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,119,988 also to Fiedrich describes a three-way modulating diverting valve, shown as FIG.
- a non-electric, thermostatic, automatic controller provides the force for the modulation of the valve stem against the spring.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,287,570 to Peterson et al. discloses the use of a bypass valve located below a sink to divert cold water from the hot water faucet to the sewer or a water reservoir. As discussed with regard to FIG. 5 , the bypass valve is used in conjunction with a separate temperature sensor.
- the Benham system utilizes a circulating pump in the return line to the water heater and a temperature responsive or thermostatically actuated bypass valve disposed between the circulating pump and the hot water heater to maintain a return flow at a temperature level below that at the outlet from the water heater.
- the bypass valve shown in FIG. 2 , utilizes a thermostatic actuator that extends or retracts its stem portion, having a valve member at its end, to seat or unseat the valve.
- the Blumenauer system utilizes an instantaneous hot water device comprising a gate valve and ball valve in a bypass line interconnecting the hot and cold water input lines with a pump and timer placed in the hot water line near the hot water heater.
- thermally actuated valve systems having valves that are directly operated by a thermal actuator (such as a wax filled cartridge) tend not to have any toggle action. Instead, after a few on-off cycles, the valves tend to just throttle the flow until the water reaches an equilibrium temperature, at which time the valve stays slightly cracked open. While this meets the primary function of keeping the water at a remote fixture hot, leaving the valve in a slightly open condition does present two problems. First, the lack of toggle action can result in scale being more likely to build up on the actuator because it is constantly extended.
- the open valve constantly bleeds a small amount of hot or almost hot water into the cold water piping, thereby keeping the faucet end of the cold water pipe substantially warm. If truly cold water is desired (i.e., for brushing teeth, drinking, or making cold beverages), then some water must be wasted from the cold water faucet to drain out the warm water. If the bypass valve is equipped with a spring-loaded check valve to prevent siphoning of cold water into the hot water side when only the hot water faucet is open, then the very small flow allowed through the throttled-down valve may cause chattering of the spring loaded check valve. The chattering can be avoided by using a free floating or non-spring loaded check valve. It is also detrimental to have any noticeable crossover flow (siphoning) from hot to cold or cold to hot with any combination of faucet positions, water temperatures, or pump operation.
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,536,464 describes an under-the-sink thermostatically controlled bypass valve and water circulating system with the bypass valve placed at or near a fixture (i.e., under the sink) to automatically bypass cold or tepid water away from the hot water side of the fixture until the temperature of the water reaches the desired level.
- Related U.S. Pat. No. 6,929,187 describes a water control fixture having a thermostatically controlled bypass valve integral with the fixture, either in a separate chamber or in the operating valve, for bypassing cold or tepid water away from the hot side of the fixture.
- Related U.S. Pat. No. 7,073,528 describes a bath and/or shower water control valve that is adapted to either attach to or which includes a bypass valve.
- a water control valve assembly including a valve manifold having a mixing chamber for mixing water from a supply of hot water and a supply of cold water.
- the valve manifold has a water control element controlling the flow of water from the mixing chamber to a discharge port of the valve manifold.
- a thermostatically controlled bypass valve is in fluid communication with the valve manifold, wherein the bypass valve is configured to bypass water from the supply of hot water to the supply of cold water.
- a water control valve assembly including a valve manifold configured to be located proximate a fixture, wherein the valve manifold has a water control element controlling a flow of water to a discharge port of the valve manifold, and wherein the discharge port is configured to be in fluid communication with the fixture.
- a thermostatically controlled bypass valve is in fluid communication with the valve manifold, wherein the bypass valve is configured to bypass water from a supply of hot water to a supply of cold water.
- a water control valve assembly including a valve manifold having a hot water inlet and a discharge port, wherein the hot water inlet is configured for connection to a supply of hot water and the discharge port configured to be in fluid communication with a fixture.
- the valve manifold further includes a water control element for controlling the flow of water through the discharge port.
- a thermostatically controlled bypass valve is in fluid communication with the valve manifold, wherein the bypass valve is configured to bypass water from the supply of hot water to a supply of cold water.
- FIG. 1 shows a water distribution system having a pump added to the hot water line to distribute hot and cold water to a water control valve in a shower/tub assembly.
- FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional side view of a bypass valve for use with the water control valves.
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional side view of the valve body of the bypass valve shown in FIG. 2 .
- FIG. 4 is a side view of an exemplary thermally sensitive actuating element, shown in its unmodified condition, for use in an exemplary thermostatically controlled bypass valve.
- FIG. 5 is a front view of a prior art shower/tub water control valve showing a valve cartridge disposed in the valve manifold of the water control valve.
- FIG. 6 is a front view of the prior art shower/tub water control valve of FIG. 5 showing the valve cartridge removed from the valve manifold to expose the valve cartridge interface of the water control valve.
- FIG. 7 is a front view of the first end of an adapter plug configured according to one embodiment showing a configuration for the first plug interface.
- FIG. 8 is a side view of the adapter plug shown in FIG. 7 .
- FIG. 9 is a front view of the second end of the adapter plug shown in FIG. 7 showing a configuration for the second plug interface.
- FIG. 10 is cross-sectional side view of a retrofit system with an escutcheon plate having a blister portion covering the exposed end of the adapter plug and the retrofit valve.
- FIG. 11 is a side view of a retrofit valve configured according to one embodiment showing the valve ports and stem of the retrofit valve.
- FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional side view of the retrofit valve shown in FIG. 11 showing the use of both a water control cartridge having a pressure balance function and a bypass valve.
- FIG. 13 is a side view of a prior art water control cartridge having a pressure balance function.
- FIG. 14 is a side view of a prior art valve manifold.
- FIG. 15 is a side view of an adapter plug configured according to one embodiment for the prior art valve manifold shown in FIG. 14 .
- FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional side view of the adapter plug of FIG. 15 .
- FIG. 17 is a side view one embodiment of a retrofit valve and fluid connectors shown with the adapter plug of FIG. 15 installed in the prior art manifold of FIG. 14 .
- FIG. 18 is a side view of one configuration of a bracket shown attached to the valve manifold of a water control valve.
- FIG. 19 is a side view of a second configuration of a bracket shown attached to the valve manifold of a water control valve.
- FIG. 20 is a front view of the bracket shown in FIG. 19 .
- FIG. 21 is a top view of the second bracket member of the bracket shown in FIG. 20 .
- FIG. 22 is a chart showing the operational characteristics of the thermostatically controlled bypass valve when in use with a water distribution system.
- FIG. 23 is a side cross-sectional view of a modified thermal actuator showing modifications to reduce potential problems with lime buildup.
- FIG. 24 is a perspective view of an assembled thermostatically controlled bypass valve formed in accordance with an embodiment.
- FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional side view of the bypass valve in FIG. 24 .
- FIG. 26 is a cross-sectional side view of the valve body of the bypass valve of FIG. 24 .
- FIG. 27 is an end view of the second end of the valve body of the bypass valve of FIG. 24 .
- FIG. 28 is an end view of the first end of the valve body of the bypass valve of FIG. 24 .
- FIG. 29 is a side view of the thermally sensitive actuating element for use in the bypass valve of FIG. 24 .
- FIG. 30 is a side elevation view showing a water distribution system and fixture utilizing the bypass valve of FIG. 24 .
- FIG. 31 shows an exemplary water distribution system that utilizes a water control fixture (faucet) having a thermostatically controlled bypass valve.
- FIG. 32 is a side view of an exemplary thermally sensitive actuating element, shown in its unmodified condition, for use in the bypass valve shown in FIG. 31 .
- FIG. 33 is a front view of a typical fixture body for a single handle faucet.
- FIG. 34 is a side view of the single handle faucet in FIG. 33 .
- FIG. 35 is a top view of the faucet body housing for the faucet of FIG. 33 .
- FIG. 36 is a side cross-sectional view of the faucet body housing for the faucet of FIG. 33 .
- FIG. 37 is a bottom view of the faucet body housing of the faucet of FIG. 33 .
- FIG. 38 is a sectional view of a bypass valve cartridge body for use with the bypass valve of FIG. 31 .
- FIG. 39 is a sectional view of the bypass valve cartridge body taken at 90 degrees to FIG. 38 .
- FIG. 40 is a sectional view of the bypass valve cartridge body of FIG. 38 with a bypass valve and other components place therein.
- FIG. 41 is a cross-sectional view of the side of an exemplary shower faucet that utilizes a cartridge insert (not shown) for controlling the flow of water through the faucet showing the placement of a bypass valve therein.
- FIG. 42 is a cross-sectional view of the side of an exemplary modified ball control mechanism for use in single handle faucets.
- FIG. 43 is a top view of the ball of FIG. 42 .
- FIG. 44 is a side view of the ball of FIG. 42 .
- FIG. 45 is a cross sectional view of an exemplary modified replaceable cylindrical valving cartridge used in some faucets.
- FIG. 46 is a side view of an exemplary valve member used with dual handle, single spout faucets.
- FIG. 47 is side cross-sectional view of the upper half of a cartridge placed in the valve member of FIG. 46 .
- FIG. 48 shows another exemplary water distribution system utilizing a water control valve having a bypass valve in a shower/tub assembly.
- FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional side view of an exemplary bypass valve for use with the water control valves.
- FIG. 50 is a cross-sectional side view of the valve body of the bypass valve shown in FIG. 49 .
- FIG. 51 is a side view of an exemplary thermally sensitive actuating element, shown in its unmodified condition, for use in the thermostatically controlled bypass valve shown in FIG. 49 .
- FIG. 52 is a front view of the shower/tub water control valve without the bypass valve mounted thereon as seen through the opening in the support wall for a shower system.
- FIG. 53 is a side view of the water control valve of FIG. 52 showing the interior components of a bypass valve mounted thereon.
- FIG. 54 is a front view of a shower/tub water control valve having a bypass valve assembly mounted thereon.
- FIG. 55 is a side view of the shower/tub water control valve of FIG. 54 without the bypass assembly mounted thereon showing the hot and cold water bypass ports for connection to the bypass valve.
- FIG. 56 is a cross-sectional side view of an exemplary modified bypass valve for use with the water control valves.
- FIG. 57 is a front view of a shower/tub water control valve having a bypass valve attached to the water control valve and tubular lines interconnecting the bypass ports on the water control valve and the bypass valve.
- FIG. 58 is a front view of a shower/tub water control valve connected to a pair of bypass connectors that connect to a bypass valve attached to the water control valve.
- FIG. 59 is a front view of a shower/tub water control valve having a bypass valve adjacent to the water control valve and connected to bypass ports on the water control valve.
- FIG. 60 is a front view of a shower/tub water control valve connected to a pair of bypass connectors that connect to a bypass valve positioned adjacent to the water control valve.
- FIG. 61 is a front view of a tub water control valve having an alternative configuration for the valve manifold with the bypass valve adjacent to the water control valve and connected to bypass ports on the water control valve.
- FIG. 62 is another alternative water distribution system utilizing an exemplary water control valve as a service valve for a water utilizing apparatus.
- FIG. 63 is a perspective view of a pair of water control valves modified for use with an interconnecting bypass valve.
- FIG. 64 is a top view of a pair of water control valves utilizing a pair of saddle valves to interconnect with a bypass valve.
- FIG. 65 is a perspective view of a pair of water control valves utilizing a pair of bypass connectors to interconnect with a bypass valve.
- FIG. 66 is perspective view of a combination water control valve utilizing a bypass valve therein to interconnect the hot and cold components of the water control valve.
- tub/shower water control valve is shown as 10 (i.e., FIGS. 1 and 5 ) and a bypass valve is shown as 16 (i.e., FIG. 2 ) that is adaptable for use with the apparatus and system for retrofitting water control valve 10 .
- bypass valve 16 i.e., FIG. 2
- other water control valves may be adaptable to the system for incorporating bypass valve 16 , as described herein.
- Bypass valve 16 for use with water control valve 10 can be one of many different types of available bypass valves, including a thermostatically controlled bypass valve (as described in the patent and co-pending patent applications referenced above), an electric solenoid controlled bypass valve, a needle-type bypass valve as described in the above-referenced Blumenauer patent or a mechanical push button bypass valve such as sold by Laing and others.
- a thermostatically controlled bypass valve as described in the patent and co-pending patent applications referenced above
- an electric solenoid controlled bypass valve a needle-type bypass valve as described in the above-referenced Blumenauer patent or a mechanical push button bypass valve such as sold by Laing and others.
- water control valve 10 is adaptable for use with various types of bypass valves 16 .
- a typical water distribution system 18 utilizing tub/shower water control valve 10 is illustrated in FIG. 1 .
- a standard water distribution system 18 typically comprises a supply of cold water 20 , such as from a city main or water well, that supplies cold water directly to water control valve 10 through cold water line 22 and water to hot water heater 24 so that it may heat the water and supply hot water to water control valve 10 through hot water tine 26 .
- Cold water line 22 connects to water control valve 10 at cold water inlet 28 and hot water line 26 connects to water control valve 10 at hot water inlet 30 , as explained in more detail below.
- the preferred water distribution system 18 utilizes a small circulating pump 32 of the type used in residential hot water space heating.
- a very low flow and low head pump 32 is desirable because a larger (i.e., higher head/higher flow) pump mounted at the typical domestic water heater 24 tends to be noisy. This annoying noise is often transmitted by the water pipes throughout the house,
- the tub/shower system 34 (as an example) is already in use when pump 32 turns on, whether the first start or a later cyclic turn-on, the sudden pressure boost in the hot water line 26 from a larger pump can result in an uncomfortable and possibly near-scalding temperature rise in the water at the shower head or other fixture in use.
- the smaller boost of a “small” pump i.e., one with a very steep flow-head curve
- the single, small pump 32 needs to provide only a flow of approximately 0.3 gpm at 1.0 psi pressure.
- a “small” pump requires a very small impeller or low shaft speed.
- the inventors have found that use of a very small impeller or low shaft speed also precludes formation of an air bubble in the eye of the impeller, which bubble may be a major cause of noise.
- Such a small steep curve pump may, however, constitute a significant pressure drop in the hot water line 26 when several fixture taps are opened simultaneously (such as a bathtub and the kitchen sink).
- a check valve 36 can be plumbed in parallel with pump 32 or incorporated within the pump housing, to pass a flow rate exceeding the pump's capacity around pump 32 .
- check valve 36 prevents the boosted flow from re-circulating back to its own inlet.
- a single pump 32 located at or near water heater 24 in its discharge piping will boost the pressure in the hot water pipes somewhat above that in the cold water pipes (i.e., perhaps one to three feet of boost).
- pump 32 can operate twenty-four hours a day, with most of the time in the no flow mode. However, this is unnecessary and wasteful of electricity.
- pump 32 can have a timer 40 to turn pump 32 on daily at one or more times during the day just before those times when hot water is usually needed the most (for instance for morning showers, evening cooking, etc.) and be set to operate continuously for the period during which hot water is usually desired. This still could be unnecessary and wasteful of electricity.
- Another alternative is to have the timer 40 cycle pump 32 on and off regularly during the period when hot water is in most demand.
- the “on” cycles should be of sufficient duration to bring hot water to all remote fixtures that have water control valves (such as tub/shower valve 10 ) equipped with bypass valve 16 , and the “off” period would be set to approximate the usual time it takes the water in the lines to cool-down to minimum acceptable temperature.
- Yet another alternative is to equip pump 32 with a normally closed flow switch 42 sized to detect significant flows only (i.e., those flows that are much larger than the bypass flows), such as water flow during use of shower system 34 .
- the use of such flow switch 42 is basically required if a cyclic timer 40 is used.
- the switch 42 can be wired in series with the motor in pump 32 .
- switch 42 indicates an existing flow at the moment timer 40 calls for pump 32 to be activated, open flow switch 42 will prevent the motor from starting, thereby avoiding a sudden increase in water temperature at tub/shower fixture 34 being utilized.
- the use of switch 42 accomplishes several useful objectives, including reducing electrical power usage and extending pump 32 life if hot water is already flowing and there is no need for pump 32 to operate, avoiding a sudden temperature rise and the likelihood of scalding that could result from the pump boost if water is being drawn from a “mixing” valve (such as tub/shower valve 10 shown in FIG.
- pump 32 By using a time-of-day control timer 40 , pump 32 operates to maintain “instant hot water” only during periods of the day when it is commonly desired. During the off-cycle times, the plumbing system 18 operates just as if the fixture having bypass valve 16 and pump 32 were not in place. This saves electrical power usage from operation of pump 32 and, more importantly, avoids the periodic introduction of hot water into relatively uninsulated pipes during the off-hours, thereby saving the cost of repeatedly reheating this water. The time-of-day control also avoids considerable wear and tear on pump 32 and bypass valve 16 . Considerable additional benefits are gained by using a cyclic timer 40 , with or without the time-of-day control.
- a leaky bypass valve 16 i.e., leaks hot water to cold water line 22
- a simple (i.e., not necessarily leak tight) bypass valve 16 may suffice in less demanding applications. Reducing leakage to intermittent leakage results in reduced warming of the water in cold water line 22 and less reheating of “leaking” re-circulated water.
- bypass valves 16 may be utilized to accomplish the objective of bypassing cold or tepid water around the tub/shower fixture 34 associated with water control valve 10 , which is adaptable for use with bypass valve 16 .
- the preferred bypass valve 16 is the thermostatically controlled type, an example of which is shown in FIG. 2 and described in detail below, due to its ability to automatically sense and respond to the temperature of the water in hot water line 26 at water control valve 10 .
- a thermostatically controlled bypass valve 16 does not require any external operational input to activate in order to bypass cold or tepid water in hot water line 26 so as to maintain hot water at hot water inlet 30 of water control valve 10 .
- the preferred thermostatically controlled bypass valve 16 which can be configured for use with water control valve 10 , comprises a generally tubular bypass valve body 44 having bypass valve inlet 46 , bypass valve outlet 48 and a separating wall 50 disposed therebetween.
- bypass inlet 46 hydraulically connects to hot water inlet 30
- bypass outlet 48 hydraulically connects to cold water inlet 28 of water control valve 10 .
- Bypass valve passageway 52 in separating wall 50 interconnects inlet 46 and outlet 48 to allow fluid to flow therethrough when bypass valve 16 is bypassing cold or tepid water.
- bypass valve passageway 52 in separating wall 50 interconnects inlet 46 and outlet 48 to allow fluid to flow therethrough when bypass valve 16 is bypassing cold or tepid water.
- valve body 44 houses a thermally sensitive actuating element 54 , bias spring 56 , an over-travel spring 58 , self-cleaning screen 60 , retaining mechanism 62 (such as a retaining ring, clip, pin or other like device) and check valve 64 .
- retaining mechanism 62 such as a retaining ring, clip, pin or other like device
- check valve 64 The direction of flow for check valve 64 is shown with the arrow in FIG. 2 .
- Valve body 44 can most economically and effectively be manufactured out of a molded plastic material, such as Ryton®, a polyphenylene sulphide resin available from Phillips Chemical, or a variety of other composites.
- valve body 44 can be manufactured from various plastics, reinforced plastics or metals that are resistant to hot chlorinated water under pressure.
- inlet 46 of valve body 44 can be molded with a set of axially oriented fin guides 66 having ends that form an internal shoulder 68 inside valve body 44 for fixedly receiving and positioning one end of thermal actuating element 54 and bias spring 56 , and retainer interruption 72 for receiving retaining mechanism 62 .
- retaining mechanism 62 is a retaining ring and retainer interruption 72 is configured such that when retaining mechanism 62 is inserted into valve body 44 it will be engagedly received by retainer interruption 72 .
- Bypass valve outlet 48 can be molded with retaining slot 74 for engagement with the snap-in check valve 64 .
- valve body 44 is designed so the internal components can fit through inlet 46 and outlet 48 , which will typically be, nominally, one-half inch diameter. In this manner, a one piece bypass valve 16 results with no intermediate or additional joints required for installation.
- the end having bypass valve inlet 46 is kept close to screen 60 so that the full flow of hot water (when water is flowing from the tub spout or shower head) will wash across the surface of screen 60 , making it self-cleaning.
- FIG. 4 An example of a thermally sensitive actuating element 54 for use with the thermostatically controlled bypass valve 16 is shown in FIG. 4 .
- Actuating element 54 is preferably of the wax filled cartridge type, also referred to as wax motors, having an integral poppet rod member 76 comprising poppet 78 attached to piston 80 with an intermediate flange 82 thereon. The end of poppet 76 is configured to seat directly against valve seat 70 or move a shuttle (i.e., spool or sleeve valves) so as to close passage 52 .
- These thermostatic control actuating elements 54 are well known in the art and are commercially available from several suppliers, such as Caltherm of Bloomfield Hills, Michigan.
- actuating element 54 has a section 86 of increased diameter, having a first side 88 and second side 90 , to seat against shoulder 68 or like element in valve body 44 .
- Piston 80 of rod member 76 interconnects poppet 78 with actuator body 84 .
- Actuating element 54 operates in a conventional and well known manner. Briefly, actuating element 54 comprises a blend of waxes or a mixture of wax(es) and metal powder (such as copper powder) enclosed in actuator body 84 by means of a membrane made of elastomer or the like. Upon heating the wax or wax with copper powder mixture expands, thereby pushing piston 80 and poppet 78 of rod member 76 in an outward direction.
- the wax or wax/copper powder mixture contracts and rod member 76 is pushed inward by bias spring 56 until flange 82 contacts actuator body 54 at actuator seat 92 .
- the wax filled cartridge type is preferred because the wax can be formulated to change from the solids to the liquid state at a particular desired temperature. The rate of expansion with respect to temperature at this change of state is many times higher, resulting in almost snap action of the wax actuating element 54 .
- the temperature set point is equal to the preset value, such as 97 degrees Fahrenheit, desired for the hot water. This is a “sudden” large physical motion over a small temperature change. As stated above, this movement is reacted by bias spring 56 that returns rod member 76 as the temperature falls.
- bypass valve 16 has little or no independent “toggle action,” after a few consecutive cycles of opening and closing, bypass valve 16 tends to reach an equilibrium with the plumbing system, whereby bypass valve 16 stays slightly cracked open, passing just enough hot water to maintain the temperature constantly at its setting. In particular plumbing systems and at certain ambient conditions, this flow is just under that required to maintain a spring loaded check valve cracked continuously open (i.e., check valve 36 ). In such a situation, check valve 36 chatters with an annoying buzzing sound. To avoid this occurrence, the spring may be removed from check valve 36 , leaving the check valve poppet free floating.
- an insulated actuating element 54 will be slow opening, its motion lagging behind the temperature of the surrounding cooling-off water from which it is insulated.
- actuating element 54 finally allows bias spring 56 to open bypass valve 16 and allow flow, the resulting rising temperature of the surrounding water will again, due to the insulation, not immediately affect it, allowing bypass valve 16 to stay open longer for a complete cycle of temperature rise.
- Such an “insulated” effect may also be accomplished by use of a wax mix that is inherently slower, such as one with less powdered copper or other thermally conductive filler.
- An actuating element 54 so altered can be manufactured with a somewhat lower set point temperature to make up for the lag, achieving whatever bypass valve 16 closing temperature desired.
- An additional benefit of utilizing pump 32 in a cyclic mode in system 18 is that shut-off of a toggle action valve upon attainment of the desired temperature is enhanced by the differential pressure an operating pump 32 provides. If pump 32 continues to run as the water at water control valve 10 cools down, the pump-produced differential pressure works against re-opening a poppet type bypass valve 16 . If pump 32 operates cyclically, powered only a little longer than necessary to get hot water to water control valve 10 , it will be “of? before the water at bypass valve 16 cools down. When the minimum temperature is reached, actuating element 54 will retract, allowing bias spring 56 to open bypass valve 16 without having to fight a pump-produced differential pressure. Bypass flow will begin with the next pump “on” cycle.
- bypass valve 16 can be an over-travel spring 58 disposed between the second side 90 of the actuator body 84 and a stop, such as retaining mechanism 62 shown in FIG. 2 , located inside bypass valve 16 to prevent damage to a fully restrained actuating element 54 if it were heated above the maximum operating temperature of bypass valve 16 and to hold actuating element 54 in place during operation without concern for normal tolerance.
- a stop such as retaining mechanism 62 shown in FIG. 2
- over-travel spring 58 which is not necessary for spool-type valves, allows movement of actuator body 84 away from the seated poppet 78 in the event that temperature rises substantially after poppet 78 contacts valve seat 70 . Without this relief, the expanding wax could distort its copper can, destroying the calibrated set point.
- Over-travel spring 58 also holds bias spring 56 , rod member 76 and actuator body 84 in place without the need to adjust for the stack-up of axial tolerances.
- actuating element 54 can be fixedly placed inside bypass valve 16 by various mechanisms known in the art, including adhesives and the like.
- Over-travel spring 58 if used, can be held in place by various internal configurations commonly known in the art, such as a molded seat (not shown).
- water control valves 10 adaptable for use with bypass valve 16 , including but not limited to thermostatically controlled bypass valves, include various types of combination shower/tub valve 10 . As such, these generic forms of water control valve 10 are utilized below to illustrate several different types of designs that are adaptable for the use of bypass valve 16 therewith according to the apparatus and system for retrofitting water control valve 10 .
- the opportunity afforded by water control valve 10 is the access to the hot, cold and discharge ports when the existing valve cartridge is removed and replaced with an adapter plug, as discussed in detail below.
- bypass valve 16 The following examples are only representative of the types of water control valves 10 with which bypass valve 16 can be used. As is well known in the art, the individual manufacturers have various models of water control valves to incorporate desired features and preferences. The examples are for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to restrict the bypass valve 16 to particular uses, sizes or materials used in the examples.
- water control valve 10 As is well known, many homes have a combination shower and tub assembly whereby the same water control valve 10 is used to control the flow and temperature to the shower and the tub. A selector valve (not shown) is typically used to select the flow between the shower and the tub.
- An example shower/tub system is shown as 34 in FIG. 1 .
- a similar water control valve to that shown as 10 is used for systems comprising only a shower or a tub, with the exception that such valve only has one discharge port (connected to either the shower or the tub).
- water control valve 10 distributes water to shower head assembly 100 through shower line 102 and to tub spout 104 through tub line 106 , as exemplified in the system of FIG. 1 .
- a flow control handle 108 is used to control the flow and temperature of water to the shower head assembly 100 or tub spout 104 .
- a single flow control handle 108 is shown in FIG. 1 , it is understood that some shower, tub and shower/tub flow control valves utilize separate handles for the hot and cold water control.
- One of the primary distinguishing characteristics of virtually all existing shower/tub water control valves 10 is that they are positioned at least partially behind support wall 110 that forms part of the shower and/or tub enclosure and which is used to support shower head assembly 100 and tub spout 104 .
- water control valve 10 is generally placed behind an opening 112 in support wall 110 specifically configured for accessing water control valve 10 .
- a removable plate 114 commonly referred to as an escutcheon plate, is used to cover opening 112 .
- plate 114 is removed and valve 10 is maintained or repaired through opening 112 in support wall 110 and then plate 114 is reinstalled.
- a typical tub/shower water control valve 10 such as the Peerless® valve shown in more detail in FIG. 5 , is used to illustrate various configurations that are adaptable for retrofit use with bypass valve 16 .
- the typical water control valve 10 comprises a valve manifold (body/housing) 118 having a hot water inlet 120 that connects to hot water line 26 to allow hot water to flow through control valve hot passageway 122 to the inner valve workings, which generally comprise a removable valve cartridge 123 disposed inside cartridge receptor 124 of valve manifold 118 , and a cold water inlet 126 that connects to cold water line 22 to allow cold water to flow through control valve cold passageway 128 to valve cartridge 123 inside cartridge receptor 124 .
- cartridge receptor 124 is configured as a cylindrical or spherical cavity that is sized to receive valve cartridge 123 therein.
- cartridge receptor 124 may be configured as a generally flat surface on which valve cartridge 123 is mounted or attached (such as utilized in the American Standard model 6211 water control valve).
- cartridge receptor 124 has three ports, one each for the inflow of hot and cold water from hot water line 26 and cold water line 22 , respectively, and one for the discharge of mixed water to shower line 102 and/or tub line 106 .
- valve cartridge 123 When joined to cartridge mounting surface, valve cartridge 123 controls the' mix of hot and cold water to shower head assembly 100 or tub spout 104 through shower discharge 130 to shower line 102 or through tub discharge 132 to tub line 106 , respectively.
- Tub/shower water control valves 10 intended for installation behind support wall 110 adjacent to shower system 34 have been and are commonly permanently or at least somewhat permanently plumbed into the water distribution system 16 such that valve manifold 118 is not replaceable without tearing out a wall and physically removing the valve manifold 118 (i.e., by sawing) from water distribution system 18 .
- the dynamic seals and mating surfaces on the valving members that are subject to wear are generally internal to replaceable valve cartridge 123 .
- valve cartridge 123 is replaceable. Because all dynamic valving action is done internally in these modem cartridges, with only static seals on the exterior of valve cartridge 123 , replacement of valve cartridge 123 replaces all of the seals and mating valving surfaces that are subject to wear.
- Modem two handle fixtures also utilize separate, replaceable hot and cold water cartridges.
- the replaceable valve cartridge 123 in modem control valves communicates with hot inlet port 134 , cold inlet port 136 and discharge port 138 (shown in FIG. 6 with valve cartridge 123 removed) inside cartridge receptor 124 of valve manifold 118 through one or more fixed static seals, such as O-rings (not shown), on the exterior of valve cartridge 123 .
- Ports 134 , 136 and 138 form valve cartridge interface 140 inside cartridge receptor 124 that cooperates with valve cartridge 123 to transfer fluid from inlets 120 (hot) and 126 (cold) to discharges 130 (shower) and 132 (tub).
- inlets 120 (hot) and 126 (cold) to discharges 130 (shower) and 132 (tub).
- ports 134 , 136 and 138 are positioned inside separate port cavities 142 that are configured to communicate with the end of valve cartridge 123 that is inserted inside cartridge receptor 124 .
- Valve cartridge 123 is appropriately and cooperatively ported to flow water from hot water line 26 and/or cold water line 22 to shower discharge 130 and tub discharge 132 .
- the opposite end of valve cartridge 123 which extends generally outwardly from cartridge receptor 124 , as shown in FIG.
- on/off/flow stem 146 which operatively connects to flow control handle 108 to allow the user to control the temperature and flow volume of water.
- on/off/flow stem 146 rotates for temperature control to turn the flow of water on and off.
- stem 146 reciprocates to control the on/off and flow rate functions and rotates to control the water temperature. Attached to, connected to or part of the typical control valve 10 , shown in FIG.
- escutcheon mounting mechanisms 148 are one or more escutcheon mounting mechanisms 148 that are configured to removably mount escutcheon plate 114 so as to cover wall opening 112 with escutcheon plate 114 .
- escutcheon mounting mechanisms 148 can comprise tab members 149 having a threaded mounting hole 150 configured to removably receive a bolt, screw or other connecting device for holding escutcheon plate 114 over wall opening 112 .
- mounting mechanism 148 can be configured with the outer end 151 of valve manifold 118 being threaded, as shown in FIG. 19 , to receive escutcheon plate 114 having a large mating hole. Typically, a large single nut then clamps escutcheon plate 114 in place.
- the typical valve cartridge 123 also has one or more external sealing members, such as O-rings (not shown), that cooperate with wall 152 of cartridge receptor 124 .
- replaceable valve cartridge 123 generally has a first end (the insert end) that cooperates with valve cartridge interface 140 , having hot 134 , cold 136 and discharge 138 ports, a sealing mechanism (not shown) that cooperates with wall 152 of cartridge receptor 124 (those formed as a cavity), and a second end (the extending end) that cooperates with flow control handle 108 .
- the way in which these components cooperate may be somewhat different depending on the manufacturer and/or model.
- valve cartridge interface 140 generally varies by manufacturer and/or model of water control valve 10 .
- valve cartridge interface 140 may have one or more, or all, of these ports positioned on wall 152 of the cavity that forms cartridge receptor 124 instead of on the bottom of the cavity shown in FIG. 6 .
- valve cartridge 123 is appropriately ported so as to cooperate with ports 134 , 136 and 138 of valve cartridge interface 140 so as to transfer water from hot water line 26 and/or cold water line 22 to shower line 102 and tub line 106 so as to deliver water to shower head 100 or tub spout 104 , as selected by the user through operation of flow control handle 108 , and appropriately configured to cooperate with flow control handle 108 .
- Valve cartridge 123 may have internal channels or external channels, which cooperate with valve receptor 124 to provide the flow path, to move the water between inlet ports 134 (hot) and 136 (cold) to discharge port 138 .
- Escutcheon mounting mechanisms 148 may be mounted, attached or otherwise cooperatively engaged with valve manifold 118 to secure escutcheon plate 114 over wall opening 112 .
- the various improvement features, such as pressure balancing, are likewise incorporated differently in water control valve 10 by the different manufacturers and/or on different models by the same manufacturer.
- One purpose is to allow retrofitting of existing water control valves 10 in tub/shower fixtures 34 with the newer features of instant hot water (i.e., through use of bypass valve 16 or others), pressure balance temperature regulation, anti-scalding and/or temperature sensitive mixing, as well as other possible features, without the need for replacing the installed/mounted component (i.e., the valve manifold 118 ) of the existing water control valve 10 .
- valve cartridge 123 of the existing water control valve 10 are removed and discarded. Once these components are removed, thereby exposing valve cartridge interface 140 on or inside valve receptor 124 of valve manifold 118 , an adapter plug 170 , an example of which is shown in FIGS. 7 through 9 , can be inserted inside or against valve receptor 124 .
- the adapter plug 170 shown in these figures is a simplified example of an adapter plug 170 that is configured to be utilized with a relatively larger size cavity for cartridge receptor 124 , as shown in FIG. 6 , so as to more easily illustrate and discuss the various features.
- valve cartridge 123 and cartridge interface 140 will require a more compact design in order to accomplish these same objectives.
- the intent is to provide a retrofitting system, shown as 172 in FIG. 10 , that includes an adapter plug 170 which is specifically configured for a particular make and model of existing water control valve 10 , thereby providing for its particular cartridge interface 140 and cartridge receptor 124 , so the user can then utilize a new, and typically improved, retrofit water control valve 174 to provide the desired flow control characteristics.
- the user can relatively simply and quickly retrofit his or her shower/tub system 34 to include the various features that are currently available, such as the instant hot water and pressure balancing features discussed herein, without having to replace the valve manifold 118 that is fixedly installed in their water distribution system 18 . Even if the water control valve 10 of the user's existing shower/tub system 34 has these features already, the use of the retrofit system 172 allows the user the vastly improved flexibility to change from one manufacturer and/or model to another.
- adapter plug 170 of retrofit system 172 hydraulically connects to retrofit valve 174 , which can be done at the time of installation unless they have been previously connected or they are configured integrally, and a modified escutcheon plate 176 and a new flow control handle 178 are utilized, as best shown in the retrofit system 172 of FIG. 10 .
- adapter plug 170 comprises a plug body 180 that is sized and configured to be received in the cavity forming valve receptor 124 with generally, but not necessarily always, one or more plug sealing members, such as the O-ring shown as 182 in FIG. 8 , disposed around the outer surface of plug body 180 to sealably interact with wall 152 of the cavity.
- plug body 180 no sealing members 182 will be required around plug body 180 .
- first plug interface 186 At the first end 184 of plug body 180 , the end which is inserted inside valve receptor 124 and placed against valve cartridge interface 140 , is first plug interface 186 that is configured to connect to and cooperate with valve cartridge interface 140 so as to transfer fluid from valve manifold 118 to retrofit valve 174 .
- second plug interface 190 At the second end 186 of plug body, the end which extends generally outwardly from valve receptor 124 , is second plug interface 190 .
- second plug interface 190 is configured to hydraulically transfer fluid from adapter plug 170 to retrofit valve 174 .
- plug body 180 can be made out of a variety of different materials, including various plastics, metals and composites.
- first plug interface 186 can be configured as shown in FIGS. 7 and 8 .
- first plug interface 186 comprises a first plug port 192 , second plug port 194 and third plug port 196 , each of which are disposed in a shaped spigot member 198 having a sealing member 200 (such as an o-ring) thereon for being sealably received in their respective port cavities 142 inside or on cartridge receptor 124 .
- sealing member 200 such as an o-ring
- Second plug interface 190 includes fourth plug port 202 , fifth plug port 204 and sixth plug port 206 , as best shown in FIG. 9 , which are adapted to hydraulically connect, directly or indirectly, to retrofit valve 174 .
- Interconnecting the ports on first plug interface 186 to the ports on second plug interface 190 are passageways, shown as first passageway 208 , second passageway 210 and third passageway 212 in FIG. 8 .
- First passageway 208 interconnects first plug port 192 with fourth plug port 202 to transfer hot water to retrofit valve 174
- second passageway 210 interconnects second plug port 194 with sixth plug port 206 to transfer cold water to retrofit valve I 74
- third passageway 212 interconnects third plug port 196 with fifth plug port 204 to transfer fluid from retrofit valve 174 to discharge port 138 on valve manifold 118 , where it is transferred to shower line 102 and/or tub line 106 and then to shower head 100 and/or tub spout 104 , respectively.
- some other configurations of adapter plug 170 will not have sufficient space for three round, parallel, straight (molded or drilled) internal passageways of sufficient size to transfer the desired fluids.
- first 208 , second 210 and third 212 passageways must be configured differently.
- Retrofit valve 174 has a valve body 220 that encloses a first fluid chamber 222 , best shown in the cross-sectional view of FIG. 12 , for receiving water control cartridge 224 , which is configured to be operated by flow control handle 178 to mix hot and cold water for use in retrofit system 172 .
- valve body 220 also encloses second fluid chamber 226 that is configured to receive bypass valve 16 and be in hydraulic connection with first fluid chamber 222 , as explained below.
- water control cartridge 224 can be a specially configured water control device that is configured to provide the desired operational features or water control cartridge 224 can be an “off-the-shelf” water control device that already includes the desired features, such as pressure balancing, anti-scalding and/or temperature sensitive mixing.
- desired features such as pressure balancing, anti-scalding and/or temperature sensitive mixing.
- Various manufacturers provide water control devices, presently in the form of valve cartridges 224 , that include the pressure balancing in addition to the standard temperature mixing and on/off/flow control.
- One such device is Moen's Posi-Temp® cartridge.
- pressure balancing is an important feature that maintains constant temperature even when the hot or cold water pressure varies (i.e., when the toilet is flushed, a sink valve is opened wide or other actions are taken that cause hot/cold water pressure variation),
- the retrofit system 172 allows the user to select a different manufacturer for the upgrade to a new valving system with the desired features, such as pressure balancing.
- retrofit valve 174 has a first valve port 228 that functions as a hot water inlet, a second valve port 230 that functions as a cold water inlet and a third valve port 232 that functions as the discharge port for discharging water to the shower head 100 and/or tub spout 104 .
- first 228 , second 230 and third 232 valve ports will be positioned for external access on valve body 220 of retrofit valve 174 .
- retrofit valve 174 will be sealed with an on/off/flow stem 234 of water control cartridge 224 extending therefrom to be operatively engaged by flow control handle 178 .
- retrofit valve 174 having only a first fluid chamber 222 with the new water control cartridge 224 provides advantages for the typical shower/tub system 34 , significant additional advantage can be obtained by including second fluid chamber 226 with bypass valve 16 therein for instant hot water availability. As discussed in more detail above, use of second fluid chamber 226 with bypass valve 16 therein, as shown in FIG. 12 , provides hot water in the retrofit system 172 as soon as the user desires hot water, as selected by flow control handle 178 .
- bypass valve 16 includes sealing member 236 at or near bypass valve inlet 46 and support member 238 at or near bypass valve outlet 48 .
- Sealing member 236 sealably interacts with valve wall 240 to close off flow from bypass channel 242 , except through bypass valve 16 , that interconnects first valve port 228 through which hot water is received in second fluid chamber 226 .
- Sealing member 236 can be an O-ring mounted externally to bypass valve 16 or other like devices that are sufficient for preventing flow around bypass valve 16 .
- Support member 238 should be sized and configured to support and center bypass valve 16 inside second fluid chamber 226 .
- Second valve port 230 which connects to cold water line 22 , can be positioned directly over cold water channel 244 or second fluid chamber 226 .
- hot or cooled off water enters retrofit valve 174 at first valve port 228 and cold water enters retrofit valve 174 at second valve port 230 .
- the hot and cold fluids are mixed by water control cartridge 224 , as selected by the user through operation of flow control handle 178 , and then directed to third valve port 232 for discharge to, ultimately, shower head 100 and tub spout 104 .
- hot water will wash across the face of screen 60 to clean it of any debris that collects thereon during bypass operations, making screen 60 self-cleaning.
- bypass valve 16 allows the cold or tepid water to flow through bypass valve 16 , exit bypass valve outlet 48 and flow out retrofit valve 174 at second valve port 230 into, ultimately, cold water line 22 .
- This “reverse” water flow through the cold water line 22 is accomplished by the pressure deferential supplied by pump 32 , or other pressurizing means, in water distribution system 18 .
- bypass valve 16 closes, thereby preventing the hot water from flowing through bypass valve 16 , returning retrofit system 172 to the normal operating condition (non-bypassing).
- retrofit valve 174 is configured such that both water control cartridge 224 and bypass valve 16 can be replaced without having to replace or remove retrofit valve 174 from retrofit system 172 . As shown, this can be accomplished by providing retrofit valve 174 with a first opening 246 and a second opening 248 that open into first fluid chamber 222 and second fluid chamber 226 , respectively. As best shown in FIG. 13 (which is Moen's model 1222 Posi-Temp® cartridge), water control cartridge 224 , having a first end 252 and a second end 256 , is provided with a first sealing member 254 at second end 256 so that water control cartridge 224 can be sealably placed inside first fluid chamber 222 (with first end 252 inserted first).
- the hot port on water control cartridge 224 is sealed to bypass channel 242 with cylindrically curved face seal 250 .
- the cold port on water control cartridge 224 is sealed to cold water channel 244 with cylindrically curved face seal 251 . This effectively isolates these ports from first fluid chamber 222 .
- the discharge zone 255 between sealing member 254 and the two face seals 250 and 251 is the tub/shower discharge.
- Sealing member 254 can be an O-ring or other type of sealing mechanisms known to those skilled in the art. As known in the art, such as with many currently available valve cartridges 123 and water control cartridges 224 , sealing member 254 should be configured to close off first fluid chamber 222 and prevent the flow of water out first opening 246 . In the embodiment shown in FIG.
- bypass valve 16 is inserted into second fluid chamber 226 through second opening 248 and a cap member 258 is utilized to close off second opening 248 into second fluid chamber 226 .
- cap member 258 comprises a threaded end 260 that is threadably received in second opening 248 and a cap sealing member 262 , such as an O-ring, that provides a static seal to prevent fluid from flowing out retrofit valve 174 through second opening 248 .
- various other sealing mechanisms and closure mechanisms can be utilized to close bypass valve 16 and water control cartridge 224 inside retrofit valve 174 .
- first 246 and second 248 openings can be fixedly closed.
- water control cartridges 224 made by various manufacturers could be suitable for use with retrofit valve 174 .
- One such water control cartridge is shown in retrofit valve 174 in FIG. 12 and alone in FIG. 13 .
- this water control cartridge 224 includes a pressure balance feature that maintains the relative pressure between the hot and cold water flow when a the water distribution system 18 is subject to a sudden change in water pressure in the hot or cold water lines (i.e., as when a toilet is flushed or a water faucet is open wide).
- Water control cartridges having pressure balancing features have been known for many years. For instance, U.S. Pat. No. 2,308,127 to Symmons, U.S. Pat. No. 4,033,370 to Egli, U.S. Pat. No. 4,469,121 to Moen and U.S. Pat. No. 6,361,051 to Babin show various pressure balance configurations.
- an anti-scalding device can be incorporated to provide instant water shut-off if the temperature of the water exceeds a pre-set level.
- various manufacturers make such devices (typically they are utilized in shower head 100 ) they generally include a reset button to allow the user to manually resume water flow after the device is automatically activated.
- a reset button can be included in retrofit valve 174 , in addition to or instead of the pressure balancing feature discussed above, to block the flow of mixed water from retrofit valve 174 if the water temperature is too high (above the preset level).
- the reset button can be configured to protrude through retrofit valve 174 to be accessible to the user to resume fluid flow.
- Another possible improvement which can be utilized in addition to or instead of water control cartridge 224 with the pressure balancing feature, is an anti-scalding, proportional thermostatic water mixing and diverting valve (such as the Aquamix® available from Sparco, Inc. of Warwick, R.I.) that is a temperature sensitive mixing valve, as opposed to pressure sensitive, to maintain the water at or near a desired temperature under varied operating conditions (i.e., toilet flushing, sink valve opened, etc.).
- the device provides both anti-scalding and anti-chilling through simultaneous control of the hot and cold water.
- the components of such a valve can be configured to fit inside of retrofit valve 174 to provide this feature to an existing water control valve 10 having valve manifold 118 .
- FIGS. 14 through 17 Use of the valve with a different model of control valve 10 is illustrated in FIGS. 14 through 17 .
- One type of older design for valve manifold 118 shown in FIG. 14 , has a longer, narrower cartridge receptor 124 than that illustrated in FIGS. 5 and 6 , that is configured to cooperatively receive a longer, narrower valve cartridge 123 .
- FIGS. 15 and 16 show an adapter plug 170 suitable for use with the valve manifold 118 shown in FIG. 14 .
- adapter plug 170 includes one or more static seals, such as first static seal 300 , second static seal 302 and third static seal 304 to isolate portions of adapter plug 170 to facilitate flow from/to hot inlet port 134 , cold inlet port 136 and discharge port 138 .
- an upper section 306 generally towards second end 188 of adapter plug 170 includes fourth plug port 202 , fifth plug port 204 and sixth plug port 206 and is configured to generally extend outwardly from cartridge receptor 124
- Lower section 308 generally towards first end 186 of adapter plug 170 , is configured to be inserted into cartridge receptor 124 with first static seal 300 preventing fluid from flowing out cartridge receptor 124 .
- Second static seal 302 isolates third plug port 196 , which is in hydraulic communication with discharge port 138 .
- Third static seal 304 separates first plug port 192 and second plug port 194 , which are in hydraulic communication with hot inlet port 134 and cold inlet port 136 , respectively.
- internally adapter plug 170 comprises an inner, first tube 310 and a second tube 312 around first tube 310 to form first passageway 208 for the flow of hot water (or cooled/tepid water as the case may be), second passageway 210 for the flow of cold water and third passageway 212 for the flow of discharge water to, ultimately, shower head 100 and tub spout 104 .
- plug body 180 comprises a two-piece stationary cylindrical sleeve.
- FIGS. 10 and 17 Connecting adapter plug 170 inside valve manifold 118 with retrofit valve 174 are one or more fluid connectors 272 comprising a first conduit 274 , second conduit 276 and third conduit 278 , as shown in FIGS. 10 and 17 .
- FIG. 17 shows adapter plug 170 as configured for an alternative design of tub/shower valve 10 , shown in FIGS. 14, 15 and 16 and discussed above.
- First conduit 274 interconnects fourth plug port 202 to first valve port 228 to deliver the hot water (which may be cold or tepid) to retrofit valve 174 .
- Second conduit 276 interconnects sixth plug port 206 to second valve port 230 to deliver cold water to retrofit valve 174 and to transfer the bypassed cold or tepid water away from retrofit valve.
- Third conduit 278 interconnects fifth plug port 204 to third valve port 232 to transfer water from retrofit valve 174 to, ultimately, shower head 100 and/or tub spout 104 .
- three separate fluid connectors 272 are utilized, each one a rigid or conformable (i.e., flexible) tubular member.
- the valve can utilize a single fluid connector 272 that has first 274 , second 276 and third 278 conduits incorporated therein.
- fluid connectors 272 facilitate the placement of retrofit valve 174 behind escutcheon plate 176 by allowing for axial variation of its positioning, which may often be controlled by the other shower/tub components.
- fluid connectors 272 can be made out of plastic, copper or various other metallic or non-metallic materials.
- the ends thereof which connect to second plug interface 190 of adapter plug 170 and to first 228 , second 230 and third 232 valve ports on retrofit valve 174 , can be configured to be removably attached to their respective ports.
- both ends of fluid connectors 272 can be configured to have an angularly adjustable, sealable end, such as can be achieved by utilizing spherical ends (shown as 280 for one end only in FIG. 17 ) fitted into hemispherical sockets, which are shown as 282 on FIGS.
- retrofit valve 174 can be configured to abut or otherwise directly connect first 228 , second 230 and third 232 valve ports to fourth 202 , sixth 206 and fifth 204 plug ports, respectively, with very short fluid connectors 272 .
- adapter plug 170 and retrofit valve 174 may be made as one integral component.
- retrofit system 272 it will generally be preferred to maintain interchangeability of retrofit system 272 by allowing use of a variety of differently configured adapter plugs 170 for differently configured water control valves' 10 , which can best be achieved by having at least one end of fluid connectors 272 , preferably the end that attaches to adapter plug 170 , releasably connect to the other component (i.e., as shown in FIG. 17 ).
- the releasable connection can be achieved by various mechanisms, including threaded ends and the like.
- adapter plug 170 is configured to be received inside or on valve manifold 118 and retrofit valve 174 is positioned relatively near adapter plug 170 , both of which are located behind escutcheon plate 176 .
- escutcheon plate 176 has an outwardly extending blister portion 284 , as shown in FIG. 10 .
- the axial placement of the existing installed shower valve manifold 118 with respect to the plane of the shower/support wall 110 varies from one old installation to another, generally depending on plumbing tolerances and the whim of the installing plumber.
- retrofit valve 174 should be at some fixed location with respect to the plane of support wall, which would preferably be against or very near support wall 110 to allow the use of escutcheon plate 176 having the shallowest possible depth for blister 284 so that it will not intrude as far into the shower/tub space.
- retrofit valve 174 be positioned such that the axial direction of water control cartridge 224 is generally parallel to the plane of surface wall 110 and thus perpendicular to adapter plug 170 .
- retrofit valve 170 as well as escutcheon plate 176 , can be attached to and physically supported by support wall 110 . This will provide a rigid and sturdy support for flow control handle 178 , which is attached to stem 234 , which the user will actuate to control the temperature and flow of water from shower head 100 and tub spout 104 .
- retrofit system 172 will utilize bracket 290 for securely mounting and positioning retrofit valve 174 and escutcheon plate 176 relative to adapter plug 170 , as shown in FIGS. 18 through 21 . Additional physical support may be gained by utilizing an adhesive or other attachment mechanism to attach to wall 110 .
- bracket 290 is configured with one or more first bracket members 292 that attach to escutcheon mounting mechanisms 148 associated with valve manifold 118 of the existing water control valve 10 .
- mounting mechanisms 148 are generally attached to, part of, connected to or cooperating with valve manifold 118 , as shown in FIGS. 18 and 19 .
- Bracket 290 can also be configured with one or more second bracket members 294 that are configured to provide a support for securely attaching retrofit valve 174 and/or escutcheon plate 176 .
- second bracket member 294 can be configured with one or more mounting holes 296 to receive an attachment mechanism, such as a screw or bolt, to hold retrofit valve 174 and escutcheon plate 176 in place.
- retrofit valve 174 attaches to second bracket member 294 and escutcheon plate 176 attaches to one or more lugs (not shown) on retrofit valve 174 .
- bracket 290 also includes an adjustment mechanism 298 that is configured to allow the user to adjust the axial displacement (i.e., distance from wall) for retrofit valve 174 and escutcheon plate 176 .
- adjustment mechanism can comprise a plurality of elongated holes and screws in second bracket member 294 that cooperate with a like number of holes, not elongated, in first bracket member 292 to allow the installer to slide second bracket member 294 forwards and backwards to obtain the position he or she desires.
- bracket 290 can be manufactured out of a variety of different materials, including metals, plastic, composites and the like, a sturdy metal bracket 290 is likely preferred to provide the support necessary for the user to utilize flow control handle 178 without flexing or breaking bracket 290 .
- Escutcheon plate 176 like the existing escutcheon plate 114 , is configured to cover the opening 112 in support wall.
- escutcheon plate 176 includes blister 284 to provide an enclosure for the accessible portion of adapter plug 170 (i.e., the second plug interface 190 ), retrofit valve 174 , fluid connectors 272 and bracket 290 .
- Retrofit system 172 can include a single, uniform escutcheon plate 176 that is suitable for most, if not all, retrofit systems 172 , thereby adding to the uniformity of retrofit system 172 .
- a hole should be provided in escutcheon plate 176 , for instance in the blister 284 , for on/off/flow stem 234 to extend through so that it may connect to flow control handle 178 .
- shower systems 34 having two handle valves will require a different configuration for escutcheon plate 176 .
- Escutcheon plate 176 can be made out of a variety of materials, such as brass, plated steel, stainless steel and/or zinc, as desired for the consumer's shower system 34 .
- Flow control handle 178 is configured to actuate retrofit valve 174 so as to allow the user to control the temperature) volume and on/off of water through shower head 100 and/or tub spout 104 .
- stem 234 will protrude through escutcheon plate 176 (i.e., blister 284 ).
- a short lever-like flow control handle 178 attached to stem 234 will allow approximately 180 degrees of rotation to accomplish the on/off and temperature adjustment of retrofit valve 174 .
- the plane of motion for the flow control handle 178 will be perpendicular to support wall 110 and in either a vertical or horizontal plane, depending on whether a vertical or horizontal orientation of retrofit valve 174 is deemed to provide the most aesthetically pleasing appearance for blister 284 and the most natural manual motion to actuate retrofit valve 174 .
- the length of flow control handle 178 is kept relatively short to limit encroachment in the shower/tub space, such as that common with existing shower control valves 10 .
- valve manifold 118 mounted in the water distribution system 18 .
- the user removes valve cartridge 123 from valve receptor 124 , which is typically a cavity as shown, of valve manifold 118 to expose valve cartridge interface 140 .
- Flow control handle 108 , escutcheon plate 114 and valve cartridge 123 can be discarded.
- Adapter plug 170 configured for the particular type of valve manifold 118 and valve cartridge interface 140 installed in water distribution system 18 , is inserted into or against cartridge receptor 124 such that first plug interface 186 hydraulically connects to valve cartridge interface 140 . If necessary, adapter plug 170 is secured in place with a screw, I bonnet ring or other fasteners. The user then mounts bracket 290 to at least one of the one or more mounting mechanisms 148 associated with valve manifold 118 . In some configurations, bracket 290 may be installed with adapter plug 170 or it may have its own fastening method and hardware.
- the user then connects the one or more fluid connectors 272 , which has a first conduit 274 , second conduit 276 and third conduit 278 and may be compliant or rigid, between second plug interface on adapter plug 170 and first, 228 , second 230 and third 232 valve ports on retrofit valve 174 to hydraulically interconnect adapter plug 170 and retrofit valve 174 .
- one or both ends of the elongated fluid connectors 272 may be fixedly attached to either or both of adapter plug 170 and/or retrofit valve 174 .
- both ends of fluid connectors 272 can be fixed (i.e., one end to adapter plug 170 and the other end to retrofit valve 174 ).
- retrofit valve 174 is provided separate from bracket 290 , then the user secures retrofit valve 174 to bracket 290 , preferably adjusting the installation so the axial centerline of retrofit valve 174 is substantially parallel to support wall 110 and placed against or spaced apart from support wall 110 per instructions for the particular configuration.
- Bracket 290 or retrofit valve 174 may be adhesively or otherwise attached to wall 110 .
- the installer then secures all compliant or adjustable ends of fluid connectors 272 (i.e., those having gland devices or other fasteners) to seal the ends of fluid connectors to the respective adapter plug 170 and/or retrofit valve 174 .
- the new escutcheon plate 176 is then mounted to bracket 290 such that the blister portion 284 , if any, covers the exposed end of adapter plug 170 and retrofit valve 174 and stem 234 of water control cartridge 224 in retrofit valve 174 extends generally outwardly through escutcheon plate 176 .
- the user then attaches, typically using a setscrew or other type of fastener, the new flow control handle 178 to stem 234 to provide operational control to retrofit valve 174 .
- FIG. 22 summarizes the operation of the bypass valve 16 .
- the chart of FIG. 22 summarizes the results of the twenty combinations of conditions (pump on/pump off; hot water line hot/hot water line cooled off; hot water valve fully open, closed or between; cold water valve fully open, closed or between) that are applicable to the operation of bypass valve 16 .
- the operating modes IVB, IVC, IVD, IIIB, & IIID are summarized detailed in the immediately following text. The operation of the remaining fifteen modes are relatively more obvious, and may be understood from the abbreviated indications in the outline summarizing FIG. 22 .
- thermal actuating element 54 is open, with pump 32 not running, no circulation flow results, as the hot 26 and cold 22 water lines are at the same pressure. This is the mode indicated as IVB in the outline on FIG. 22 . If the cold water valve at retrofit valve 174 is opened, with thermal actuating element 54 open as in mode IVB above, pressure in cold water line 22 to the cold water side of retrofit valve 174 will drop below the pressure in hot water line 26 . This differential pressure will siphon tepid water away from the hot side to the cold side, which is the mode indicated as IVD in the outline on FIG. 22 . The recirculation of the “hot” water will end when the tepid water is exhausted from the hot water line 26 and the rising temperature of the incoming “hot” water causes actuating element 54 to close.
- mode IIID If the cold water valve is turned on during the conditions indicated in mode IIIB above (i.e., pump 32 operating, hot water line 26 cooled off, and the hot water valve at retrofit valve 174 turned off) and while the desired recirculation is occurring, mode IIID will occur.
- a pressure drop in the cold water line 22 due to cold water flow creates a pressure differential across valve 16 in addition to the differential created by pump 32 . This allows tepid water to more rapidly bypass to cold water line 22 .
- actuating element 54 will close, ending recirculation.
- thermal valve actuating element 54 which are applicable to the above-described bypass valve 16 are shown in FIG. 23 . It has been noted that “lime” or “calcium” buildups on piston 80 can cause sticking of piston 80 in actuating element 54 . Manufacturers of these actuating elements 54 recommend use of an elastomer boot or a nickle-teflon coating on piston 80 , or use of a plastic piston 80 . A preferred material may be use of a plastic piston 80 , to which the buildup could not get a tenacious hold, and the removal of the internal chamfer at the open end of guide bore 320 and replacement with a sharp corner 322 , as shown in FIG. 23 .
- FIGS. 24 through 30 illustrate an alternative embodiment of a bypass valve that is designated generally as 311 .
- bypass valve 311 comprises a valve body 313 having a first end 315 , a second end 309 and a separating wall 309 disposed between first end 315 and second end 309 .
- First end 315 is designated to receive and discharge hot water
- second end 309 is designated to receive and discharge cold water from a source of cold water, such as a city water supply system or a local water well.
- Valve body 313 has four threaded ports, an axial and radial port at the first end 315 and an axial and radial port at the second end 309 .
- the axial ports are designated as inlet ports and the radial ports are designated as discharge ports, however, it will be understood from the discussion set forth below that the valve is not so limited.
- first inlet port 319 and first discharge port 321 At the first end 315 (the hot water side) is first inlet port 319 and first discharge port 321 and at the second end 309 (the cold water side) is second inlet port 323 and second discharge port 325 .
- the radial ports can be the inlet ports and the axial ports can be the discharge ports.
- the first 319 and second 323 inlet ports connect to the hot and cold water distribution system and first 321 and second 325 discharge ports connect to the hot and cold water valves on the fixture (i.e., sink, shower, bathtub or etc.) with which the bypass valve 311 is utilized.
- bypass valve 311 The use of both an inlet 319 and discharge 321 ports on the hot side distinguish the bypass valve 311 from other known bypass valves, which utilize a single port, and provide significant benefits for bypass valve 311 .
- the bypass valve 311 reduces the number of plumbing fittings (at least one tee) and plumber time for installation by allowing it to be connected simply with swivel nut hoses. Because the “tee” function is internal to valve body 313 , hot water flowing to the open fixture valve flows through valve body 313 , around the thermal actuator body, allowing immediate response to rising temperature. Conversely, if the tee is an external pipe fitting remote from the thermal bypass valve, response will be slowed.
- This use of an integral tee shortens time in which water can be siphoned from cold to hot, eliminating the need for an internal check valve.
- Hot water flowing through valve body 313 to an open fixture also allows placement of a screen inside the valve body 313 such that it is swept clean.
- the use of the second port on the hot side also allows placement of a retaining pin without the need for an extra seal.
- the use of two ports on the cold side i.e., inlet port 323 and discharge port 325 ) also eliminates the use of an external tee and further simplifies and reduces the cost of installing the bypass valve 311 .
- two ports on the cold side also facilitate the use of a retaining slot for holding a check valve, if one is used.
- valve body 313 houses a thermally sensitive actuating element 326 , bias spring 328 , an over-travel spring 330 , screen 332 , retaining pin 334 and check valve 336 .
- Valve body 313 can most economically and effectively be manufactured out of a molded plastic material, such as Ryton®, a polyphenylene sulphide resin available from Phillips Chemical, or a variety of composites. Molded plastic materials are preferred due to their relatively high strength and chemical/corrosion resistant characteristics while providing the ability to manufacture the valve body 313 utilizing injection molding processes with the design based on the configuration described herein without the need for expensive casting or machining.
- valve body 313 can be manufactured from various plastics, reinforced plastics or metals that are suitable for “soft” plumbing loads and resistant to hot chlorinated water under pressure.
- first end 315 of valve body 313 is molded with wall 309 having a passage 337 therein interconnecting first end 315 and second end 309 to allow fluid to flow therethrough, a set of axially oriented fin guides 338 having ends that form an internal shoulder 340 inside valve body 313 for fixedly receiving and positioning one end of thermal actuating element 326 and the bias spring 328 , and a retaining pin hole 344 for receiving retaining pin 334 .
- Second end 309 is molded with retaining slot 346 for engagement with the snap-in check valve 336 .
- the valve body 313 is designed so the components can fit through either of the inlet and/or discharge ports, which will typically be one-half inch diameter. In this manner, a one piece bypass valve 311 results with no intermediate or additional joints required for installation.
- each of the four ports ( 319 , 321 , 323 and 325 ) on valve body 313 have one-half inch straight pipe threads for use with the swivel nuts that are commonly found on standard connection hoses that fit the typical residential faucet.
- the threads on all four ports are molded with flats or axial slots 348 interrupting the threads to prevent a user from attempting to mount valve body 313 directly to “hard” plumbing with female taper pipe threads.
- the swivel nuts on the connection hoses seal with hose washers against the ends of the four ports, as opposed to common pipe fittings that seal at the tapered threads.
- bypass valve 311 In the preferred installation of bypass valve 311 , inlet port 319 connects to the hot water angle stop at the wall and the discharge port 321 connects to the hot water faucet. Inlet port 323 connects to the cold water angle stop and discharge port 325 connects to the cold water faucet.
- the two hot hoses can be interchanged on the two hot ports (ports 319 and 321 ), as can the two cold hoses on the cold ports (ports 323 and 325 ).
- Thermally sensitive actuating element 326 is preferably of the wax filled cartridge type, also referred to as wax motors, having an integral piston/poppet rod member 350 , as best shown in FIG. 29 .
- the actuating element 326 may be substantially similar to the actuating element 54 illustrated above in FIG. 4 .
- Rod member 350 comprises poppet 351 attached to piston 352 with an intermediate flange 353 thereon. The end of poppet 351 seats against valve seat 342 to close passage 337 .
- the body 354 of actuating element 326 has a section 356 of increased diameter to seat against shoulder 340 in valve body 313 . As shown in FIG.
- actuating element 326 operates in a conventional and well known manner. Briefly, actuating element 326 comprises a wax or a mixture of wax and metal powder (i.e., copper powder) enclosed in actuator body 354 by means of a membrane made of elastomer or the like. Upon heating the wax or wax with copper powder mixture slowly expands, thereby pushing piston 352 and poppet 351 of rod member 350 in an outward direction.
- wax or a mixture of wax and metal powder i.e., copper powder
- the wax or wax/copper powder mixture contracts and rod member 350 is pushed inward by bias spring 328 until flange 353 contacts actuator body 354 at actuator seat 364 .
- the wax filled cartridge type is preferred because the wax can be formulated to change from the solid to the liquid state at a particular desired temperature. The rate of expansion with respect to temperature at this change of state is many times higher, resulting in almost snap action of the wax actuating element 326 .
- the temperature set point is equal to the preset value, such as 397 degrees Fahrenheit, desired for the hot water. This is a “sudden” large physical motion over a small temperature change. As stated above, this movement is reacted by bias spring 328 , which returns rod member 350 as the temperature falls.
- beneficial “toggle” action can be achieved with a bypass valve 311 of very simple mechanical design. If the motion of the thermal actuator 326 is made to lag behind the temperature change of the water surrounding it by placing suitable insulation around the actuator 326 or by partially isolating it from the water, then instead of slowly closing only to reach equilibrium at a low flow without reaching shutoff, the water temperature will rise above the extending temperature of the insulated actuator 326 as the valve approaches shutoff, and the piston 350 will then continue to extend as the internal temperature of the actuator 326 catches up to its higher surrounding temperature, closing the valve 311 completely.
- an insulated actuator 326 will be slow opening, its motion lagging behind the temperature of the surrounding cooling-off water from which it is insulated.
- actuating element 326 When actuating element 326 finally begins to open the valve 311 and allow flow, the resulting rising temperature of the surrounding water will again, due to the insulation, not immediately affect it, allowing the bypass valve 311 to stay open longer for a complete cycle of temperature rise.
- Such an “insulated” effect may also be accomplished by use of a wax mix that is inherently slower, such as one with less powdered copper or other thermally conductive filler.
- An actuator 326 to be installed with insulation can be manufactured with a somewhat lower set point temperature to make up for the lag, allowing whatever valve 311 closing temperature desired.
- an over-travel spring 330 disposed between the first side 358 of the actuator body 354 and a stop located inside valve body 313 to prevent damage to a fully restrained actuator 326 heated above the bypass valve's 311 maximum operating temperature and to hold the actuator 326 in place during operation without concern for normal tolerance.
- Over-travel spring 330 allows movement of the actuator body 354 away from the seated poppet 351 in the event that temperature rises substantially after the poppet 351 contacts seat 342 . Without this relief, the expanding wax would distort its copper can, destroying the calibrated set point.
- the over-travel spring 330 also holds the bias spring 328 , rod member 350 and actuator body 354 in place without the need to adjust for the stack-up of axial tolerances.
- actuator 326 can be fixedly placed inside valve body 313 by various mechanisms known in the art, including adhesives and the like.
- Over-travel spring can be held in place by various internal configurations commonly known in the art, such as a molded seat. In the preferred embodiment, however, over-travel spring 330 abuts against screen 332 , which is held in place by cantilevered retention pin 334 .
- Screen 332 can be a small wire fabric, mesh-type screen that is shaped and configured to fit within the first end 315 of valve body 313 . Screen 332 is utilized to keep hard water lime particles and other detritus out of bypass valve 311 and to act as a seat for the over-travel spring (as explained above).
- Screen 332 is positioned inside valve body 313 , as shown in FIG. 25 , at the intersection of first inlet port 319 and first discharge port 321 so as to have its surface swept clean each time the hot water faucet is turned on.
- the retention pin 334 is to hold screen 332 , as well as the other components, in place inside valve body 313 .
- Retention pin 334 is installed in valve body 313 through first discharge port 321 so as to abut screen 332 , thereby eliminating the need for an extra external seal.
- a snap-in cartridge check valve 336 is located in the second end 309 of valve body 313 , as shown in FIG. 25 , to prevent siphoning of cold water through the bypass valve 311 when only the hot water faucet is on, and at a high flow rate, prior to the hot water temperature rising.
- the preferred embodiment does not use the check valve because at very low flow rates the check valve will tend to chatter, which is a common problem with check valves.
- a single circulating pump 366 is utilized as part of a water circulating system 367 , as shown in FIG. 30 .
- Pump 366 can be a single, small pump of the type used in residential hot water space heating.
- a very low flow/low head pump is desirable, as a larger (i.e., higher head/higher flow) pump mounted at the typical domestic water heater 368 tends to be noisy. This annoying noise is often transmitted by the water pipes throughout the house.
- the sudden pressure boost in the hot water line from a larger pump can result in an uncomfortable and possibly near-scalding temperature rise in the water at the shower head or other fixture in use.
- the smaller boost of a “small” pump i.e., one with a very steep flow-head curve
- the single, small pump 366 needs to provide only a flow of approximately 0.3 gpm at 1.0 psi pressure.
- such a “small” pump requires a very small impeller or low shaft speed.
- a check valve 370 can be plumbed in parallel with pump 366 or incorporated within the pump housing, to pass a flow rate exceeding the pump's capacity around pump 366 .
- check valve 370 plumbed around pump 366 , it is advantageous to place an orifice 372 in the pump discharge to provide a simple manner to achieve the desired very steep flow-head curve from available stock pump designs.
- a single pump 366 located at or near the water heater 368 in its discharge piping will boost the pressure in the hot water pipes somewhat above that in the cold water pipes (i.e., perhaps one to three feet of boost).
- this arrangement only one pump 366 per plumbing system (i.e., per water heater) is required with any reasonable number of remote faucet sets (i.e., the typical number used in residences) equipped with bypass valves 311 . This is in contrast to those systems that require multiple pumps, such as a pump at each fixture where bypassing is desired.
- pump 366 can operate twenty-four hours a day, with most of the time in the no flow mode. However, this is unnecessary and wasteful of electricity.
- pump 366 can have a timer 374 to turn on the pump 366 daily at one or more times during the day just before those occasions when hot water is usually needed the most (for instance for morning showers, evening cooking, etc.) and be set to operate continuously for the period during which hot water is usually desired. This still could be unnecessary and wasteful of electricity.
- Another alternative is to have the timer 374 cycle pump 366 on and off regularly during the period when hot water is in most demand.
- the “on” cycles should be of sufficient duration to bring hot water to all remote fixtures that are equipped with a bypass valve 311 , and the “off” period would be set to approximate the usual time it takes the water in the lines to cool-down to minimum acceptable temperature.
- a normally closed flow switch 376 sized to detect significant flows only (i.e., those flows that are much larger than the bypass valve 311 flows), such as a shower flowing.
- the use of such a switch 376 is basically required if a cyclic timer 374 is used.
- the switch can be wired in series with the pump motor.
- the open flow switch will prevent the motor from starting, thereby avoiding a sudden increase in water temperature at the fixture (i.e., a shower) being utilized.
- the use of such a switch accomplishes several useful objectives, including reducing electrical power usage and extending pump life if hot water is already flowing and there is no need for the pump to operate, avoiding a sudden temperature rise and the likelihood of scalding that could result from the pump boost if water is being drawn from a “mixing” valve (such as a shower or single handle faucet) and allowing use of a “large” pump (now that the danger of scalding is eliminated) with its desirable low pressure drop at high faucet flows, thereby eliminating the need for the parallel check valve 370 required with a “small” pump.
- pump 366 operates to maintain “instant hot water” only during periods of the day when it is commonly desired.
- the plumbing system operates just as if the bypass valves 311 and pump 366 were not in place. This saves electrical power usage from pump operation and, more importantly, avoids the periodic introduction of hot water into relatively uninsulated pipes during the off-hours, thereby saving the cost of repeatedly reheating this water.
- the time-of-day control also avoids considerable wear and tear on pump 366 and the bypass valves 311 . Considerable additional benefits are gained by using a cyclic timer 374 , with or without the time-of-day control.
- pump 366 If pump 366 operates cyclically, powered only a little longer than necessary to get hot water to bypass valve 311 , it will be “off” before the valve 311 cools down. When the minimum temperature is reached, the thermal actuator 326 will retract, allowing the bias spring 328 to open the valve 311 without having to fight a pump-produced differential pressure. Bypass flow will begin with the next pump “on” cycle.
- An additional benefit to the use of either a time-of-day or cyclic timer 374 is that it improves the operating life of thermal actuator 326 . Because use of either timer 374 causes cyclic temperature changes in valve 311 (as opposed to maintaining an equilibrium setting wherein temperature is constant and the actuator barely moves), there is frequent, substantial motion of the piston 350 in thermal actuator 326 . This exercising of actuator 326 tends to prevent the build-up of hard water deposits and corrosion on the actuator piston 350 and poppet face, which deposits would render the valve 311 inoperable.
- bypass valve 311 is manufactured from a one-piece molded valve body 313 that is configured as described above with fin guides 338 , internal shoulder 340 , passage 337 , retaining pin hole 344 and retaining slot 346 for ease of manufacture and reduced manufacturing costs.
- the bias spring 328 , wax cartridge actuating element 326 with its piston/poppet rod member 350 , the over-travel spring 330 and screen 332 are placed into the “hot” axial port (the first inlet port 319 ) in that order.
- Screen 332 is pushed against the over-travel spring 330 compressing it, thereby making room for insertion of the retaining pin 334 through the retaining pin hole 344 at the “hot” radial port (the first discharge port 321 ).
- the cartridge check valve 336 if utilized, is inserted into the “cold” axial port (the second inlet port 323 ) and snaps into place in retaining slot 346 .
- valve body 313 is molded with four ports (designated as 319 , 321 , 323 and 325 ) to allow installation with commonly used under-sink (as an example) vinyl hoses or flexible metal pipe, shown as 378 in FIG. 30 , having swivel ends and faucet washers.
- the inlet ports 319 and 323 on valve body 313 are formed with one-half inch straight pipe threads to allow the installer to remove the end of the wall shut off-to-faucet hoses (hot and cold) at the faucet 380 and connect those ends, which are commonly one-half inch straight pipe threads, to valve inlets 319 and 323 .
- valve discharge ports 321 and 325 are likewise molded with one-half inch straight pipe threads to allow connection from them to the hot 382 and cold 384 inlets at faucet 380 .
- the threads on all four ports will seal only with hose washers and swivel nuts. Because the use of a plastic valve body 313 is envisioned, the inability to mount valve body 313 directly to “hard” plumbing with taper pipe threads insures that the body 313 will be connected only with flexible lines 378 , thereby precluding any plumbing loads that might overstress the non-metallic body.
- the angle stop valves at the wall may have any of several possible thread size connections, or may have permanently connected hoses or tubes. As a result, it is best not to disturb these wall connections, but instead use hoses 378 to connect from the angle stop to bypass valve 311 .
- a new set of hoses 378 with one-half inch straight pipe thread swivel nuts at both ends can then be connected from discharge ports 321 and 325 of valve body 313 to the appropriate hot 382 and cold 384 water connections on faucet 380 .
- FIG. 31 illustrates another exemplary water distribution system 1012 utilizing a water control fixture 1010 .
- the water control fixture is illustrated as being a faucet, however, other water control fixtures may be adaptable to the thermal bypass valve features described herein (i.e., solenoid valve used on home laundry washing machines).
- the water distribution system 1012 typically comprises a supply of cold water 1014 , such as from a city main or water well, that supplies cold water directly to faucet 1010 through cold water line 1016 and water to hot water heater 1018 so that it may heat the water and supply hot water to faucet 1010 through hot water line 1020 .
- Cold water line 1016 connects to faucet 1010 through cold water inlet 1022 and hot water line 1020 connects to faucet 1010 through hot water inlet 1024 , as explained in more detail below.
- An exemplary system 1012 utilizes a small circulating pump 1026 of the type used in residential hot water space heating.
- a very low flow and low head pump is desirable because a larger (i.e., higher head/higher flow) pump mounted at the typical domestic water heater 1018 tends to be noisy. This annoying noise is often transmitted by the water pipes throughout the house.
- the shower (as an example) is already in use when pump 1026 turns on, whether the first start or a later cyclic turn-on, the sudden pressure boost in the hot water line 1020 from a larger pump can result in an uncomfortable and possibly near scalding temperature rise in the water at the shower head or other fixture in use.
- the smaller boost of a “small” pump (i.e., one with a very steep flow-head curve) will result in only a very small and less noticeable increase in shower temperature.
- the single, small pump 1026 needs to provide only a flow of approximately 0.3 gpm at 1.0 psi pressure.
- such a “small” pump requires a very small impeller or low shaft speed. The inventors have found that use of a very small impeller or low shaft speed also precludes formation of an air bubble in the eye of the impeller, which bubble may be a major cause of noise.
- Such a small steep curve pump may, however, constitute a significant pressure drop in the hot water line 1020 when several fixture taps are opened simultaneously (such as a bathtub and the kitchen sink).
- a check valve 1028 can be plumbed in parallel with pump 1026 or incorporated within the pump housing, to pass a flow rate exceeding the pump's capacity around pump 1026 .
- check valve 1028 prevents the boosted flow from re-circulating back to its own inlet.
- check valve 1028 plumbed around pump 1026 it is advantageous to place an orifice 1030 in the pump discharge to provide a simple manner to achieve the desired very steep flow-head curve from available stock pump designs.
- a single pump 1026 located at or near the water heater 1018 in its discharge piping will boost the pressure in the hot water pipes somewhat above that in the cold water pipes (i.e., perhaps one to three feet of boost).
- this arrangement only one pump 1026 per plumbing system (i.e., per water heater 1018 ) is required with any reasonable number of remote faucets 1010 (i.e., the typical number used in residences) equipped with bypass valves. This is in contrast to those systems that require multiple pumps, such as a pump at each fixture where bypassing is desired.
- pump 1026 can operate twenty-four hours a day, with most of the time in the no flow mode. However, this is unnecessary and wasteful of electricity.
- pump 1026 can have a timer 1032 to turn on the pump 1026 daily at one or more times during the day just before those occasions when hot water is usually needed the most (for instance for morning showers, evening cooking, etc.) and be set to operate continuously for the period during which hot water is usually desired. This still could be unnecessary and wasteful of electricity.
- Another alternative is to have the timer 1032 cycle pump 1026 on and off regularly during the period when hot water is in most demand.
- the “on” cycles should be of sufficient duration to bring hot water to all remote fixtures 1010 that are equipped with a bypass valve, and the “off” period would be set to approximate the usual time it takes the water in the lines to cool-down to minimum acceptable temperature.
- a normally closed flow switch 1034 sized to detect significant flows only (i.e., those flows that are much larger than the bypass valve flows), such as a shower flowing.
- the use of such a switch 1034 is basically required if a cyclic timer 1032 is used.
- the switch 1034 can be wired in series with the motor in pump 1026 .
- the open flow switch 1034 will prevent the motor from starting, thereby avoiding a sudden increase in water temperature at the fixture 1010 (i.e., particularly if it is a shower) being utilized.
- switch 1034 accomplishes several useful objectives, including reducing electrical power usage and extending pump life if hot water is already flowing and there is no need for the pump to operate, avoiding a sudden temperature rise and the likelihood of scalding that could result from the pump boost if water is being drawn from a “mixing” valve (such as a shower or single handle faucet) and allowing use of a “large” pump (now that the danger of scalding is eliminated) with its desirable low pressure drop at high faucet flows, thereby eliminating the need for the parallel check valve 1028 required with a “small” pump.
- a “mixing” valve such as a shower or single handle faucet
- pump 1026 operates to maintain “instant hot water” only during periods of the day when it is commonly desired.
- the plumbing system 1012 operates just as if the faucet 1010 having bypass valves and pump 1026 were not in place. This saves electrical power usage from pump operation and, more importantly, avoids the periodic introduction of hot water into relatively un-insulated pipes during the off-hours, thereby saving the cost of repeatedly reheating this water.
- the time-of-day control also avoids considerable wear and tear on pump 1026 and the bypass valve in faucet 1010 . Considerable additional benefits are gained by using a cyclic timer 1032 , with or without the time-of-day control.
- the bypass valve assemblies 1036 have a thermally sensitive actuating element 1038 , an example of which is shown in FIG. 32 , for thermostatically controlling bypass valve 1036 .
- Actuating element 1038 is preferably of the wax filled cartridge type, also referred to as wax motors, having an integral poppet rod member 1040 , as best shown in FIG. 32 .
- Rod member 1040 comprises poppet 1042 attached to piston 1044 with an intermediate flange 1046 thereon.
- the end of poppet 1042 is configured to seat directly against a valve seat or move a shuttle (i.e., spool or sleeve valves) so as to close a passage.
- thermostatic control elements 1038 are well known in the art and are commercially available from several suppliers, such as Caltherm of Bloomfield Hills, Mich.
- the body 1048 of actuating element 1038 has a section 1050 of increased diameter, having a first side 1052 and second side 1054 , to seat against a shoulder or like element in a valve body.
- Piston 1044 of rod member 1040 interconnects poppet 1042 with actuator body 1048 .
- Actuating element 1038 operates in a conventional and well known manner.
- actuating element 1038 comprises a blend of waxes or a mixture of wax(es) and metal powder (such as copper powder) enclosed in actuator body 1048 by means of a membrane made of elastomer or the like.
- the wax filled cartridge type is preferred because the wax can be formulated to change from the solidus to the liquid state at a particular desired temperature. The rate of expansion with respect to temperature at this change of state is many times higher, resulting in almost snap action of the wax actuating element 1038 .
- the temperature set point is equal to the preset value, such as 97 degrees Fahrenheit, desired for the hot water. This is a “sudden” large physical motion over a small temperature change. As stated above, this movement is reacted by a bias spring that returns rod member 1040 as the temperature falls.
- bypass valve 1036 Because the bypass valve 1036 has little or no independent “toggle action,” after a few cycles of opening and closing, the valve tends to reach an equilibrium with the plumbing system, whereby the bypass valve 1036 stays slightly cracked open, passing just enough hot water to maintain the temperature constantly at its setting. In particular plumbing systems and at certain ambient conditions, this flow is just under that required to maintain a spring loaded check valve cracked continuously open. In such a situation, the check valve chatters with an annoying buzzing sound. To avoid this occurrence, the spring may be removed from the check valve, leaving the poppet free floating.
- beneficial “toggle” action can be achieved with a bypass valve 1036 of very simple mechanical design. If the motion of the thermal actuator 1038 is made to lag behind the temperature change of the water surrounding it by placing suitable insulation around the actuator 1038 or by partially isolating it from the water, then instead of slowly closing only to reach equilibrium at a low flow without reaching shutoff, the water temperature will rise above the extending temperature of the insulated actuator 1038 as the valve approaches shutoff, and the piston 1044 will then continue to extend as the internal temperature of the actuator 1038 catches up to its higher surrounding temperature, closing the valve 1036 completely.
- an insulated actuator 1038 will be slow opening, its motion lagging behind the temperature of the surrounding cooling-off water from which it is insulated.
- actuating element 1038 finally begins to open the valve 1036 and allow flow, the resulting rising temperature of the surrounding water will again, due to the insulation, not immediately affect it, allowing the bypass valve 1036 to stay open longer for a complete cycle of temperature rise.
- Such an “insulated” effect may also be accomplished by use of a wax mix that is inherently slower, such as one with less powdered copper or other thermally conductive filler.
- An actuator 1038 to be installed with insulation can be manufactured with a somewhat lower set point temperature to make up for the lag, allowing whatever valve 1036 closing temperature desired.
- An additional benefit of utilizing pump 1026 in system 1012 is that shut-off of a toggle action valve upon attainment of the desired temperature is enhanced by the differential pressure an operating pump 1026 provides. If pump 1026 continues to run as the water at the faucet 1010 cools down, the pump-produced differential pressure works against re-opening a poppet type bypass valve 1036 in faucet 1010 . If pump 1026 operates cyclically, powered only a little longer than necessary to get hot water to faucet 1010 , it will be “off” before the water at valve 1036 cools down. When the minimum temperature is reached, the thermal actuator 1038 will retract, allowing the bias spring to open valve 1036 without having to fight a pump-produced differential pressure. By-pass flow will begin with the next pump “on” cycle.
- time-of-day or cyclic timer 1032 improves the operating life of thermal actuator 1038 . Because use of either timer 1032 causes cyclic temperature changes in valve 1036 (as opposed to maintaining an equilibrium setting wherein temperature is constant and the actuator 1038 barely moves), there is frequent, substantial motion of the piston 1044 in thermal actuator 1038 . This exercising of actuator 1038 tends to prevent the build-up of hard water deposits and corrosion on the cylindrical surface of actuator piston 1044 and face of poppet 1042 , which deposits could render the valve 1036 inoperable.
- valve 1036 can be an over-travel spring (not shown) disposed between the first side 1052 of the actuator body 1048 and a stop located inside valve 1036 to prevent damage to a fully restrained actuator 1038 if it were heated above the bypass valve's maximum operating temperature and to hold the actuator 1038 in place during operation without concern for normal tolerance.
- an over-travel spring which is not necessary for spool-type valves, allows movement of the actuator body 1048 away from the seated poppet 1042 in the event that temperature rises substantially after the poppet 1042 contacts its seat. Without this relief, the expanding wax could distort its copper can, destroying the calibrated set point.
- over-travel spring also holds the bias spring, rod member 1040 and actuator body 1048 in place without the need to adjust for the stack-up of axial tolerances.
- actuator 1038 can be fixedly placed inside valve 1036 by various mechanisms known in the art, including adhesives and the like.
- Over-travel spring if used, can be held in place by various internal configurations commonly known in the art, such as a molded seat.
- bypass valve 1036 placement and arrangement to accommodate these many faucet configurations.
- Various specific examples are set forth below. The following examples are representative of the types of uses to which the integral or in-faucet bypass valve 1036 is suitable. The examples are for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to restrict the components to particular uses, sizes or materials used in the examples.
- faucet assemblies there are several basic types of faucet assemblies, including those that have a single handle faucet assembly that mixes the hot and cold water and delivers a flow of water out the single spout based on the user's movement of the faucet's valve assembly.
- Another common type of faucet assembly is the dual handle, single spout faucet assembly that has separate handles for the hot and cold water. As with the single handle assembly, the hot and cold water are mixed prior to the spout based on the user's selection of the amount of flow of hot and/or cold water.
- a third, older arrangement is the use of completely separate faucets for hot and cold water.
- bypass valve system is adaptable to all such known configurations.
- the primary selection in the use of the bypass faucet assembly is whether to place the bypass valve in a stationary portion of the faucet, such as the hot water piping leading to the faucet or in a housing or block portion of the faucet, or to place the bypass valve in the moveable valving of the faucet. Selection of which location to place the bypass valve assembly will often be dictated by economics, preferences, limitations on the amount of space available, the current design of the faucet and/or the willingness to change.
- single handle faucets an example of which is shown as fixture body 1060
- faucet 1010 without its decorative covering in FIGS. 33 and 34
- Various internal valving means such as pivoting and rotating ball 1064 , selectively and adjustably control the volume and temperature of the flow of water by connecting the hot 1020 and cold 1016 lines, through hot and cold conduits 1066 and 1068 respectively (as shown in FIGS. 35 and 37 ), to a single outlet spout 1070 through spout outlet 1072 .
- the thermal bypass valve 1036 is preferably assembled into an easily replaceable cartridge 1074 , shown best in FIGS.
- the bypass valve 1036 senses and is controlled by the temperature of the “hot” water in the fixture body 1060 . When the “hot” water is cooled off due to long disuse, the bypass valve 1036 will open, providing a conduit between the hot 1024 and cold 1022 inlets. If the hot water line pump 1026 is then turned on, the boosted pressure in the hot water line 1020 will produce flow through the open bypass valve 1036 , bringing “hot” water to the fixture body 1060 .
- the flow of water from both hot 1020 and cold 1016 lines remains unimpeded due to the previously mentioned internal valving arrangement of the fixture body 1060 .
- the flow from the hot line 1020 through the bypass valve cartridge 1074 to the cold line 1016 is provided through molded or cast passages or cross-drilled holes, discussed below.
- the single handle faucet body 1060 with spherical ball valving means 1064 is a good example of a faucet design that can be easily and economically re-designed to include a bypass valve cartridge 1074 in the stationary housing 1062 .
- Use of this approach requires al new fixture body 1060 to be installed, with a top-accessible, suitably sized cavity 1076 to hold the bypass cartridge 1074 and connect conduits 1066 and 1068 built into the fixture body 1060 to accommodate the bypassed flow from the hot 1020 to the cold 1016 lines.
- FIGS. 35 through 37 show a modified and lengthened version of a Delta housing 1062 that is used with the standard Delta faucet outer housing.
- the portion 1078 above line AA (i.e., to the left of AA in FIG. 36 ) it is essentially an original Delta housing, with the addition of bore 1076 .
- extension 1080 Below AA (i.e., to the right of AA in FIG. 36 ) is extension 1080 .
- these sections 1078 and 1080 would be made in a single, integral housing 1062 .
- Cavity 1076 and the drilled and plugged cross passages 1082 and 1084 are added, and the top bore 1086 is extended inward if and as much as is needed to accommodate any necessary devices, such as a ring or washer to hold cartridge assembly 1074 in place in cavity 1076 .
- Drilled passage 1082 connects the cold water supply to cavity 1076 near its top and drilled passage 1084 connects the hot water line 1020 to cavity 1076 near its bottom.
- FIGS. 38 and 39 show the bypass valve cartridge 1074 , without its internal components, that is designed and configured to fit in cavity 1076 .
- FIG. 40 shows the components, including thermal actuator 1088 , assembled together as they would fit into cavity 1076 .
- the thermal actuator 1088 is a modified version of the actuator 1038 shown in FIG. 32 .
- Water from hot water line 1020 is carried through drilled hole 1084 to the lower end of cavity 1076 and flows up around and through the cartridge 1074 to and through the open valve seat 1090 (poppet 1042 is shown closed into against O-ring 1092 forming seat 1090 in FIG. 40 ) into the check valve chamber 1094 housing check valve 1096 and out through the cross drilled hole 1098 into an annulus 1100 on the cartridge 1074 .
- the check valve 1096 is included to prevent flow of cold water into the hot side when the hot water is turned full on in the system, or the equivalent usage of hot water, resulting in a lowered pressure on the hot side.
- the cartridge 1074 can be held down in cavity 1076 by a brass ring, or the like, which is in turn held down by the screw-on bonnet, which also captures the existing ball valving assembly 1064 .
- This fixture 1110 is a modified Moen shower valve that comprises a rear housing 1112 attached to the rear 1114 of Moen housing 1116 .
- Housing 1116 has a hot water inlet port 1118 and a cold water inlet port 1120 for receiving hot and cold water, respectively, from the hot 1020 and cold 1016 water lines and a valve cavity 1122 for receiving the operating valve (not shown) through valve opening 1124 .
- the operating valve controls the flow of hot and cold water out of the spout associated with valve 1110 .
- Rear housing 1112 has a cavity 1126 configured to hold cartridge 1127 and hot 1128 and cold 1130 water channels to allow passage of water around valve cavity 1126 until the hot water reaches the desired temperature to cause actuator 1038 to push piston 1044 rearward until poppet 1042 engages valve seat 1090 to shut-off hot water flow through hot water channel 1128 , thereby ending the diversion of “hot” water to the cold water channel 1130 .
- Elastomeric washer shaped diaphragm 1125 acts as a check valve to prevent back flow of cold to hot when hot water line pressure is reduced.
- Conical washer shaped screens 1129 filers detritus and other trash from passing water. Screens 1129 are self-cleaning due to the high water velocities encountered when the shower valve is running hot water.
- This family of valves may utilize either a moveable perforated hollow spherical ball 1064 , as shown in FIGS. 33 and 34 , or an internally moveable valve cartridge, that have a common internal flow area to selectively and adjustably connect the hot 1020 and cold 1016 lines to the discharge spout 1070 . It is possible to place the same thermal valve system 1036 (in a more compact form) inside of a replacement one inch diameter ball 1134 for the moveable ball type or inside the replaceable faucet cartridges with internally moveable valving parts.
- the previous simple hollow sphere, now 1134 (shown in FIGS. 42, 43 and 44 ), is structurally divided into two separate compartments inside ball body 1135 , an outer annular compartment 1136 , coaxial with the centerline of the actuating stem 1138 , and a cylindrical inner compartment 1140 , also coaxial with the centerline of the actuating stem 1138 .
- Passage 1162 connected to annulus 1159 , and passage 1164 , connected to central bore 1157 , are separated by the valving action of the bypass valve 1036 installed in compartment 1140 .
- Ball 1134 is made in two parts, an upper half 1142 and a lower half 1144 (relative to the stem 1138 which normally extends upward), which screw together for convenience in development work.
- the thermal actuator 1088 is enclosed in the inner compartment 1140 is the same as the actuator discussed above, but with a shortened guide length and a cut-off piston 1044 with no poppet.
- the radially squeezed O-ring 1146 seals the two halves 1142 and 1144 of ball 1134 , and is held in place by the spring 1148 , which also functions as the bias or return spring.
- the piston 1044 is cut off short to conserve space, and bears on the upper end of drilled hole 1150 .
- this piston 1044 remains stationary and it's the thermal actuator body 1048 that moves against spring 1148 to push the elastomer poppet disc 1152 , which doubles as a check valve, against the stationary seat 1154 as the valve 1134 heats up.
- the two inlet ports on ball body 1135 shown as 1156 for the hot water inlet port and 1158 for the cold water inlet port on FIGS. 43 and 44 , selectively and adjustably communicate with the hot 1020 and cold 1016 lines.
- the ball discharge port 1160 communicates in all ball positions with the faucet spout to discharge water from faucet 1010 .
- Ports 1156 , 1158 and 1160 are located in exactly the same locations on the ball body 1135 as the prior art ball 1064 previously. However all three ports are connected within the ball to annular compartment 1136 instead of to the entire inner volume of the hollow prior art ball 1064 .
- ball 1134 In the shut-off mode, the hot and cold inlet ball ports 1156 and 1158 , respectively, of ball 1134 are shifted away from the hot 1020 and cold 1016 lines, as with prior art ball 1064 .
- ball 1134 includes two added small ports 1162 and 1164 to the unperforated spherical surface that previously blocked off the hot 1020 and cold 1016 lines. Ports 1162 and 1164 connect the hot 1020 and cold 1016 lines to the central bore 1157 and annulus 1159 , which are valved by action of poppet disc 1152 .
- the bypass valve 1036 opens, allowing communication between the annulus 1159 and central bore 1157 .
- the two added ports 1162 and 1164 thus allow communication between a cooled-off “hot” line 1020 and the cold line 1016 , and consequently a flow of water from the boosted “hot” line 1020 to the cold line 1016 .
- Positioning slot 1165 in ball 1134 also in ball 1064 , is used to position ball 1134 in the faucet.
- the bypass action described above is accomplished without change to any part of the faucet 1010 except the replaceable valving ball 1134 . It is thus very easy to retrofit an existing faucet to the bypass function by simply replacing the existing “standard” design hollow ball 1064 with the new ball 1134 , as described.
- a miniaturized version of the bypass valve 1036 can also be fitted into the replaceable cylindrical valving cartridges of other brands of single handle faucets with an action characterized by oscillating movement about a vertical centerline to adjust water temperature.
- Such a valving action to control mixing is commonly used in Price-Pfister, Sterling, American Standard, Moen, and Kohler faucets, among others. These faucets use a push-pull or tipping lever action to operate the on-off function within the same (usually) cylindrical cartridge. On some configurations, it is likely that space would have to be made by lengthening these cylindrical faucet cartridges, which would in turn call for a compensating change to the faucet central housing.
- FIG. 45 shows a modification of a widely used Moen designed faucet 1200 as an example of a fixture that utilizes a replaceable cylindrical valving cartridge 1202 .
- the modifications to the faucet 1200 include adding a hot water bypass valve 1036 within the moving valving spool 1204 of the Moen design.
- This valve design is of the type wherein on/off and metering adjustment is accomplished by axial motion of the center spool 1204 (off is all the way inward). Hot/cold mixing adjustment is by angular positioning of the center spool 1204 when it is; wholly or partially pulled out to the on position.
- the faucet 1200 typically has a brass housing 1206 connected to the cold water inlet 1208 and hot water inlet 1210 .
- FIG. 45 shows the spool 1204 in its outward or “full on” position (slot 1214 axially aligns with spout port 1212 and slot 1216 axially aligns with cold 1208 and hot 1210 inlet ports) and angularly rotated so that the hot port 1210 is open to slot 1216 but cold port 1208 is blocked off.
- tubular member 1222 is a stationary (preexisting) sleeve incorporated within the housing 1206 to allow placement and retention of the three elastomer seals 1224 to bear against and dynamically seal with spool 1204 . It also provides a vent path around its exterior for the space at the “bottom” of the valve 1200 to allow axial (piston) motion of spool 1204 without encountering hydraulic lock.
- Spool 1204 is shown in a simplified one-piece configuration for clarity.
- the bypass valve 1036 components (consisting of bias spring 1226 , shuttle 1218 , actuator piston 1228 and actuator 1230 ) are enclosed within the tubular portion of spool 1204 .
- Shuttle 1218 is located (floats) between bias spring 1226 and actuator 1230 .
- Shuttle 1218 has a central cruciform shaped member with an integral elastomer sleeve 1232 attached to the four legs of the cruciform. Four axial passages within the sleeve 1232 and around the cruciform are thus provided. This elastomer sleeve 1232 is in contact with and seals against the inner surface of tubular spool 1204 .
- thermal actuator 1230 When thermal actuator 1230 is heated to its actuation temperature, it “suddenly” extends piston 1228 outward, moving shuttle 1218 (to the left in FIG. 45 ) against bias spring 1226 .
- Two bleed holes 1234 and 1236 are so located through the wall of tubular spool 1204 as to line up with hot water inlet 1210 and cold water inlet 1208 , respectively, when the manually operated spool 1204 is pushed all the way into housing 1206 (the off position). Further, bleed hole 1236 is axially located slightly closer to the bias spring end of spool 1204 . O-rings 1238 seal spool 1204 and retaining clip 1240 holds sleeve 1222 within housing 1206 .
- Hot bleed hole 1234 is covered by the end of the elastomer sleeve 1232 on shuttle 1218 , but cold bleed hole 1236 is uncovered.
- bleed hole 1234 communicates with hot water inlet 1210 and boosted hot water pressure communicates through hot bleed hole 1234 , this pressure deflects elastomer sleeve 1232 inward locally to allow flow from the boosted hot water line 1020 (presumably cooled off from a period of disuse) into the interior of tubular spool 1204 and out through uncovered cold bleed hole 1236 , which by virtue of the spool 1204 being in the off position is in communication with cold water inlet 1208 . A bypass of cooled off water from the hot water line 1020 to the cold water line 1016 is thus accomplished.
- actuator 1230 When sufficient cooled off water has passed through the valve 1200 to bring “hot” water to and through the valve 1200 , actuator 1230 will be warmed to its actuation temperature and will expand, forcing shuttle 1218 against bias spring 1226 . This axial movement will result in elastomer sleeve 1232 covering cold bleed hole 1236 . Boosted hot water pressure internal to sleeve 1232 will hold sleeve 1232 outward against the inner wall of tubular spool 1204 , effectively sealing bleed hole 1236 , and stopping the bypass flow until the valve cools down, causing bias spring 1226 to force shuttle 1218 back against piston 1010 into contracting actuator 1230 , again opening cold bleed hole 1236 .
- the elastomer sleeve 1232 has a second function, that of acting as a check valve.
- the resulting flow may induce a substantial pressure drop in the associated plumbing line (either hot 1020 or cold 1016 , depending on which faucet was opened).
- a bypass valve 1036 is open at such a time, such a pressure difference may cause sufficient water may leak through as to constitute a nuisance.
- the lowered pressure is on the hot water line 1020 , no “leak” will occur as the higher pressure of the cold water inside the sleeve 1232 will hold it against the inner wall of tubular spool 1204 in the vicinity of hot bleed hole 1234 , effecting a seal.
- the valve 1200 will allow cooled off water from the hot water line 1020 to bypass into the cold water line until warm water arrives at the valve 1200 , at which time the shuttle 1218 will shift and cut off the bypass.
- Most modem two handle faucets utilize a cartridge design in a pair of valve member 1166 , shown in FIG. 46 , wherein the valving function is accomplished within the cartridge that is positioned inside the housing section 1168 of valve member 1166 .
- This allows complete re-conditioning of the faucet by simply replacing a single assembly on each side.
- These cartridges are accessible in the housing section 1168 from the top by removing the faucet handles and bonnets that attach to the upper threaded portion 1170 .
- the cartridge assembly then simply lifts out, exposing its open cavity inside housing section 1168 , with a side port 1172 leading to confluence with the like port from the other side of the faucet, which confluence flows on through the single spout of such faucets.
- Adding a thermal bypass valve 1036 to such a two handle faucet set would require the addition of an additional cored cast passage to accomplish the bypass function between hot and cold lines.
- Delta, Moen, Kohler, and some Price Pfister two handle single spout valves use brazed-in copper tube manifolds instead of cored cast passages. These would require the addition of a tubular cross passage brazed in.
- the Delta two handle single spout valve has a somewhat different valving action which makes it much more difficult to fit in a thermal valve cartridge.
- This new passage cored or brazed tubular
- These faucet sets generally do not have sufficient vertical space under the polished bezel to accommodate the extra passage. This will require addition of some vertical length to the skirt of the valve bezel.
- FIG. 47 shows a modified “hot” side of a Kohler two handle faucet 1176 , with the housing shown as 1178 .
- the housing 1178 is identical to the standard existing Kohler housing 1178 above (to the right of) line M.
- the housing 1178 must be bored out in several steps to accommodate the new thermal valve cartridge 1180 , which can be a molded plastic cartridge identical in function to that already described for the center block of the Delta single handle valve. It varies from the previously described cartridge in the configuration of the passage to bring the hot water past the thermal valve 1036 to the faucet, and the configuration of the snap fit for the thermal actuator 1088 .
- It also has an upper extension 1182 with a through hole 1184 .
- the extension 1182 fits into a recess in the bottom of the existing Kohler faucet cartridge and the through hole 1184 is for engagement of a hook to allow removal of the thermal valve cartridge 1180 for replacement of the thermal bypass valve 1036 .
- FIG. 22 The operation of the bypass valve 1036 inside of faucet 1010 is summarized on the chart shown as FIG. 22 which indicates the results of the twenty combinations of conditions (pump on/pump off; hot water line hot/hot water line cooled off; hot faucet on, or off, or between; cold faucet on or off, or between) that are applicable to the operation of valve 1036 .
- the operating modes IVB, IVC, IVD, IIIB, & IIID are summarized detailed in the immediately following text. The operation of the remaining fifteen modes are relatively more obvious, and may be understood from the abbreviated indications in the outline summarizing FIG. 22 . Starting with the set “off” hours (normal sleeping time, and daytime when no one is usually at home) pump 1026 will not be powered.
- the pump 1026 With the thermal element 1088 open and the hot water line 1020 cooled-off as in mode IVB above, at the preset time of day (or when the cyclic timer trips the next “on” cycle) the pump 1026 turns on, pressurizing the water in the hot side of faucet 1010 . Pump pressure on the hot side of faucet 1010 results in flow through the open thermal element 1088 , thereby pressurizing and deflecting the check valve 1096 poppet away from its seat to an open position. Cooled-off water at the boosted pressure will thus circulate from the hot line 1020 through the thermal element 1088 and check valve 1096 to the lower pressure cold line 1016 and back to water heater 1018 .
- FIG. 48 illustrates another exemplary water distribution system 2018 utilizing a water control valve, which is illustrated in FIG. 48 as a tub/shower valve 2010 , separate service valves 2012 and a combined service valve 2014 .
- a bypass valve 2016 including a thermostatically controlled bypass valve, as described herein (i.e., valves used on washing machines, dishwashers and other fixtures).
- the bypass valve 2016 that is attached to or included with the water control valves can be one of many different types of available bypass valves, including thermostatically controlled bypass valves, electric solenoid controlled bypass valves, needle-type bypass valves as described in the above-referenced Blumenauer patent or mechanical push button bypass valves such as sold by Laing and others.
- the water control valves are adaptable for use with the various types of bypass valves by being attached, adjacent or included with the water control valve, as described in more detail below.
- a typical water distribution system 2018 utilizing a tub/shower water control valve 2010 utilizing a tub/shower water control valve 2010 .
- the water distribution system 2018 typically includes a supply of cold water 2020 , such as from a city main or water well, that supplies cold water directly to water control valve 2010 through cold water line 2022 and water to hot water heater 2024 so that it may heat the water and supply hot water to water control valve 2010 through hot water line 2026 .
- Cold water line 2022 connects to water control valve 2010 at cold water inlet 2028 and hot water line 2026 connects to water control valve 2010 at hot water inlet 2030 , as explained in more detail below.
- the system 2018 utilizes a small circulating pump 2032 of the type used in residential hot water space heating.
- a very low flow and low head pump 2032 is desirable because a larger (i.e., higher head/higher flow) pump mounted at the typical domestic water heater 2024 tends to be noisy. This annoying noise is often transmitted by the water pipes throughout the house.
- the shower system 2034 (as an example) is already in use when pump 2032 turns on, whether the first start or a later cyclic turn-on, the sudden pressure boost in the hot water line 2026 from a larger pump can result in an uncomfortable and possibly near-scalding temperature rise in the water at the shower head or other fixture in use.
- the smaller boost of a “small” pump i.e., one with a very steep flow-head curve
- the single, small pump 2032 needs to provide only a flow of approximately 0.3 gpm at 1.0 psi pressure.
- a “small” pump requires a very small impeller or low shaft speed.
- the inventors have found that use of a very small impeller or low shaft speed also precludes formation of an air bubble in the eye of the impeller, which bubble may be a major cause of noise.
- Such a small steep curve pump may, however, constitute a significant pressure drop in the hot water line 2026 when several fixture taps are opened simultaneously (such as a bathtub and the kitchen sink).
- a check valve 2036 can be plumbed in parallel with pump 2032 or incorporated within the pump housing, to pass a flow rate exceeding the pump's capacity around pump 2032 .
- check valve 2036 prevents the boosted flow from re-circulating back to its own inlet.
- a single pump 2032 located at or near water heater 2024 in its discharge piping will boost the pressure in the hot water pipes somewhat above that in the cold water pipes (i.e., perhaps one to three feet of boost).
- pump 2032 can operate twenty-four hours a day, with most of the time in the no flow mode. However, this is unnecessary and wasteful of electricity.
- pump 2032 can have a timer 2040 to turn pump 2032 on daily at one or more times during the day just before those times when hot water is usually needed the most (for instance for morning showers, evening cooking, etc.) and be set to operate continuously for the period during which hot water is usually desired. This still could be unnecessary and wasteful of electricity.
- Another alternative is to have the timer 2040 cycle pump 2032 on and off regularly during the period when hot water is in most demand.
- the “on” cycles should be of sufficient duration to bring hot water to all remote fixtures that have water control valves (such as valves 2010 , 2012 and 2014 ) equipped with a bypass valve, and the “off” period would be set to approximate the usual time it takes the water in the lines to cool-down to minimum acceptable temperature.
- Yet another alternative is to equip pump 2032 with a normally closed flow switch 2042 sized to detect significant flows only (i.e., those flows that are much larger than the bypass flows), such as water flow during use of shower system 2034 .
- the use of such flow switch 2042 is basically required if a cyclic timer 2040 is used.
- the switch 2042 can be wired in series with the motor in pump 2032 .
- switch 2042 indicates an existing flow at the moment timer 2040 calls for pump 2032 to be activated, open flow switch 2042 will prevent the motor from starting, thereby avoiding a sudden increase in water temperature at the fixture (i.e., particularly if it is shower system 2034 ) being utilized.
- the use of switch 2042 accomplishes several useful objectives, including reducing electrical power usage and extending pump 2032 life if hot water is already flowing and there is no need for pump 2032 to operate, avoiding a sudden temperature rise and the likelihood of scalding that could result from the pump boost if water is being drawn from a “mixing” valve (such as tub/shower valve 2010 shown in FIG.
- pump 2032 By using a time-of-day control timer 2040 , pump 2032 operates to maintain “instant hot water” only during periods of the day when it is commonly desired. During the off-cycle times, the plumbing system 2018 operates just as if the fixture having bypass valve 2016 and pump 2032 were not in place. This saves electrical power usage from operation of pump 2032 and, more importantly, avoids the periodic introduction of hot water into relatively un-insulated pipes during the off-hours, thereby saving the cost of repeatedly reheating this water. The time-of-day control also avoids considerable wear and tear on pump 2032 and bypass valve 2016 . Considerable additional benefits are gained by using a cyclic timer 2040 , with or without the time-of-day control.
- a leaky bypass valve 2016 i.e., leaks hot water to cold water line 2022
- a simple (i.e., not necessarily leak tight) bypass valve 2016 may suffice in less demanding applications. Reducing leakage to intermittent leakage results in reduced warming of the water in cold water line 2022 and less reheating of “leaking” re-circulated water.
- water control valves 2010 , 2012 and 2014 can utilize various types of bypass valves 2016 to accomplish the objective of bypassing cold or tepid water around the fixture associated with water control valves 2010 , 2012 and 2014 which are adaptable for use with bypass valve 2016 .
- the preferred bypass valve 2016 is the thermostatically controlled type, an example of which is shown in FIG. 49 and described below, due to its ability to automatically sense and respond to the temperature of the water in hot water line 2026 at water control valve 2010 , 2012 or 2014 .
- a thermostatically controlled bypass valve does not require any external operational input to activate in order to bypass cold or tepid water in hot water line 2026 so as to maintain hot water at hot water inlet 2030 of water control valves 2010 , 2012 or 2014 .
- bypass valve 2016 is thermostatically controlled bypass valve 2016 configured for use with water control valves 2010 , 2012 and 2014 including a generally tubular valve body 2044 having bypass valve inlet 2046 , bypass valve outlet 2048 and a separating wall 2050 disposed therebetween.
- bypass inlet 2046 connects to hot water inlet 2030 and bypass outlet 2048 connects to cold water inlet 2028 of water control valves 2010 , 2012 and 2014 , either directly or indirectly.
- Bypass valve passageway 2052 in separating wall 2050 interconnects inlet 2046 and outlet 2048 to allow fluid to flow therethrough when bypass valve 2016 is bypassing cold or tepid water.
- valve body 2044 houses a thermally sensitive actuating element 2054 , bias spring 2056 , an over-travel spring 2058 , retaining mechanism 2062 (such as a retaining ring, clip, pin or other like device) and check valve 2064 .
- Valve body 2044 can most economically and effectively be manufactured out of a molded plastic material, such as Ryton®, a polyphenylene sulphide resin available from Phillips Chemical, or a variety of composites. In general, molded plastic materials are preferred due to their relatively high strength and chemical/corrosion resistant characteristics while providing the ability to manufacture the valve body 2044 utilizing injection molding processes with the design based on the configuration described herein without the need for expensive casting or machining.
- valve body 2044 can be manufactured from various plastics, reinforced plastics or metals that are suitable for “soft” plumbing loads and resistant to hot chlorinated water under pressure.
- inlet 2046 of valve body 2044 can be molded with a set of axially oriented fin guides 2066 having ends that form an internal shoulder 2068 inside valve body 2044 for fixedly receiving and positioning one end of thermal actuating element 2054 and bias spring 2056 , and retainer interruption 2072 for receiving retaining mechanism 2062 .
- retaining mechanism 2062 is a retaining ring and retainer interruption 2072 is configured such that when retaining mechanism 2062 is inserted into valve body 2044 it will be engagedly received by retainer interruption 2072 .
- Bypass valve outlet 2048 can be molded with retaining slot 2074 for engagement with the snap-in check valve 2064 .
- valve body 2044 is designed so the components can fit through inlet 2046 and outlet 2048 , which will typically be one-half inch diameter. In this manner, a one piece bypass valve 2016 results with no intermediate or additional joints required for installation.
- both inlet 2046 and outlet 2048 on valve body 2044 can have one-half inch straight pipe threads for use with the swivel nuts that are commonly found on standard connection hoses that fit the typical residential fixture.
- the swivel nuts on the connection hoses seal with hose washers against the ends of inlet 2046 and outlet 2048 , as opposed to common pipe fittings that seal at the tapered threads.
- Inlet 2046 and outlet 2048 can be marked “hot” and “cold”, respectively, to provide visual indicators for the do-it-yourself installer so as to avoid undue confusion.
- bypass valve 2016 can be made with integral connections at inlet 2046 and outlet 2048 for connection to water control valve 2010 , 2012 or 2014 , thereby avoiding the need for extra connections.
- FIG. 51 An example of a thermally sensitive actuating element 2054 for use with the preferred thermostatically controlled bypass valve 2016 is shown in FIG. 51 .
- Actuating element 2054 is preferably of the wax filled cartridge type, also referred to as wax motors, having an integral poppet rod member 2076 comprising poppet 2078 attached to piston 2080 with an intermediate flange 2082 thereon. The end of poppet 2078 is configured to seat directly against valve seat 2070 or move a shuttle (i.e., spool or sleeve valves) so as to close passage 2052 .
- These thermostatic control actuating elements 2054 are well known in the art and are commercially available from several suppliers, such as Caltherm of Bloomfield Hills, Mich.
- actuating element 2054 has a section 2086 of increased diameter, having a first side 2088 and second side 2090 , to seat against shoulder 2068 or like element in valve body 2044 .
- Piston 2080 of rod member 2076 interconnects poppet 2078 with actuator body 2084 .
- Actuating element 2054 operates in a conventional and well known manner. Briefly, actuating element 2054 comprises a blend of waxes or a mixture of wax(es) and metal powder (such as copper powder) enclosed in actuator body 2084 by means of a membrane made of elastomer or the like. Upon heating the wax or wax with copper powder mixture expands, thereby pushing piston 2080 and poppet 2078 of rod member 2076 in an outward direction.
- the wax or wax/copper powder mixture contracts and rod member 2076 is pushed inward by bias spring 2056 until flange 2082 contacts actuator body 2054 at actuator seat 2092 .
- the wax filled cartridge type is preferred because the wax can be formulated to change from the solid to the liquid state at a particular desired temperature. The rate of expansion with respect to temperature at this change of state is many times higher, resulting in almost snap action of the wax actuating element 2054 .
- the temperature set point is equal to the preset value, such as 97 degrees Fahrenheit, desired for the hot water. This is a “sudden” large physical motion over a small temperature change. As stated above, this movement is reacted by bias spring 2056 that returns rod member 2076 as the temperature falls.
- bypass valve 2016 has little or no independent “toggle action,” after a few cycles of opening and closing, bypass valve 2016 tends to reach an equilibrium with the plumbing system, whereby bypass valve 2016 stays slightly cracked open, passing just enough hot water to maintain the temperature constantly at its setting. In particular plumbing systems and at certain ambient conditions, this flow is just under that required to maintain a spring loaded check valve cracked continuously open (i.e., check valve 2036 ). In such a situation, check valve 2036 chatters with an annoying buzzing sound. To avoid this occurrence, the spring may be removed from check valve 2036 , leaving the check valve poppet free floating.
- an insulated actuating element 2054 will be slow opening, its motion lagging behind the temperature of the surrounding cooling-off water from which it is insulated.
- actuating element 2054 finally begins to open the bypass valve 2016 and allow flow, the resulting rising temperature of the surrounding water will again, due to the insulation, not immediately affect it, allowing bypass valve 2016 to stay open longer for a complete cycle of temperature rise.
- Such an “insulated” effect may also be accomplished by use of a wax mix that is inherently slower, such as one with less powdered copper or other thermally conductive filler.
- An actuating element 2054 to be installed with insulation can be manufactured with a somewhat lower set point temperature to make up for the lag, allowing whatever bypass valve 2016 closing temperature desired.
- An additional benefit of utilizing pump 2032 in system 2018 is that shut-off of a toggle action valve upon attainment of the desired temperature is enhanced by the differential pressure an operating pump 2032 provides. If pump 2032 continues to run as the water at water control valve 2010 , 2012 or 2014 cools down, the pump-produced differential pressure works against re-opening a poppet type bypass valve 2016 . If pump 2032 operates cyclically, powered only a little longer than necessary to get hot water to water control valve 2010 , 2012 or 2014 , it will be “off” before the water at bypass valve 2016 cools down. When the minimum temperature is reached, actuating element 2054 will retract, allowing bias spring 2056 to open bypass valve 2016 without having to fight a pump-produced differential pressure.
- Bypass flow will begin with the next pump “on” cycle.
- An additional benefit to the use of either a time-of-day or cyclic timer 2040 is that it improves the operating life of actuating element 2054 . Because use of either timer 2040 causes cyclic temperature changes in bypass valve 2016 (as opposed to maintaining an equilibrium setting wherein temperature is constant and actuating element 2054 barely moves), there is frequent, substantial motion of the piston 2080 in actuating element 2054 . This exercising of actuating element 2054 tends to prevent the build-up of hard water deposits and corrosion on the cylindrical surface of actuator piston 2080 and face of poppet 2078 , which deposits could render bypass valve 2016 inoperable.
- bypass valve 2016 can be an over-travel spring 2058 disposed between the second side 2090 of the actuator body 2084 and a stop, such as retaining mechanism 2062 shown in FIG. 49 , located inside bypass valve 2016 to prevent damage to a fully restrained actuating element 2054 if it were heated above the maximum operating temperature of bypass valve 2016 and to hold actuating element 2054 in place during operation without concern for normal tolerance.
- a stop such as retaining mechanism 2062 shown in FIG. 49
- Use of over-travel spring 2058 which is not necessary for spool-type valves, allows movement of actuator body 2084 away from the seated poppet 2078 in the event that temperature rises substantially after poppet 2078 contacts valve seat 2070 . Without this relief, the expanding wax could distort its copper can, destroying the calibrated set point.
- Over-travel spring 2058 also holds bias spring 2056 , rod member 2076 and actuator body 2084 in place without the need to adjust for the stack-up of axial tolerances.
- actuating element 2054 can be fixedly placed inside bypass valve 2016 by various mechanisms known in the art, including adhesives and the like.
- Over-travel spring 2058 if used, can be held in place by various internal configurations commonly known in the art, such as a molded seat (not shown).
- the water control valves adaptable for use with bypass valves 2016 include a combination shower/tub valve 2010 , a separate service control valve 2012 and a combination service control valve 2014 .
- these generic forms of water control valves 2010 , 2012 and 2014 are utilized below to illustrate several different designs that are adaptable for the use of bypass valve 2016 therewith.
- the following examples are only representative of the types of water control valves which bypass valve 2016 can be used.
- the individual manufacturers have various models of water control valves to incorporate desired features and preferences. The examples are for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to restrict the valves to particular uses, sizes or materials used in the examples.
- water control valve 2010 As is well known, many homes have a combination shower and tub assembly whereby the same water control valve 2010 is used to control the flow and temperature to the shower and the tub. A selector valve (not shown) is used to select the flow between the shower and the tub.
- An example shower/tub system is shown as 2034 in FIG. 48 .
- a similar water control valve to that shown as 2010 is used for systems comprising only a shower or a tub, with the exception that such valve only has one discharge port (connected to either the shower or the tub).
- water distribution valve 2010 with associated bypass valve assembly 2098 having bypass valve 2016 as described below, distributes water to the shower head assembly 2100 through shower line 2102 and to tub faucet 2104 through tub line 2106 , as shown in FIG. 48 .
- a flow control valve 2108 is used to control the flow and temperature of water to the shower head assembly 2100 or tub faucet 2104 .
- a single flow control valve 2108 is shown in FIG. 48 , it is understood that some shower, tub and shower/tub flow control valves utilize separate valves for the hot and cold water control (i.e., similar in general configuration to the service control valves discussed below).
- One of the primary distinguishing characteristics of virtually all shower/tub water control valves, such as 2010 , and single shower or tub water control valves is that they are generally positioned at least partially behind support wall 2110 that forms part of the shower and/or tub enclosure and which is used to support shower head assembly 2100 and tub faucet 2104 .
- water control valve 2010 is generally placed behind an opening 2112 in support wall 2110 specifically configured for accessing water control valve 2010 .
- a removable plate 2114 commonly referred to as an escutcheon plate, is used to cover opening 2112 .
- plate 2114 is removed and valve 2010 is maintained, repaired or removed through opening 2112 in support wall 2110 and then plate 2114 is reinstalled.
- FIGS. 52 and 53 shower/tub water control valve 2010 , shown in more detail in FIGS. 52 and 53 , is used to illustrate various configurations for providing valve 2010 that is adaptable for use with bypass valve 2016 .
- the typical water control valve 2010 consists of a valve manifold 2118 having a hot water inlet 2120 that connects to hot water line 2026 to allow hot water to flow through control valve hot passageway 2122 to the inner valve workings, which generally comprise a removable valve cartridge 2123 , inside cartridge cavity or valve interface 2124 of valve manifold 2118 .
- the typical valve interface 2124 is configured as a cylindrical cavity sized to frictionally receive valve cartridge 2123 therein and to have ports for the inflow of hot and cold water and the discharge of mixed water to shower line 2102 and/or tub line 2106 .
- Cold water inlet 2126 of valve 2010 connects to cold water line 2022 to allow cold water to flow through control valve cold passageway 2128 to valve cartridge 2123 inside valve interface 2124 .
- valve cartridge 2123 selectively distributes hot and cold water to shower head assembly 2100 or tub faucet 2104 through shower line 2102 or tub line 2106 , respectively.
- Water control valve 2010 is modified to be adaptable for use with bypass valve 2016 by adding a single external port 2130 on valve manifold 2118 , an internal hot water bypass passageway 2134 , an internal cold water bypass passageway 2136 and separate hot water bypass port 2138 and cold water bypass port 2140 .
- water control valve 2010 has valve manifold 2118 manufactured to include external port 2130 , internal bypass passageways 2134 and 2136 and bypass ports 2138 and 2140 .
- an existing water control valve 2010 can be modified to include these components, it is believed to be much easier and cost effective to include them in the initial manufacturing process than to add them to an existing valve 2010 .
- bypass valve assembly 2098 is shown affixed to the top of water control valve 2010 in FIG. 48 and in front of water control valve 2010 in FIG. 53 , bypass valve assembly 2098 can be affixed to water control valve 2010 at any place on valve manifold 2118 which is convenient, practical or cost effective.
- An important aspect of attachment of bypass valve assembly 2098 for use with water control valve 2010 is the ability to access bypass valve assembly 2098 through opening 2112 in support wall 2110 for purposes of maintenance, repair or replacement of bypass valve 2016 .
- bypass valve assembly 2098 comprises a bypass housing 2142 enclosing bypass valve 2016 and water control valve 2010 has a sealing element, such as O-ring 2144 , to seal the connection between bypass housing 2142 and valve manifold 2118 at external port 2130 .
- a sealing element such as O-ring 2144
- At least one of these ports should have a sealing member, such as an O-ring or other sealing member (not shown).
- Bypass valve input line 2146 connects hot water bypass passageway 2134 with bypass valve inlet 2046 and bypass valve output line 2148 connects bypass valve outlet 2048 to cold water bypass passageway 2136 .
- control valve 2010 includes screen 2149 positioned at or near the entrance to hot water bypass passageway 2134 .
- Screen 2149 should be installed in a manner that allows it to be self-cleaning. As is known in the art, this can be accomplished by placing screen 2149 in water control valve 2010 such that the main flow of hot water from hot water inlet 2120 will flow across the face of screen 2149 when “hot” water is flowing through water control valve 2010 to discharge through shower line 2102 or tub line 2106 .
- screen 2149 When water is being bypassed, screen 2149 will filter out any debris that could otherwise plug or damage bypass valve 2016 . The materials collected on screen 2149 will then be washed away through water control valve 2010 when hot water flows through water control valve 2010 to shower line 2102 or tub line 2106 (i.e., the discharge from water control valve 2010 ).
- bypass valve assembly 2098 When installed with water control valve 2010 , as shown in FIG. 53 , bypass valve assembly 2098 is sealably and rigidly connected to and supported by valve manifold 2118 in shower system 2034 .
- bypass valve 2016 opens to bypass the non-hot water around water control valve 2010 by diverting water flow from hot water line 2026 through hot water bypass passageway 2134 and hot water bypass port 2138 into bypass valve input line 2146 through bypass valve 2016 to bypass output line 2148 , cold water bypass port 2140 , cold water bypass passageway 2136 and then to cold water line 2022 .
- pump 2032 provides the pressure in hot water line 2026 for the necessary bypassing.
- bypass valve 2016 will close and hot water (as desired) will be at the water control valve 2010 ready for selection by flow control valve 2108 and distribution to shower head assembly 2100 or tub faucet 2104 .
- bypass valve 2016 inside of bypass valve assembly 2098 can be of the thermostatically controlled, electric solenoid, manually operated or other type of bypass valve.
- the preferred embodiment utilizes a thermostatically controlled bypass valve, such as that described above with the wax motor as the thermal actuating element 54 , due to its ability to automatically bypass cold or tepid water until the temperature of the water in hot water line 2026 at control valve 2010 is at the desired temperature.
- Water control valve 2010 can be provided with bypass assembly 2098 already connected to valve manifold 2118 or water control valve 2010 can be sold as an optional unit having a removable cap element (not shown) closing external port 2130 to seal against sealing element 2144 and sealing member 2145 for when bypass assembly 2098 is not in use with water control valve 2010 .
- bypass assembly 2098 is fixedly attached to or manufactured with valve manifold 2118 such that water control valve 2010 and bypass assembly 2098 are a single unit.
- This configuration would eliminate the need for sealing element 2144 and sealing member 2145 , such as the O-rings shown in FIGS. 52 and 53 .
- the embodiment of the single bypass assembly 2098 and water control valve 2010 as a single unit has the advantage of eliminating a seal and, as a result, a potential leak source
- utilizing bypass assembly 2098 as a separate unit has the advantage of allowing the same water control valve 2010 to be sold with or without bypass valve 2016 and allowing the user to maintain, repair or replace bypass valve 2016 separate from water control valve 2010 .
- the bypass assembly 2098 is sold integral with water control valve 2010 or as single unit requiring sealing element 2144 , it should be configured to be accessible to the user through opening 2112 in support wall 2110 .
- FIGS. 54 and 55 Another configuration for a water control valve 2010 having a rigidly attached bypass valve 2016 is shown in FIGS. 54 and 55 and an alternative bypass valve 2016 particularly configured for use with such a water control valve 2010 is shown in FIG. 56 .
- the hot 2138 and cold 2140 water bypass ports instead of the single external port 2130 utilizing one atmospheric sealing element 2144 , the hot 2138 and cold 2140 water bypass ports connect directly to the respective input 2146 and output 2148 lines of bypass valve 2016 with atmospheric seals at each such connection.
- valve manifold 2118 of this configuration is also manufactured to have or modified to have hot water bypass passageway 2134 interconnecting hot water inlet 2120 and hot water bypass port 2138 and cold water bypass passageway 2136 interconnecting cold water inlet 2126 and cold water bypass port 2140 .
- bypass assembly 2098 configured generally as shown in FIG. 53 , connects to directly to the hot 2138 and cold 2140 water input ports with the bypass valve 2016 disposed inside bypass housing 2142 to bypass water around water control valve 2010 .
- hot water bypass port 2138 has sealing element, such as O-ring 2151 , to sealably connect port 2138 with the input line 2146 to bypass valve 2016 and cold water bypass port 2140 has sealing element, such as O-ring 2152 , to sealably connect port 2140 with the output line 2148 from bypass valve 2016 .
- valve manifold 2118 can include enlarged portion 2154 for mounting bypass assembly 2098 or bypass valve 2016 against valve manifold 2118 .
- screen 2149 can be placed at or near the entrance to hot water bypass passageway to filter debris and be self-cleaning.
- bypass valve 2016 can be of the thermostatically controlled, electric solenoid, manually operated or other type of bypass valve.
- valve body 2044 of bypass valve 2016 can be modified to mount directly to hot 2138 and cold 2140 bypass ports.
- FIG. 56 One embodiment of such a bypass valve 2016 is shown in FIG. 56 .
- This embodiment comprises a generally U-shaped bypass valve body 2044 with valve inlet 2046 and valve outlet 2048 configured to sealably mount to hot water bypass port 2138 and cold water bypass port 2140 , respectively.
- This embodiment which utilizes the thermostatically controlled components discussed in detail above, requires bypass valve inlet 2046 and bypass valve outlet 2048 to be spaced in corresponding relationship to hot water bypass port 2138 and cold water bypass port 2140 .
- bypass valve assembly 2098 or bypass valve 2016 When installed, bypass valve assembly 2098 or bypass valve 2016 is sealably and rigidly connected to and supported by valve manifold 2118 in shower system 2034 .
- bypass valve 2016 opens to bypass the non-hot water around water control valve 2010 by diverting water flow from hot water line 2026 at hot water inlet 2120 through hot water bypass passageway 2134 and hot water bypass port 2138 into bypass valve inlet 2046 then through bypass valve 2016 to bypass valve output 2048 , cold water bypass port 2140 , cold water bypass passageway 2136 and then to cold water line 2022 at cold water inlet 2126 .
- pump 2032 provides the pressure in hot water line 2026 for the necessary bypassing.
- the bypassing of this cool or cold water in hot water line 2026 will continue until the temperature in hot water line 2026 is at the desired temperature.
- bypass valve 2016 will close and hot water (as desired) will be at the water control valve 2010 ready for selection by flow control valve 2108 and distribution to shower head assembly 2100 or tub faucet 2104 .
- water control valve 2010 can be provided with bypass assembly 2098 or bypass valve 2016 already connected to valve manifold 2118 or water control valve 2010 can be sold with removable cap elements (not shown) that sealably close hot 2138 and cold 2140 bypass ports so that bypass assembly 2098 or bypass valve 2016 can be provided as an optional unit.
- bypass assembly 2098 or bypass valve 2016 is fixedly attached to or manufactured with valve manifold 2118 such that water control valve 2010 and bypass assembly 2098 or bypass valve 2016 are a single, integral unit. This configuration eliminates the need for sealing elements 2150 and 2152 .
- the bypass assembly 2098 or bypass valve 2016 is sold integral with water control valve 2010 or as separate units requiring sealing elements 2150 and 2152 , it should be configured to be accessible to the user through opening 2112 in support wall 2110 .
- FIG. 57 Another embodiment of a water control valve 2010 having an attached bypass valve 2016 is shown in FIG. 57 .
- bypass valve inlet 2046 is connected to hot water bypass port 2138 by first tubular line 2156 and bypass valve outlet 2048 is connected to cold water bypass port 2140 by second tubular line 2158 .
- hot 2138 and cold 2140 bypass ports can connect to hot water inlet 2120 and cold water inlet 2126 , respectively, through bypass passageways 2134 and 2136 (shown in other figures) that extend through the wall of valve manifold 2118 at hot 2120 and cold 2126 water inlets.
- hot 2138 and cold 2140 bypass ports can be positioned at other places on valve manifold 2118 , such as shown in FIGS.
- first 2156 and second 2158 tubular lines are flexible tubular members such as the flexible hose commonly utilized in plumbing facilities.
- first 2156 and second 2158 tubular lines can be semi-rigid or rigid tubing, such as that made out of copper, stainless steel, fiberglass or various composite materials.
- connections between hot water bypass port 2138 and first tubular line 2156 and between first tubular line 2156 and bypass valve inlet 2046 , as well as those on the cold water side of control valve 2010 should be sealed to prevent leakage of water.
- bypass valve 2016 is affixed to valve manifold 2118 by one or more connecting elements 2160 each having one or more attachment mechanisms 2162 , such as a screw, bolt, rivet or etc.
- Connecting elements 2160 can be an integral part of bypass valve body 2044 , as shown in FIG. 57 , or they can be separate elements used to attach one piece onto another piece, such as a U-shaped strap.
- bypass valve 2016 is affixed to water control valve 2010 and accessible with it through opening 2112 in support wall 2110 .
- bypass valve 2016 can be the needle valve, electric solenoid or manually operated type of bypass valves.
- bypass valve 2016 can be sold integral with tubular lines 2156 and 2158 or the control valve 2010 and bypass valve 2016 can be sold as a single integral unit to eliminate the necessary sealing elements between the various connections.
- control valve 2010 can be sold with one or more cap elements (not shown) to seal ports 2138 and 2140 so that bypass valve 2 016 and associated tubular lines 2156 and 2158 can be sold separately.
- bypass valve 2016 When installed, bypass valve 2016 is sealably and rigidly connected to and supported by valve manifold 2118 in shower system 2034 by use of connecting element 2160 and attachment mechanisms 2162 .
- bypass valve 2016 opens to bypass the non-hot water around water control valve 2010 by diverting water flow from hot water line 2026 at hot water inlet 2120 through hot water bypass passageway 2134 , hot water bypass port 2138 and first tubular line 2156 into bypass valve inlet 2046 through bypass valve 2016 to bypass valve output 2048 , second tubular line 2158 , cold water bypass port 2140 , cold water bypass passageway 2136 and then to cold water line 2022 at cold water inlet 2126 .
- pump 2032 provides the pressure in hot water line 2026 for the necessary bypassing.
- the bypassing of this cool or cold water in hot water line 2026 will continue until the temperature in hot water line 2026 is at the desired temperature.
- bypass valve 2016 will close and hot water (as desired) will be at the water control valve 2010 ready for selection by flow control valve 2108 and distribution to shower head assembly 2100 or tub faucet 2104 .
- FIG. 58 Yet another embodiment of a water control valve 2010 having an attached bypass valve 2016 is shown in FIG. 58 .
- a standard water control valve 2010 is utilized with a first bypass connector 2164 and second bypass connector 2166 that connect to bypass valve 2016 .
- bypass connector 2164 is disposed between hot water line 2026 and hot water inlet 2120 and bypass connector 2166 is disposed between cold water line 2022 and cold water inlet 2126 .
- Bypass connectors 2164 and 2166 can be of the standard tee (as shown) or three-way elbow type of connector having an inlet 2168 and control valve outlet 2170 to connect to control valve 2010 .
- Bypass connector 2164 has bypass outlet 2172 and bypass connector 2166 has bypass inlet 2174 , configured as shown in FIG.
- first bypass connector 2164 and hot water inlet 2120 and between second bypass connector 2166 and cold water inlet 2126 can be by flexible or rigid tubular lines 2156 and 2158 , respectively.
- the connections between first 2164 and second 2166 bypass connectors and control valve 2010 and bypass valve 2016 should be by sealable connectors so as to prevent leakage at such connections.
- bypass connectors 2164 and 2166 , tubular lines 2156 and 2158 and bypass valve 2016 can be provided as a single, integral unit and bypass connectors 2164 and 2166 can be provided with cap elements (not shown) to close off bypass outlet 2172 when bypass valve 2016 is not used or removed from service through opening 2112 in support wall 2110 for maintenance, repair or replacement.
- water control valve 2010 can be provided with screen 2149 to filter debris before it gets to bypass valve 2016 . Placing screen 2149 at or near the entrance to bypass outlet 2172 , as shown, will allow screen 2149 to be self-cleaning by washing the face of screen 2149 when hot water is flowing through water control valve 2010 . As with the embodiment shown in FIG.
- bypass valve 2016 is affixed to valve manifold 2118 so that it is supported from valve manifold 2118 .
- FIG. 58 shows the use of a U-shaped strap as the connecting element 2160 held in place against valve manifold 2118 by a pair of attachment mechanisms 2162 .
- bypass valve 2016 is directly supported by first tubular line 2156 and second tubular line 2158 .
- FIG. 59 illustrates a configuration similar to that shown in FIG. 57 and discussed above except for there is no connecting element 2160 or attachment mechanism 2162 to affix bypass valve 2016 to valve manifold 2118 .
- FIG. 60 illustrates a configuration similar to that shown in FIG. 58 and discussed above except there is no connecting element 2160 or attachment mechanism 2162 for affixing bypass valve 2016 to valve manifold 2118 .
- bypass valve 2016 hangs freely from their connection to ports 2138 and 2140 on water control valve 2010 or from first 2164 and second 2166 bypass connectors.
- the principal benefit of the adjacent configuration is that there is no need for connecting element 2160 and any mechanism to attach it to valve manifold 2118 and it may be easier to retrofit existing water control valve 2010 installations by the necessary components. This is particularly true with regard to the embodiment shown in FIG. 60 that only requires the addition of first 2164 and second 2166 bypass connectors between an existing water control valve 2010 and the existing hot water line 2026 and cold water line 2022 .
- these embodiments can also include self-cleaning screen 2149 .
- the various embodiments set forth herein, including those discussed above can utilize bypass valve assembly 2098 having bypass valve 2016 disposed therein.
- valve manifold 2118 is configured to have an external valve cartridge 2300 that is attached to valve manifold 2118 at manifold interface 2302 .
- valve interface 2124 is configured in the form of a generally cylindrical cavity adaptable for receiving valve cartridge 2123 therein.
- valve cartridge 2123 of the previous embodiments which interfaces with the cylindrical cartridge cavity (i.e., valve interface 2124 ) inside of valve manifold 2118 , the embodiment of FIG.
- valve cartridge 2300 that removably abuts flat interface 2302 , which is configured to have ports for the flow of hot and cold water to valve cartridge 2300 and the discharge of mixed water to shower line 2102 and/or tub line 2106 .
- valve cartridge 2300 attaches to valve interface 2302 by way of one or more attachment mechanisms, such as screws 2304 .
- bypass valve 2016 the embodiment shown in FIG. 61 is similar in concept to that shown in FIG. 60 and described above.
- valve manifold 2118 of this configuration has hot water threaded end 2306 and cold water threaded end 2308 for connection to the supply of hot water and cold water, respectively.
- first tubular line 2156 interconnects hot water bypass port 2138 on hot water inlet 2120 to bypass valve inlet 2046 on bypass valve 2016 and second tubular line 2158 interconnects bypass valve outlet 2048 to cold water bypass port 2140 on cold water inlet 2126 .
- appropriate sealing members need to be utilized to prevent leakage and self-cleaning screen 2149 can be used to prevent debris and other matter from entering bypass valve 2016 .
- FIG. 61 is similar to that of FIG. 61 , it is known and understood that the various embodiments can also be adapted for use with the valve manifold 2118 and cartridge 2300 combination of FIG. 61 .
- bypass valve 2016 is integrated with or appended to a pair of individual water control valves 2012 , also known as angle stops, or incorporated with a combination water control valve 2014 .
- These types of valves are commonly referred to as service valves or non-working valves because they are not operated so as to be frequently moved from the opened to closed positions.
- Service valves are primarily utilized to connect to washing machines, sinks or faucets on sinks, dishwashing machines and the like apparatuses. Normally, service valves are left in the open position, only being closed to repair or replace the apparatus.
- water control valve 2012 comprises a pair of independent water control valves, hot water valve 2012 a and cold water 2012 b to supply hot or cold water to the apparatus 2176 (shown as a washing machine in FIG. 62 illustrating a system 2178 utilizing water control valve 2012 ).
- water control valves 2012 a and 2012 b are the same and, when referenced herein collectively as water control valve 2012 , is meant to refer to both hot water valve 2012 a and cold water valve 2012 b .
- Water control valve 2012 has valve manifold 2180 enclosing the inner workings (not shown) of water control valve 2012 that are operated by an operating mechanism, such as handle 2182 , to open or close valve 2012 to independently allow water, hot or cold depending on which water valve 2012 a or 2012 b is operated, to flow to apparatus 2176 through hot water hose 2184 or cold water hose 2186 , respectively.
- water control valve 2012 has an inlet 2188 with a connection suitable to connect to an end of either hot water line 2026 or cold water line 2022 , depending on which valve 2012 a or 2012 b is referenced, extending through wall 2190 and past cover plate 2192 .
- Water control valve 2012 also has a first valve outlet 2194 , generally configured with a male connection suitable for connecting to female coupling 2196 on the end of hose 2184 or 2186 .
- Each of water control valves 2012 a and 2012 b are modified to include a hot water second outlet 2198 and cold water second outlet 200 , respectively, to connect to bypass valve 2016 for bypassing cold or tepid water around valves 2012 a and 2012 b so as to maintain hot water at water control valve 2012 a ready for use by apparatus 2176 .
- bypass valve 2016 is a thermostatically controlled bypass valve, as described above, bypass valve 2016 can be the needle, electric solenoid, manually operated or other type of bypass valve.
- screen 2149 can be utilized to screen debris before it gets to bypass valve 2016 and be positioned at or near the entrance to hot water second outlet 2198 to be self-cleaning when hot water is not flowing to apparatus 2176 .
- bypass valve 2016 can have valve inlet 2046 and valve outlet 2048 which extend to interconnect water control valves 2012 a and 2012 b to eliminate the additional connections necessary for extension members 2202 , although this could limit flexibility with regard to the distance between valves 2012 a and 2012 b .
- Use of one or more extension members 2202 such as the two shown in FIG. 63 , provide increased flexibility with regard to the spacing of valves 2012 a and 2012 b .
- water control valves 2012 a and 2012 b could be manufactured integral with bypass valve 2016 , thereby completely eliminating the need for separate tubular extension members 2202 and any connections to second valve outlets 2198 and 2200 .
- bypass valve 2016 When installed, bypass valve 2016 is sealably and rigidly connected and supported adjacent to water control valves 2012 a and 2012 b in system 2178 .
- bypass valve 2016 opens to bypass the non-hot water around water control valves 2012 a by diverting water flow from hot water line 2026 at hot water second outlet 2198 through extension member 2202 , if used, into bypass valve inlet 2046 then through bypass valve 2016 to bypass valve output 2048 and then to cold water line 2022 at cold water second outlet 2200 .
- pump 2032 provides the pressure in hot water line 2026 for the necessary bypassing. The bypassing of this cool or cold water in hot water line 2026 will continue until the temperature in hot water line 2026 is at the desired temperature. At that time, bypass valve 2016 will close and hot water (as desired) will be at the water control valve 2012 b ready for selection by the flow control valve at or inside apparatus 2176 .
- system 2178 can be modified to utilize a pair of saddle valves 2204 , such self tapping variety, to establish a connection between water control valves 2012 a and 2012 b for connection to bypass valve 2016 , as shown in FIG. 64 .
- Saddle valves 204 can be located in front of wall 2190 , as shown, for ease of access for repair, maintenance or replacement of bypass valve 2016 or they can be located behind wall 2190 .
- saddle valves 2204 can attach to and interconnect hot water hose 2184 and cold water hose 2186 to bypass cold or tepid water through bypass valve 2016 .
- system 2178 can utilize a first bypass connector 2206 connected to water control valve 2012 a and second bypass connector 2208 connected to water control valve 2012 b that connect to bypass valve 2016 .
- bypass connector 2206 is disposed between outlet 2194 on valve 2012 a and hose coupling 2196 on hot water hose 2184
- bypass connector 2208 is disposed between outlet 2194 on valve 2012 b and hose coupling 2196 on cold water hose 2186 to bypass cold or tepid water from hot water line 2026 to cold water line 2022 .
- Bypass connectors 2206 and 2208 can be of the standard tee type (as shown) or three-way elbow type of connector having an inlet 2210 and hose outlet 2212 to connect to control valves 2012 a and 2012 b and hoses 2184 and 2186 .
- Bypass connector 2206 has bypass outlet 2214 and bypass connector 2208 has bypass inlet 2215 , configured as shown in FIG. 65 , to connect to bypass valve 2016 .
- the connection between first bypass connector 2206 and bypass valve inlet 2046 on bypass valve 2016 and between second bypass connector 2208 and bypass valve outlet 2048 can be by flexible or rigid tubular lines 2216 and 2218 , respectively.
- bypass connectors 2206 and 2208 , tubular lines 2216 and 2218 and bypass valve 2016 can be provided as a single, integral unit and bypass connectors 2206 and 2208 can be provided with cap elements (not shown) to close off bypass outlets 2214 when bypass valve 2016 is not used or removed from service for maintenance, repair or replacement.
- FIG. 66 Another embodiment of a water control valve 2014 with an included bypass valve 2016 is shown in FIG. 66 .
- the hot and cold water service valves are joined together in a single unit having a valve manifold 2219 with a hot water component 2220 having a hot water inlet 2222 and hot water outlet 2224 and a cold water component 2226 having a cold water inlet 2228 and cold water outlet 2230 .
- Hot water component 2220 and cold water component 2226 of water control valve 2014 are joined by a tubular section 2232 enclosing the inner workings (not shown) of control valve 2014 that are operated by an operating mechanism, such as lever 2234 (could be a handle, dial, switch or other like mechanisms).
- valve 2014 When lever 2234 is moved to the “on” position, the inner workings of valve 2014 , which can be of the ball valve type, operate to open the connection between hot water inlet 2222 and hot water outlet 2224 to allow hot water to flow through hot water chamber 2236 to apparatus 2176 through a hose or other tubular member (such as hose 2184 with a female coupling 2196 thereon) connected to hot water outlet 2224 . Concurrently therewith, the connection between cold water inlet 2228 and cold water outlet 2230 opens to allow cold water to flow through cold water chamber 2238 to apparatus 2176 through a hose or other tubular member connected to cold water outlet 2230 . When lever 2234 is moved to the “off” position, valve 2014 closes to prevent hot and cold water from flowing to apparatus 2176 .
- bypass valve 2016 is incorporated within tubular section 2232 such that tubular line 2216 interconnects hot water chamber 2236 with bypass valve inlet 2046 and tubular line 2218 interconnects bypass valve outlet 2048 with cold water chamber 2238 .
- Screen 2149 can be placed at or near the entrance to tubular section 2232 to filter debris from the bypassed water and be self-cleaning when water is not being bypassed.
- the preferred bypass valve 2016 is a thermostatically controlled bypass valve, such as the thermostatically controlled bypass valve described above, bypass valve 2016 can be the needle, electric solenoid or manually operated type of bypass valve.
- bypass valve 2016 installed and water control valve 2014 in the “on” or open position, any cold or tepid water in hot water line 2026 at hot water component 2220 will be bypassed through tubular section 2232 to cold water component 2226 and to cold water line 2022 so as to maintain hot water available at hot water component 2220 .
- FIG. 22 summarizes the operation of the bypass valve 2016 on the chart shown as FIG. 22 .
- the chart of FIG. 22 summarizes the results of the twenty combinations of conditions (pump on/pump off; hot water line hot/hot water line cooled off; hot water valve fully open, closed or between; cold water valve fully open, closed or between) that are applicable to the operation of bypass valve 2016 .
- the operating modes IVB, IVC, IVD, IIIB, & IIID are summarized detailed in the immediately following text. The operation of the remaining fifteen modes are relatively more obvious, and may be understood from the abbreviated indications in the outline summarizing FIG. 22 .
- pump 2032 Starting with the set “off” hours (normal sleeping time, and daytime when no one is usually at home) pump 2032 will not be powered. Everything will be just as if there were no pump 2032 and no bypass valve 2016 in use with water control valves 2010 , 2012 or 2014 (i.e., both the cold and hot water lines will be at the same city water pressure).
- the water in hot water line 2026 and at bypass valve 2016 will have cooled off during the long interim since the last use of hot water.
- the reduced water temperature at bypass valve 2016 results in “retraction” of rod member 2076 of the thermally sensitive actuating element 2054 .
- the force of bias spring 2056 pushing against flange 2082 on rod member 2076 will push it back away from valve seat 2068 , opening bypass valve 2016 for recirculation.
- thermal actuating element 2054 is open, with pump 2032 not running, no circulation flow results, as the hot 2026 and cold 2022 water lines are at the same pressure. This is the mode indicated as IVB in the outline on FIG. 22 . If the cold water valve at water control valve 2010 , 2012 or 2014 is opened with thermal actuating element 2054 open as in mode IVB above, pressure in cold water line 2022 to the cold water side of water control valve 2010 , 2012 or 2014 will drop below the pressure in hot water line 2026 . This differential pressure will siphon tepid water away from the hot side to the cold side, which is the mode indicated as IVD in the outline on FIG. 22 . The recirculation of the “hot” water will end when the tepid water is exhausted from the hot water line 2026 and the rising temperature of the incoming “hot” water causes actuating element 2054 to close.
- hot water side of water control valve 2010 , 2012 or 2014 is turned on with actuating element 2054 open as in mode IVB above, pressure in hot water line 2026 will drop below the pressure in cold water line 2022 .
- This differential pressure, higher on the cold side, will load check valve 2064 in the “closed” direction allowing no cross flow.
- hot water line 2026 cooled and pump 2032 off a good deal of cooled-off water will have to be run just as if bypass valve 2016 were not installed), to get hot water, at which time actuating element 2054 will close without effect, and without notice by the user.
- pump 2032 With actuating element 2054 open and hot water line 2026 cooled-off as in mode IVB above, at the preset time of day (or when the cyclic timer trips the next “on” cycle) pump 2032 turns on, pressurizing the water in hot water line 2026 .
- Pump pressure on the hot side of water control valves 2010 , 2012 or 2014 results in flow through the open actuating element 2054 , thereby pressurizing and deflecting check valve 2064 poppet away from its seat to an open position. Cooled-off water at the boosted pressure will thus circulate from the hot line 2026 through actuating element 2054 and check valve 2064 to the lower pressure cold water line 2022 and back to water heater 2024 .
- mode IIIB the conditions indicated in mode IIIB above (i.e., pump 2032 operating, hot water line 2026 cooled off, and the hot water valve at water control valve 2010 , 2012 or 2014 turned off) and while the desired recirculation is occurring, mode IIID will occur.
- a pressure drop in the cold water line 2022 due to cold water flow creates a pressure differential across valve 2016 in addition to the differential created by pump 2032 . This allows tepid water to more rapidly bypass to cold water line 2022 .
- actuating element 2054 will close, ending recirculation.
Abstract
A water control valve assembly includes a valve manifold having a mixing chamber for mixing water from a supply of hot water and a supply of cold water. The valve manifold has a water control element controlling the flow of water from the mixing chamber to a discharge port of the valve manifold. A thermostatically controlled bypass valve is in fluid communication with the valve manifold, wherein the bypass valve is configured to bypass water from the supply of hot water to the supply of cold water.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 10/832,492, filed Apr. 27, 2004, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/465,854 filed Apr. 28, 2003, and which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/394,795 filed Mar. 21, 2003, now patented as U.S. Pat. No. 7,073,528, which is a continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 10/006,970 filed Dec. 4, 2001, now patented as U.S. Pat. No. 6,929,187, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/697,520 filed Oct. 25, 2000, now patented as U.S. Pat. No. 6,536,464, which are each expressly incorporated herein by this reference.
- Certain embodiments relate generally to bypass valves for use in home or industrial water distribution systems that supply water to various fixtures at different temperatures through different pipes. More particularly, certain embodiments relate to such bypass valves that are thermostatically controlled so as to automatically bypass water that is not at the desired temperature for use at the fixture. Even more particular, certain embodiments relate to use of such a thermostatically controlled bypass valve in a water distribution system utilizing a single circulating pump at the water heater.
- Certain embodiments relate generally to faucets and bypass valves for use in home or industrial water distribution systems that supply water to various fixtures at different temperatures through different pipes. More particularly, certain embodiments relate to faucets having bypass valves that are thermostatically controlled so as to automatically bypass water that is not at the desired temperature for use at the fixture. Even more particular, certain embodiments relate to faucets having an integral thermostatically controlled bypass valve.
- Certain embodiments relate generally to water control valves for use in home or industrial water distribution systems that supply water to various fixtures at different temperatures through different pipe systems. More specifically, certain embodiments relate to such water control valves that are adaptable for use with a bypass valve so as to bypass cold or tepid water away from the associated fixture until it reaches the desired temperature. Certain embodiments are particularly useful for providing a water control valve having a bypass valve which is accessible through the support wall associated with the fixture and which can also be used with non-working or service valves.
- Certain embodiments relate generally to apparatuses and systems for retrofitting water control valves used in home or industrial water distribution systems that supply water to various fixtures at different temperatures through different pipe systems. More specifically, certain embodiments relate to apparatuses and systems for retrofitting such water control valves to incorporate a bypass valve or other operating improvements, such as pressure balancing, without requiring removal or replacement of the valve housing that is mounted in the water distribution system. Even more specifically, certain embodiments relate to apparatuses and systems for retrofitting a tub/shower water control valve to incorporate a bypass valve so as to bypass cold or tepid water away from the associated fixture until it reaches the desired temperature.
- Home and industrial water distribution systems distribute water to various fixtures, including sinks, bathtubs, showers, dishwashers and washing machines, that are located throughout the house or industrial building. The typical water distribution system brings water in from an external source, such as a city main water line or a private water well, to the internal water distribution piping system. The water from the external source is typically either at a cold or cool temperature. One segment of the piping system takes this incoming cold water and distributes it to the various cold water connections located at the fixtures where it will be used (i.e., the cold water side of a tub/shower valve). Another segment of the piping system delivers the incoming cold water to a water heater which heats the water to the desired temperature and distributes it to the various hot water connections where it will be used (i.e., the hot water side of the tub/shower valve). At the fixture, cold and hot water either flows through separate hot and cold water control valves that are independently operated to control the temperature of the water into the fixture by controlling the flow rate of water from the separate valves or, as is more typical for tub/shower installations, the water is mixed at a single valve that selectively controls the desired water temperature flowing from the fixture.
- A well-known problem with most home and industrial water distribution systems is that hot water is not always readily available at the hot water side of the fixture when it is desired. This problem is particularly acute in water use fixtures that are located a distance from the hot water heater or in systems with poorly insulated pipes. When the hot water side of these fixtures is left closed for some time, such as overnight, the hot water in the hot water segment of the piping system sits in the pipes and cools. As a result, the temperature of the water between the hot water heater and the fixture lowers until it becomes cold or at least tepid. When opened again, it is not at all uncommon for the hot water side of such a fixture to supply cold water through the hot water valve when it is first opened and for some time thereafter. For instance, at the bathtub and/or shower fixture located some distance away from the water heater, the person desiring to use the tub/shower will either have to initially use cold or tepid water instead of hot water or wait for the distribution system to supply hot water through the open hot water valve. Most users have learned that to obtain the desired hot water, the hot water valve must be opened and left open for some time so that the cool water in the hot water side of the piping system will flow out ahead of the more recently heated hot water. For certain fixtures, such as virtually all dishwashers and washing machines, there typically is no easy method of “draining” away the cold or tepid water in the hot water pipes prior to utilizing the water in the fixture.
- The inability to have hot water at the hot water side of the fixture when it is desired creates a number of problems. One problem, as described above, is having to utilize cold or tepid water when hot water is desired. Even in those fixtures where the person can allow the cold or tepid water to flow out of the fixture until the water reaches the desired warm or hot temperature, such as a bath or shower, there are certain problems associated with such a solution. One such problem is the waste of water that flows out of the fixture through the drain and, typically, to the sewage system. This good and clean water is wasted, resulting in unnecessary water treatment after flowing through the sewage system. This waste of water is compounded when the person is inattentive and hot water begins flowing down the drain and to the sewage system. Yet another problem associated with the inability to have hot water at the hot water valve when needed is the waste of time for the person who must wait for the water to reach the desired temperature before he or she-can take a bath or shower at the desired temperature.
- The use of bypass valves and/or water recirculation systems in home or industrial water distribution systems to overcome the problems described above have been known for some time. The general objective of the bypass valve or recirculation system is to avoid supplying cold or tepid water at the hot water side of the piping system when the user desires hot water. U.S. Pat. No. 2,842,155 to Peters describes a thermostatically controlled water bypass valve, shown as
FIG. 2 therein, that connects at or near the fixture located away from the water heater. The inventor discusses the problems of cool “hot” water and describes a number of prior art attempts to solve the problem. The bypass valve in the Peters patent comprises a cylindrical housing having threaded ends that connect to the hot and cold water piping at the fixture so as to interconnect these piping segments. Inside the housing at the hot water side is a temperature responsive element having a valve ball at one end that can sealably abut a valve seat. The temperature responsive element is a metallic bellows that extends when it is heated to close the valve ball against the valve seat and contracts when cooled to allow water to flow from the hot side to the cold side of the piping system when both the hot and cold water valves are closed. Inside the housing at the cold water side is a dual action check valve that prevents cold water from flowing to the hot water side of the piping system when the hot water valve or the cold water valve is open. An alternative embodiment of the Peters' invention shows the use of a spiral temperature responsive element having a finger portion that moves left or right to close or open the valve between the hot and cold water piping segments. Although the invention described in the Peters' patent relies on gravity or convection flow, similar systems utilizing pumps to cause a positive circulation are increasingly known. These pumps are typically placed in the hot water line in close proximity to the fixture where “instant” hot water is desired. - U.S. Pat. No. 5,623,990 to Pirkle describes a temperature-controlled water delivery system for use with showers and eye-wash apparatuses that utilize a pair of temperature responsive valves, shown as
FIGS. 2 and 5 therein. These valves utilize thermally responsive wax actuators that push valve elements against springs to open or close the valves to allow fluid of certain temperatures to pass. U.S. Pat. No. 5,209,401 to Fiedrich describes a diverting valve for hydronic heating systems, best shown inFIGS. 3 through 5 , that is used in conjunction with a thermostatic control head having a sensor bulb to detect the temperature of the supply water, U.S. Pat. No. 5,119,988 also to Fiedrich describes a three-way modulating diverting valve, shown asFIG. 6 . A non-electric, thermostatic, automatic controller provides the force for the modulation of the valve stem against the spring. U.S. Pat. No. 5,287,570 to Peterson et al. discloses the use of a bypass valve located below a sink to divert cold water from the hot water faucet to the sewer or a water reservoir. As discussed with regard toFIG. 5 , the bypass valve is used in conjunction with a separate temperature sensor. - Recirculating systems for domestic and industrial hot water heating utilizing a bypass valve are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,572,985 to Benham and U.S. Pat. No. 5,323,803 to Blumenauer. The Benham system utilizes a circulating pump in the return line to the water heater and a temperature responsive or thermostatically actuated bypass valve disposed between the circulating pump and the hot water heater to maintain a return flow at a temperature level below that at the outlet from the water heater. The bypass valve, shown in
FIG. 2 , utilizes a thermostatic actuator that extends or retracts its stem portion, having a valve member at its end, to seat or unseat the valve. When the fluid temperature reaches the desired level, the valve is unseated so that fluid that normally circulates through the return line of the system is bypassed through the circulating pump. The Blumenauer system utilizes an instantaneous hot water device comprising a gate valve and ball valve in a bypass line interconnecting the hot and cold water input lines with a pump and timer placed in the hot water line near the hot water heater. - Despite the devices and systems set forth above, many people still have problems with obtaining hot water at the hot water side of fixtures, particularly bath and/or shower fixtures, located away from the hot water heater or other source of hot water. Boosted, thermally actuated valve systems having valves that are directly operated by a thermal actuator (such as a wax filled cartridge) tend not to have any toggle action. Instead, after a few on-off cycles, the valves tend to just throttle the flow until the water reaches an equilibrium temperature, at which time the valve stays slightly cracked open. While this meets the primary function of keeping the water at a remote fixture hot, leaving the valve in a slightly open condition does present two problems. First, the lack of toggle action can result in scale being more likely to build up on the actuator because it is constantly extended. Second, the open valve constantly bleeds a small amount of hot or almost hot water into the cold water piping, thereby keeping the faucet end of the cold water pipe substantially warm. If truly cold water is desired (i.e., for brushing teeth, drinking, or making cold beverages), then some water must be wasted from the cold water faucet to drain out the warm water. If the bypass valve is equipped with a spring-loaded check valve to prevent siphoning of cold water into the hot water side when only the hot water faucet is open, then the very small flow allowed through the throttled-down valve may cause chattering of the spring loaded check valve. The chattering can be avoided by using a free floating or non-spring loaded check valve. It is also detrimental to have any noticeable crossover flow (siphoning) from hot to cold or cold to hot with any combination of faucet positions, water temperatures, or pump operation.
- Related U.S. Pat. No. 6,536,464 describes an under-the-sink thermostatically controlled bypass valve and water circulating system with the bypass valve placed at or near a fixture (i.e., under the sink) to automatically bypass cold or tepid water away from the hot water side of the fixture until the temperature of the water reaches the desired level. Related U.S. Pat. No. 6,929,187 describes a water control fixture having a thermostatically controlled bypass valve integral with the fixture, either in a separate chamber or in the operating valve, for bypassing cold or tepid water away from the hot side of the fixture. Related U.S. Pat. No. 7,073,528 describes a bath and/or shower water control valve that is adapted to either attach to or which includes a bypass valve. Related patent application Ser. No. 10/832,492 describes apparatuses and systems for retrofitting an existing water control valve mounted in a water distribution system. Preferably, the above-mentioned bypass valves utilize a thermal actuator element that is thermally responsive to the temperature of the water to automatically control the diversion of water from the fixture, so as to maintain hot water availability at the hot water side of the fixture. The above described related patents and patent application address some of the aforementioned problems, however problems remain with known hot water recirculation systems.
- In one aspect, a water control valve assembly is provided including a valve manifold having a mixing chamber for mixing water from a supply of hot water and a supply of cold water. The valve manifold has a water control element controlling the flow of water from the mixing chamber to a discharge port of the valve manifold. A thermostatically controlled bypass valve is in fluid communication with the valve manifold, wherein the bypass valve is configured to bypass water from the supply of hot water to the supply of cold water.
- In another aspect, a water control valve assembly is provided including a valve manifold configured to be located proximate a fixture, wherein the valve manifold has a water control element controlling a flow of water to a discharge port of the valve manifold, and wherein the discharge port is configured to be in fluid communication with the fixture. A thermostatically controlled bypass valve is in fluid communication with the valve manifold, wherein the bypass valve is configured to bypass water from a supply of hot water to a supply of cold water.
- In a further aspect, a water control valve assembly is provided including a valve manifold having a hot water inlet and a discharge port, wherein the hot water inlet is configured for connection to a supply of hot water and the discharge port configured to be in fluid communication with a fixture. The valve manifold further includes a water control element for controlling the flow of water through the discharge port. A thermostatically controlled bypass valve is in fluid communication with the valve manifold, wherein the bypass valve is configured to bypass water from the supply of hot water to a supply of cold water.
-
FIG. 1 shows a water distribution system having a pump added to the hot water line to distribute hot and cold water to a water control valve in a shower/tub assembly. -
FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional side view of a bypass valve for use with the water control valves. -
FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional side view of the valve body of the bypass valve shown inFIG. 2 . -
FIG. 4 is a side view of an exemplary thermally sensitive actuating element, shown in its unmodified condition, for use in an exemplary thermostatically controlled bypass valve. -
FIG. 5 is a front view of a prior art shower/tub water control valve showing a valve cartridge disposed in the valve manifold of the water control valve. -
FIG. 6 is a front view of the prior art shower/tub water control valve ofFIG. 5 showing the valve cartridge removed from the valve manifold to expose the valve cartridge interface of the water control valve. -
FIG. 7 is a front view of the first end of an adapter plug configured according to one embodiment showing a configuration for the first plug interface. -
FIG. 8 is a side view of the adapter plug shown inFIG. 7 . -
FIG. 9 is a front view of the second end of the adapter plug shown inFIG. 7 showing a configuration for the second plug interface. -
FIG. 10 is cross-sectional side view of a retrofit system with an escutcheon plate having a blister portion covering the exposed end of the adapter plug and the retrofit valve. -
FIG. 11 is a side view of a retrofit valve configured according to one embodiment showing the valve ports and stem of the retrofit valve. -
FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional side view of the retrofit valve shown inFIG. 11 showing the use of both a water control cartridge having a pressure balance function and a bypass valve. -
FIG. 13 is a side view of a prior art water control cartridge having a pressure balance function. -
FIG. 14 is a side view of a prior art valve manifold. -
FIG. 15 is a side view of an adapter plug configured according to one embodiment for the prior art valve manifold shown inFIG. 14 . -
FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional side view of the adapter plug ofFIG. 15 . -
FIG. 17 is a side view one embodiment of a retrofit valve and fluid connectors shown with the adapter plug ofFIG. 15 installed in the prior art manifold ofFIG. 14 . -
FIG. 18 is a side view of one configuration of a bracket shown attached to the valve manifold of a water control valve. -
FIG. 19 is a side view of a second configuration of a bracket shown attached to the valve manifold of a water control valve. -
FIG. 20 is a front view of the bracket shown inFIG. 19 . -
FIG. 21 is a top view of the second bracket member of the bracket shown inFIG. 20 . -
FIG. 22 is a chart showing the operational characteristics of the thermostatically controlled bypass valve when in use with a water distribution system. -
FIG. 23 is a side cross-sectional view of a modified thermal actuator showing modifications to reduce potential problems with lime buildup. -
FIG. 24 is a perspective view of an assembled thermostatically controlled bypass valve formed in accordance with an embodiment. -
FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional side view of the bypass valve inFIG. 24 . -
FIG. 26 is a cross-sectional side view of the valve body of the bypass valve ofFIG. 24 . -
FIG. 27 is an end view of the second end of the valve body of the bypass valve ofFIG. 24 . -
FIG. 28 is an end view of the first end of the valve body of the bypass valve ofFIG. 24 . -
FIG. 29 is a side view of the thermally sensitive actuating element for use in the bypass valve ofFIG. 24 . -
FIG. 30 is a side elevation view showing a water distribution system and fixture utilizing the bypass valve ofFIG. 24 . -
FIG. 31 shows an exemplary water distribution system that utilizes a water control fixture (faucet) having a thermostatically controlled bypass valve. -
FIG. 32 is a side view of an exemplary thermally sensitive actuating element, shown in its unmodified condition, for use in the bypass valve shown inFIG. 31 . -
FIG. 33 is a front view of a typical fixture body for a single handle faucet. -
FIG. 34 is a side view of the single handle faucet inFIG. 33 . -
FIG. 35 is a top view of the faucet body housing for the faucet ofFIG. 33 . -
FIG. 36 is a side cross-sectional view of the faucet body housing for the faucet ofFIG. 33 . -
FIG. 37 is a bottom view of the faucet body housing of the faucet ofFIG. 33 . -
FIG. 38 is a sectional view of a bypass valve cartridge body for use with the bypass valve ofFIG. 31 . -
FIG. 39 is a sectional view of the bypass valve cartridge body taken at 90 degrees toFIG. 38 . -
FIG. 40 is a sectional view of the bypass valve cartridge body ofFIG. 38 with a bypass valve and other components place therein. -
FIG. 41 is a cross-sectional view of the side of an exemplary shower faucet that utilizes a cartridge insert (not shown) for controlling the flow of water through the faucet showing the placement of a bypass valve therein. -
FIG. 42 is a cross-sectional view of the side of an exemplary modified ball control mechanism for use in single handle faucets. -
FIG. 43 is a top view of the ball ofFIG. 42 . -
FIG. 44 is a side view of the ball ofFIG. 42 . -
FIG. 45 is a cross sectional view of an exemplary modified replaceable cylindrical valving cartridge used in some faucets. -
FIG. 46 is a side view of an exemplary valve member used with dual handle, single spout faucets. -
FIG. 47 is side cross-sectional view of the upper half of a cartridge placed in the valve member ofFIG. 46 . -
FIG. 48 shows another exemplary water distribution system utilizing a water control valve having a bypass valve in a shower/tub assembly. -
FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional side view of an exemplary bypass valve for use with the water control valves. -
FIG. 50 is a cross-sectional side view of the valve body of the bypass valve shown inFIG. 49 . -
FIG. 51 is a side view of an exemplary thermally sensitive actuating element, shown in its unmodified condition, for use in the thermostatically controlled bypass valve shown inFIG. 49 . -
FIG. 52 is a front view of the shower/tub water control valve without the bypass valve mounted thereon as seen through the opening in the support wall for a shower system. -
FIG. 53 is a side view of the water control valve ofFIG. 52 showing the interior components of a bypass valve mounted thereon. -
FIG. 54 is a front view of a shower/tub water control valve having a bypass valve assembly mounted thereon. -
FIG. 55 is a side view of the shower/tub water control valve ofFIG. 54 without the bypass assembly mounted thereon showing the hot and cold water bypass ports for connection to the bypass valve. -
FIG. 56 is a cross-sectional side view of an exemplary modified bypass valve for use with the water control valves. -
FIG. 57 is a front view of a shower/tub water control valve having a bypass valve attached to the water control valve and tubular lines interconnecting the bypass ports on the water control valve and the bypass valve. -
FIG. 58 is a front view of a shower/tub water control valve connected to a pair of bypass connectors that connect to a bypass valve attached to the water control valve. -
FIG. 59 is a front view of a shower/tub water control valve having a bypass valve adjacent to the water control valve and connected to bypass ports on the water control valve. -
FIG. 60 is a front view of a shower/tub water control valve connected to a pair of bypass connectors that connect to a bypass valve positioned adjacent to the water control valve. -
FIG. 61 is a front view of a tub water control valve having an alternative configuration for the valve manifold with the bypass valve adjacent to the water control valve and connected to bypass ports on the water control valve. -
FIG. 62 is another alternative water distribution system utilizing an exemplary water control valve as a service valve for a water utilizing apparatus. -
FIG. 63 is a perspective view of a pair of water control valves modified for use with an interconnecting bypass valve. -
FIG. 64 is a top view of a pair of water control valves utilizing a pair of saddle valves to interconnect with a bypass valve. -
FIG. 65 is a perspective view of a pair of water control valves utilizing a pair of bypass connectors to interconnect with a bypass valve. -
FIG. 66 is perspective view of a combination water control valve utilizing a bypass valve therein to interconnect the hot and cold components of the water control valve. - With reference to the figures where like elements have been given like numerical designations to facilitate the reader's understanding, preferred embodiments are set forth below. The enclosed figures and drawings are illustrative of the preferred embodiments and represent preferred operations and orientations. Although specific components, materials, configurations and uses are illustrated, it should be understood that a number of variations to the components and to the configuration of those components described herein and in the accompanying figures can be made without changing the scope and function of the invention set forth herein.
- In the accompanying drawings of the various preferred embodiments of a water control valve, the tub/shower water control valve is shown as 10 (i.e.,
FIGS. 1 and 5 ) and a bypass valve is shown as 16 (i.e.,FIG. 2 ) that is adaptable for use with the apparatus and system for retrofittingwater control valve 10. However, other water control valves may be adaptable to the system for incorporatingbypass valve 16, as described herein.Bypass valve 16 for use withwater control valve 10 can be one of many different types of available bypass valves, including a thermostatically controlled bypass valve (as described in the patent and co-pending patent applications referenced above), an electric solenoid controlled bypass valve, a needle-type bypass valve as described in the above-referenced Blumenauer patent or a mechanical push button bypass valve such as sold by Laing and others. Pursuant to various embodiments of the apparatus and system, as described in detail below,water control valve 10 is adaptable for use with various types ofbypass valves 16. - A typical
water distribution system 18 utilizing tub/showerwater control valve 10 is illustrated inFIG. 1 . A standardwater distribution system 18 typically comprises a supply ofcold water 20, such as from a city main or water well, that supplies cold water directly towater control valve 10 throughcold water line 22 and water tohot water heater 24 so that it may heat the water and supply hot water towater control valve 10 throughhot water tine 26.Cold water line 22 connects to watercontrol valve 10 atcold water inlet 28 andhot water line 26 connects to watercontrol valve 10 athot water inlet 30, as explained in more detail below. The preferredwater distribution system 18 utilizes a small circulatingpump 32 of the type used in residential hot water space heating. A very low flow andlow head pump 32 is desirable because a larger (i.e., higher head/higher flow) pump mounted at the typicaldomestic water heater 24 tends to be noisy. This annoying noise is often transmitted by the water pipes throughout the house, In addition, if the tub/shower system 34 (as an example) is already in use whenpump 32 turns on, whether the first start or a later cyclic turn-on, the sudden pressure boost in thehot water line 26 from a larger pump can result in an uncomfortable and possibly near-scalding temperature rise in the water at the shower head or other fixture in use. The smaller boost of a “small” pump (i.e., one with a very steep flow-head curve) will result in only a very small and less noticeable increase in shower temperature. - In an embodiment, the single,
small pump 32 needs to provide only a flow of approximately 0.3 gpm at 1.0 psi pressure. In accordance with pump affinity laws, such a “small” pump requires a very small impeller or low shaft speed. The inventors have found that use of a very small impeller or low shaft speed also precludes formation of an air bubble in the eye of the impeller, which bubble may be a major cause of noise. Such a small steep curve pump may, however, constitute a significant pressure drop in thehot water line 26 when several fixture taps are opened simultaneously (such as a bathtub and the kitchen sink). To avoid reduced flow in those installations having a relatively low volume pump, acheck valve 36 can be plumbed in parallel withpump 32 or incorporated within the pump housing, to pass a flow rate exceeding the pump's capacity aroundpump 32. Whenpump 32 is powered and flow demand is low,check valve 36 prevents the boosted flow from re-circulating back to its own inlet. Withcheck valve 36 plumbed aroundpump 32, it is advantageous to place anorifice 38 in the pump discharge to provide a simple manner to achieve the desired very steep flow-head curve from available stock pump designs. Asingle pump 32 located at or nearwater heater 24 in its discharge piping will boost the pressure in the hot water pipes somewhat above that in the cold water pipes (i.e., perhaps one to three feet of boost). With this arrangement only onepump 32 per plumbing system (i.e., per water heater 24) is required with any reasonable number, such as the typical number used in residences, of remote water control valves (i.e., tub/shower valve 10), equipped withbypass valve 16 by retrofitting according to embodiments of the apparatus and system. This is in contrast to those systems that requiremultiple pumps 32, such as apump 32 at each fixture where bypassing is desired. - If desired, pump 32 can operate twenty-four hours a day, with most of the time in the no flow mode. However, this is unnecessary and wasteful of electricity. Alternatively, and preferably, pump 32 can have a
timer 40 to turnpump 32 on daily at one or more times during the day just before those times when hot water is usually needed the most (for instance for morning showers, evening cooking, etc.) and be set to operate continuously for the period during which hot water is usually desired. This still could be unnecessary and wasteful of electricity. Another alternative is to have thetimer 40cycle pump 32 on and off regularly during the period when hot water is in most demand. The “on” cycles should be of sufficient duration to bring hot water to all remote fixtures that have water control valves (such as tub/shower valve 10) equipped withbypass valve 16, and the “off” period would be set to approximate the usual time it takes the water in the lines to cool-down to minimum acceptable temperature. Yet another alternative is to equippump 32 with a normally closedflow switch 42 sized to detect significant flows only (i.e., those flows that are much larger than the bypass flows), such as water flow during use ofshower system 34. For safety purposes, the use ofsuch flow switch 42 is basically required if acyclic timer 40 is used. Theswitch 42 can be wired in series with the motor inpump 32. Ifswitch 42 indicates an existing flow at themoment timer 40 calls forpump 32 to be activated,open flow switch 42 will prevent the motor from starting, thereby avoiding a sudden increase in water temperature at tub/shower fixture 34 being utilized. The use ofswitch 42 accomplishes several useful objectives, including reducing electrical power usage and extendingpump 32 life if hot water is already flowing and there is no need forpump 32 to operate, avoiding a sudden temperature rise and the likelihood of scalding that could result from the pump boost if water is being drawn from a “mixing” valve (such as tub/shower valve 10 shown inFIG. 1 or a single handle faucet) and allowing use of a “large” pump 32 (now that the danger of scalding is eliminated) with its desirable low pressure drop at high flows, thereby eliminating the need for theparallel check valve 36 required with a “small”pump 32. - By using a time-of-
day control timer 40, pump 32 operates to maintain “instant hot water” only during periods of the day when it is commonly desired. During the off-cycle times, theplumbing system 18 operates just as if the fixture havingbypass valve 16 and pump 32 were not in place. This saves electrical power usage from operation ofpump 32 and, more importantly, avoids the periodic introduction of hot water into relatively uninsulated pipes during the off-hours, thereby saving the cost of repeatedly reheating this water. The time-of-day control also avoids considerable wear and tear onpump 32 andbypass valve 16. Considerable additional benefits are gained by using acyclic timer 40, with or without the time-of-day control. In addition to saving more electricity, if a leaky bypass valve 16 (i.e., leaks hot water to cold water line 22) or one not having toggle action is used, there will be no circulating leakage white thepump 32 is cycled off, even ifbypass valve 16 fails to shut off completely. Therefore, a simple (i.e., not necessarily leak tight)bypass valve 16 may suffice in less demanding applications. Reducing leakage to intermittent leakage results in reduced warming of the water incold water line 22 and less reheating of “leaking” re-circulated water. - As described above, various types of
bypass valves 16 may be utilized to accomplish the objective of bypassing cold or tepid water around the tub/shower fixture 34 associated withwater control valve 10, which is adaptable for use withbypass valve 16. Thepreferred bypass valve 16 is the thermostatically controlled type, an example of which is shown inFIG. 2 and described in detail below, due to its ability to automatically sense and respond to the temperature of the water inhot water line 26 atwater control valve 10. Unlike the electrical solenoid type of bypass valve or the manually operated type of bypass valve, a thermostatically controlledbypass valve 16 does not require any external operational input to activate in order to bypass cold or tepid water inhot water line 26 so as to maintain hot water athot water inlet 30 ofwater control valve 10. - As best shown in
FIGS. 2 through 4 , the preferred thermostatically controlledbypass valve 16, which can be configured for use withwater control valve 10, comprises a generally tubularbypass valve body 44 havingbypass valve inlet 46,bypass valve outlet 48 and a separatingwall 50 disposed therebetween. As described in more detail below,bypass inlet 46 hydraulically connects tohot water inlet 30 andbypass outlet 48 hydraulically connects tocold water inlet 28 ofwater control valve 10.Bypass valve passageway 52 in separatingwall 50interconnects inlet 46 andoutlet 48 to allow fluid to flow therethrough whenbypass valve 16 is bypassing cold or tepid water. As best shown inFIG. 2 and discussed in more detail below,valve body 44 houses a thermallysensitive actuating element 54,bias spring 56, anover-travel spring 58, self-cleaningscreen 60, retaining mechanism 62 (such as a retaining ring, clip, pin or other like device) andcheck valve 64. The direction of flow forcheck valve 64 is shown with the arrow inFIG. 2 .Valve body 44 can most economically and effectively be manufactured out of a molded plastic material, such as Ryton®, a polyphenylene sulphide resin available from Phillips Chemical, or a variety of other composites. In general, molded plastic materials are preferred due to their relatively high strength and chemical/corrosion resistant characteristics while providing the ability to manufacture thevalve body 44 utilizing injection molding processes with the design based on the configuration described herein without the need for expensive casting or machining. Alternatively,valve body 44 can be manufactured from various plastics, reinforced plastics or metals that are resistant to hot chlorinated water under pressure. As shown inFIG. 3 ,inlet 46 ofvalve body 44 can be molded with a set of axially oriented fin guides 66 having ends that form aninternal shoulder 68 insidevalve body 44 for fixedly receiving and positioning one end ofthermal actuating element 54 andbias spring 56, andretainer interruption 72 for receivingretaining mechanism 62. Preferably, retainingmechanism 62 is a retaining ring andretainer interruption 72 is configured such that when retainingmechanism 62 is inserted intovalve body 44 it will be engagedly received byretainer interruption 72.Bypass valve outlet 48 can be molded with retainingslot 74 for engagement with the snap-incheck valve 64. In the preferred embodiment,valve body 44 is designed so the internal components can fit throughinlet 46 andoutlet 48, which will typically be, nominally, one-half inch diameter. In this manner, a onepiece bypass valve 16 results with no intermediate or additional joints required for installation. In the preferred embodiment, the end havingbypass valve inlet 46 is kept close toscreen 60 so that the full flow of hot water (when water is flowing from the tub spout or shower head) will wash across the surface ofscreen 60, making it self-cleaning. - An example of a thermally
sensitive actuating element 54 for use with the thermostatically controlledbypass valve 16 is shown inFIG. 4 . Actuatingelement 54 is preferably of the wax filled cartridge type, also referred to as wax motors, having an integralpoppet rod member 76 comprisingpoppet 78 attached topiston 80 with anintermediate flange 82 thereon. The end ofpoppet 76 is configured to seat directly againstvalve seat 70 or move a shuttle (i.e., spool or sleeve valves) so as to closepassage 52. These thermostaticcontrol actuating elements 54 are well known in the art and are commercially available from several suppliers, such as Caltherm of Bloomfield Hills, Michigan. Thebody 84 of actuatingelement 54 has asection 86 of increased diameter, having afirst side 88 andsecond side 90, to seat againstshoulder 68 or like element invalve body 44.Piston 80 ofrod member 76 interconnects poppet 78 withactuator body 84. Actuatingelement 54 operates in a conventional and well known manner. Briefly, actuatingelement 54 comprises a blend of waxes or a mixture of wax(es) and metal powder (such as copper powder) enclosed inactuator body 84 by means of a membrane made of elastomer or the like. Upon heating the wax or wax with copper powder mixture expands, thereby pushingpiston 80 andpoppet 78 ofrod member 76 in an outward direction. Upon cooling, the wax or wax/copper powder mixture contracts androd member 76 is pushed inward bybias spring 56 untilflange 82contacts actuator body 54 atactuator seat 92. Although other types of thermal actuators, such as bimetallic springs and memory alloys (i.e., Nitinol and the like) can be utilized, the wax filled cartridge type is preferred because the wax can be formulated to change from the solids to the liquid state at a particular desired temperature. The rate of expansion with respect to temperature at this change of state is many times higher, resulting in almost snap action of thewax actuating element 54. The temperature set point is equal to the preset value, such as 97 degrees Fahrenheit, desired for the hot water. This is a “sudden” large physical motion over a small temperature change. As stated above, this movement is reacted bybias spring 56 that returnsrod member 76 as the temperature falls. - Because
bypass valve 16 has little or no independent “toggle action,” after a few consecutive cycles of opening and closing,bypass valve 16 tends to reach an equilibrium with the plumbing system, wherebybypass valve 16 stays slightly cracked open, passing just enough hot water to maintain the temperature constantly at its setting. In particular plumbing systems and at certain ambient conditions, this flow is just under that required to maintain a spring loaded check valve cracked continuously open (i.e., check valve 36). In such a situation,check valve 36 chatters with an annoying buzzing sound. To avoid this occurrence, the spring may be removed fromcheck valve 36, leaving the check valve poppet free floating. In the event that the hot water is turned full on at a time whenbypass valve 16 is open, thereby towering the pressure inhot water line 26 and inducing flow fromcold water line 22 through theopen bypass valve 16 to the hot side, the free floating poppet will quickly close. There is no necessity for a spring to keepcheck valve 36 closed prior to the reversal in pressures. - Although not entirely demonstrated in early tests, it is believed that beneficial “toggle” action can be achieved with an altered version of the thermostatically controlled
bypass valve 16 discussed above. If the motion of actuatingelement 54 is made to lag behind the temperature change of the water surrounding it by placing suitable insulation around actuatingelement 54 or by partially isolating it from the “hot” water, then instead of slowly closing only to reach equilibrium at a low flow without reaching shutoff, the water temperature will rise above the extending temperature of theinsulated actuating element 54 asbypass valve 16 approaches shutoff, andpiston 80 will then continue to extend as the internal temperature of actuatingelement 54 catches up to its higher surrounding temperature, closingbypass valve 16 completely. It is also believed that aninsulated actuating element 54 will be slow opening, its motion lagging behind the temperature of the surrounding cooling-off water from which it is insulated. When actuatingelement 54 finally allowsbias spring 56 to openbypass valve 16 and allow flow, the resulting rising temperature of the surrounding water will again, due to the insulation, not immediately affect it, allowingbypass valve 16 to stay open longer for a complete cycle of temperature rise. Such an “insulated” effect may also be accomplished by use of a wax mix that is inherently slower, such as one with less powdered copper or other thermally conductive filler. Anactuating element 54 so altered can be manufactured with a somewhat lower set point temperature to make up for the lag, achieving whateverbypass valve 16 closing temperature desired. - An additional benefit of utilizing
pump 32 in a cyclic mode insystem 18 is that shut-off of a toggle action valve upon attainment of the desired temperature is enhanced by the differential pressure anoperating pump 32 provides. Ifpump 32 continues to run as the water atwater control valve 10 cools down, the pump-produced differential pressure works against re-opening a poppettype bypass valve 16. Ifpump 32 operates cyclically, powered only a little longer than necessary to get hot water towater control valve 10, it will be “of? before the water atbypass valve 16 cools down. When the minimum temperature is reached, actuatingelement 54 will retract, allowingbias spring 56 to openbypass valve 16 without having to fight a pump-produced differential pressure. Bypass flow will begin with the next pump “on” cycle. An additional benefit to the use of either a time-of-day orcyclic timer 40 or the above mentionedinsulated actuating element 54 is that it improves the operating life of actuatingelement 54. Because use of eithercyclic timer 40 or insulatedelement 54 causes cyclic temperature changes in bypass valve 16 (as opposed to maintaining an equilibrium setting wherein temperature is constant andactuating element 54 barely moves), there is frequent, substantial motion of thepiston 80 in actuatingelement 54. This exercising of actuatingelement 54 tends to prevent the build-up of hard water deposits and corrosion on the cylindrical surface ofactuator piston 80 and end face ofpoppet 78, which deposits could renderbypass valve 16 inoperable. - Also inside
bypass valve 16 can be anover-travel spring 58 disposed between thesecond side 90 of theactuator body 84 and a stop, such as retainingmechanism 62 shown inFIG. 2 , located insidebypass valve 16 to prevent damage to a fully restrained actuatingelement 54 if it were heated above the maximum operating temperature ofbypass valve 16 and to hold actuatingelement 54 in place during operation without concern for normal tolerance. Use ofover-travel spring 58, which is not necessary for spool-type valves, allows movement ofactuator body 84 away from the seatedpoppet 78 in the event that temperature rises substantially after poppet 78contacts valve seat 70. Without this relief, the expanding wax could distort its copper can, destroying the calibrated set point.Over-travel spring 58 also holdsbias spring 56,rod member 76 andactuator body 84 in place without the need to adjust for the stack-up of axial tolerances. Alternatively, actuatingelement 54 can be fixedly placed insidebypass valve 16 by various mechanisms known in the art, including adhesives and the like.Over-travel spring 58, if used, can be held in place by various internal configurations commonly known in the art, such as a molded seat (not shown). - Although there are a great many manufacturers and configurations of
water control valves 10, it is believed that there are several generic forms of such valves that can be used. Thewater control valves 10 adaptable for use withbypass valve 16, including but not limited to thermostatically controlled bypass valves, include various types of combination shower/tub valve 10. As such, these generic forms ofwater control valve 10 are utilized below to illustrate several different types of designs that are adaptable for the use ofbypass valve 16 therewith according to the apparatus and system for retrofittingwater control valve 10. The opportunity afforded bywater control valve 10 is the access to the hot, cold and discharge ports when the existing valve cartridge is removed and replaced with an adapter plug, as discussed in detail below. The following examples are only representative of the types ofwater control valves 10 with which bypassvalve 16 can be used. As is well known in the art, the individual manufacturers have various models of water control valves to incorporate desired features and preferences. The examples are for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to restrict thebypass valve 16 to particular uses, sizes or materials used in the examples. - As is well known, many homes have a combination shower and tub assembly whereby the same
water control valve 10 is used to control the flow and temperature to the shower and the tub. A selector valve (not shown) is typically used to select the flow between the shower and the tub. An example shower/tub system is shown as 34 inFIG. 1 . A similar water control valve to that shown as 10, is used for systems comprising only a shower or a tub, with the exception that such valve only has one discharge port (connected to either the shower or the tub). In the shower/tub system 34,water control valve 10, distributes water to showerhead assembly 100 throughshower line 102 and totub spout 104 throughtub line 106, as exemplified in the system ofFIG. 1 . A flow control handle 108 is used to control the flow and temperature of water to theshower head assembly 100 ortub spout 104. Although a single flow control handle 108 is shown inFIG. 1 , it is understood that some shower, tub and shower/tub flow control valves utilize separate handles for the hot and cold water control. One of the primary distinguishing characteristics of virtually all existing shower/tubwater control valves 10 is that they are positioned at least partially behindsupport wall 110 that forms part of the shower and/or tub enclosure and which is used to supportshower head assembly 100 andtub spout 104. Because access towater control valve 10 is important for maintenance or repair ofwater control valve 10, even if positioned entirely behindsupport wall 110,water control valve 10 is generally placed behind anopening 112 insupport wall 110 specifically configured for accessingwater control valve 10. Typically aremovable plate 114, commonly referred to as an escutcheon plate, is used to coveropening 112. To accesswater control valve 10,plate 114 is removed andvalve 10 is maintained or repaired throughopening 112 insupport wall 110 and then plate 114 is reinstalled. - A typical tub/shower
water control valve 10, such as the Peerless® valve shown in more detail inFIG. 5 , is used to illustrate various configurations that are adaptable for retrofit use withbypass valve 16. The typicalwater control valve 10 comprises a valve manifold (body/housing) 118 having ahot water inlet 120 that connects tohot water line 26 to allow hot water to flow through control valvehot passageway 122 to the inner valve workings, which generally comprise aremovable valve cartridge 123 disposed insidecartridge receptor 124 ofvalve manifold 118, and acold water inlet 126 that connects tocold water line 22 to allow cold water to flow through control valvecold passageway 128 tovalve cartridge 123 insidecartridge receptor 124. Typically,cartridge receptor 124 is configured as a cylindrical or spherical cavity that is sized to receivevalve cartridge 123 therein. Alternatively,cartridge receptor 124 may be configured as a generally flat surface on whichvalve cartridge 123 is mounted or attached (such as utilized in the American Standard model 6211 water control valve). In either configuration, as well as others,cartridge receptor 124 has three ports, one each for the inflow of hot and cold water fromhot water line 26 andcold water line 22, respectively, and one for the discharge of mixed water toshower line 102 and/ortub line 106. When joined to cartridge mounting surface,valve cartridge 123 controls the' mix of hot and cold water to showerhead assembly 100 ortub spout 104 throughshower discharge 130 toshower line 102 or throughtub discharge 132 totub line 106, respectively. Tub/showerwater control valves 10 intended for installation behindsupport wall 110 adjacent to showersystem 34 have been and are commonly permanently or at least somewhat permanently plumbed into thewater distribution system 16 such thatvalve manifold 118 is not replaceable without tearing out a wall and physically removing the valve manifold 118 (i.e., by sawing) fromwater distribution system 18. The dynamic seals and mating surfaces on the valving members that are subject to wear are generally internal toreplaceable valve cartridge 123. For the dual handle designs, having separate handles for the hot and cold water valves, the faucet washer on a rising stem could be replaced, as could the valve stem, bonnet packing and valve seat. On the more modem water control valves, such as that shown as 10 inFIG. 5 , theentire valve cartridge 123 is replaceable. Because all dynamic valving action is done internally in these modem cartridges, with only static seals on the exterior ofvalve cartridge 123, replacement ofvalve cartridge 123 replaces all of the seals and mating valving surfaces that are subject to wear. Modem two handle fixtures also utilize separate, replaceable hot and cold water cartridges. Many modern tub/shower valve cartridges 123, particularly the single handle designs, contain a balance piston device to sense and compensate for changes in the relative pressure levels of the hot and cold supply water, such as can occur when a toilet is flushed or a faucet is opened wide. - The
replaceable valve cartridge 123 in modem control valves, an example of which is shown as 10 inFIG. 5 , communicates withhot inlet port 134,cold inlet port 136 and discharge port 138 (shown inFIG. 6 withvalve cartridge 123 removed) insidecartridge receptor 124 ofvalve manifold 118 through one or more fixed static seals, such as O-rings (not shown), on the exterior ofvalve cartridge 123.Ports valve cartridge interface 140 insidecartridge receptor 124 that cooperates withvalve cartridge 123 to transfer fluid from inlets 120 (hot) and 126 (cold) to discharges 130 (shower) and 132 (tub). In the example shown inFIG. 6 ,ports separate port cavities 142 that are configured to communicate with the end ofvalve cartridge 123 that is inserted insidecartridge receptor 124.Valve cartridge 123 is appropriately and cooperatively ported to flow water fromhot water line 26 and/orcold water line 22 to showerdischarge 130 andtub discharge 132. The opposite end ofvalve cartridge 123, which extends generally outwardly fromcartridge receptor 124, as shown inFIG. 5 , generally includes one or more mechanisms that cooperate with flow control handle 108 for selecting the relative amount of hot and cold water and for controlling the on/off and volume of flow to showerhead 100 and/ortub spout 104, such as on/off/flow stem 146 which operatively connects to flow control handle 108 to allow the user to control the temperature and flow volume of water. For thecontrol valve 10 shown inFIG. 5 , as an example, on/off/flow stem 146 rotates for temperature control to turn the flow of water on and off. For many older configurations, stem 146 reciprocates to control the on/off and flow rate functions and rotates to control the water temperature. Attached to, connected to or part of thetypical control valve 10, shown inFIG. 5 , are one or moreescutcheon mounting mechanisms 148 that are configured to removablymount escutcheon plate 114 so as to cover wall opening 112 withescutcheon plate 114. As shown inFIG. 5 , escutcheon mounting mechanisms148 can comprisetab members 149 having a threaded mountinghole 150 configured to removably receive a bolt, screw or other connecting device for holdingescutcheon plate 114 overwall opening 112. Alternatively, mountingmechanism 148 can be configured with theouter end 151 ofvalve manifold 118 being threaded, as shown inFIG. 19 , to receiveescutcheon plate 114 having a large mating hole. Typically, a large single nut then clampsescutcheon plate 114 in place. Thetypical valve cartridge 123 also has one or more external sealing members, such as O-rings (not shown), that cooperate withwall 152 ofcartridge receptor 124. - As known to those skilled in the art,
water control valves 10 are available in many different configurations incorporating various design and operational preferences depending on the company, model, and/or desired features. Although suchwater control valves 10 may differ somewhat, such as various configurations for radially or axially disposed inlets and discharges,replaceable valve cartridge 123 generally has a first end (the insert end) that cooperates withvalve cartridge interface 140, having hot 134, cold 136 and discharge 138 ports, a sealing mechanism (not shown) that cooperates withwall 152 of cartridge receptor 124 (those formed as a cavity), and a second end (the extending end) that cooperates with flow control handle 108. The way in which these components cooperate may be somewhat different depending on the manufacturer and/or model. For instance, the positioning of hot 134, cold 136 anddischarge ports 138 atvalve cartridge interface 140 generally varies by manufacturer and/or model ofwater control valve 10. In some brands/models ofwater control valve 10,valve cartridge interface 140 may have one or more, or all, of these ports positioned onwall 152 of the cavity that formscartridge receptor 124 instead of on the bottom of the cavity shown inFIG. 6 . As known to those skilled in the art, howeverports cartridge receptor 124,valve cartridge 123 is appropriately ported so as to cooperate withports valve cartridge interface 140 so as to transfer water fromhot water line 26 and/orcold water line 22 toshower line 102 andtub line 106 so as to deliver water toshower head 100 ortub spout 104, as selected by the user through operation of flow control handle 108, and appropriately configured to cooperate with flow control handle 108.Valve cartridge 123 may have internal channels or external channels, which cooperate withvalve receptor 124 to provide the flow path, to move the water between inlet ports 134 (hot) and 136 (cold) to dischargeport 138.Escutcheon mounting mechanisms 148 may be mounted, attached or otherwise cooperatively engaged withvalve manifold 118 to secureescutcheon plate 114 overwall opening 112. The various improvement features, such as pressure balancing, are likewise incorporated differently inwater control valve 10 by the different manufacturers and/or on different models by the same manufacturer. - Complete replacement of existing
water control valves 10 installed behindsupport wall 110 is generally impractical, as it usually requires tearing out a large section of the shower support wall 110 (including any tile or fiberglass surfaces) and physically sawing through the existing plumbing to free theold valve manifold 118. At least a portion of the existing plumbing must then be replaced, including new union fittings added where threaded pipe is utilized. Additionally, at least a portion ofsupport wall 110, with tile or other water-resistant covering, must then be reinstalled. The scope of this replacement work is beyond the capability or ambition of most homeowners and the cost to hire a contractor/plumber to do the work is generally so high as to be prohibitive to the typical homeowner. As such once a particular manufacturer'swater control valve 10 is installed, it is very difficult to replace thatvalve 10 with one by a different manufacturer or even by a different model made by the same manufacturer. One purpose is to allow retrofitting of existingwater control valves 10 in tub/shower fixtures 34 with the newer features of instant hot water (i.e., through use ofbypass valve 16 or others), pressure balance temperature regulation, anti-scalding and/or temperature sensitive mixing, as well as other possible features, without the need for replacing the installed/mounted component (i.e., the valve manifold 118) of the existingwater control valve 10. - The flow control handle 108,
escutcheon plate 114 andvalve cartridge 123 of the existingwater control valve 10 are removed and discarded. Once these components are removed, thereby exposingvalve cartridge interface 140 on orinside valve receptor 124 ofvalve manifold 118, anadapter plug 170, an example of which is shown inFIGS. 7 through 9 , can be inserted inside or againstvalve receptor 124. Theadapter plug 170 shown in these figures, is a simplified example of anadapter plug 170 that is configured to be utilized with a relatively larger size cavity forcartridge receptor 124, as shown inFIG. 6 , so as to more easily illustrate and discuss the various features. As set forth in more detail below, configurations ofcertain valve cartridge 123 andcartridge interface 140 will require a more compact design in order to accomplish these same objectives. The intent is to provide a retrofitting system, shown as 172 inFIG. 10 , that includes anadapter plug 170 which is specifically configured for a particular make and model of existingwater control valve 10, thereby providing for itsparticular cartridge interface 140 andcartridge receptor 124, so the user can then utilize a new, and typically improved, retrofitwater control valve 174 to provide the desired flow control characteristics. In this manner, the user can relatively simply and quickly retrofit his or her shower/tub system 34 to include the various features that are currently available, such as the instant hot water and pressure balancing features discussed herein, without having to replace thevalve manifold 118 that is fixedly installed in theirwater distribution system 18. Even if thewater control valve 10 of the user's existing shower/tub system 34 has these features already, the use of theretrofit system 172 allows the user the vastly improved flexibility to change from one manufacturer and/or model to another. - As shown in
FIG. 10 ,adapter plug 170 ofretrofit system 172 hydraulically connects to retrofitvalve 174, which can be done at the time of installation unless they have been previously connected or they are configured integrally, and a modifiedescutcheon plate 176 and a new flow control handle 178 are utilized, as best shown in theretrofit system 172 ofFIG. 10 . In one preferred embodiment,adapter plug 170 comprises aplug body 180 that is sized and configured to be received in the cavity formingvalve receptor 124 with generally, but not necessarily always, one or more plug sealing members, such as the O-ring shown as 182 inFIG. 8 , disposed around the outer surface ofplug body 180 to sealably interact withwall 152 of the cavity. In some configurations, no sealingmembers 182 will be required around plugbody 180. At thefirst end 184 ofplug body 180, the end which is inserted insidevalve receptor 124 and placed againstvalve cartridge interface 140, isfirst plug interface 186 that is configured to connect to and cooperate withvalve cartridge interface 140 so as to transfer fluid fromvalve manifold 118 to retrofitvalve 174. At thesecond end 186 of plug body, the end which extends generally outwardly fromvalve receptor 124, issecond plug interface 190. As explained in more detail below,second plug interface 190 is configured to hydraulically transfer fluid fromadapter plug 170 to retrofitvalve 174. As known to those skilled in the art, plugbody 180 can be made out of a variety of different materials, including various plastics, metals and composites. - For the
valve manifold 118 shown inFIGS. 5 and 6 , withvalve cartridge interface 140 shown inFIG. 6 ,first plug interface 186 can be configured as shown inFIGS. 7 and 8 . In this configuration,first plug interface 186 comprises afirst plug port 192,second plug port 194 andthird plug port 196, each of which are disposed in ashaped spigot member 198 having a sealing member 200 (such as an o-ring) thereon for being sealably received in theirrespective port cavities 142 inside or oncartridge receptor 124. As known to those skilled in the art, other configurations ofvalve cartridge interface 140 will not require use ofspigot members 198. Whenfirst plug interface 186 is engaged againstvalve cartridge interface 140,hot inlet port 134 is hydraulically connected tofirst plug port 192,cold inlet port 136 is hydraulically connected tosecond plug port 194 anddischarge port 138 is hydraulically connected tothird plug port 196 to transfer fluid betweenvalve manifold 118 andadapter plug 170.Second plug interface 190 includesfourth plug port 202,fifth plug port 204 andsixth plug port 206, as best shown inFIG. 9 , which are adapted to hydraulically connect, directly or indirectly, to retrofitvalve 174. Interconnecting the ports onfirst plug interface 186 to the ports onsecond plug interface 190 are passageways, shown asfirst passageway 208,second passageway 210 andthird passageway 212 inFIG. 8 .First passageway 208 interconnects first plugport 192 withfourth plug port 202 to transfer hot water to retrofitvalve 174,second passageway 210 interconnectssecond plug port 194 withsixth plug port 206 to transfer cold water to retrofit valve I 74, andthird passageway 212 interconnectsthird plug port 196 withfifth plug port 204 to transfer fluid fromretrofit valve 174 to dischargeport 138 onvalve manifold 118, where it is transferred toshower line 102 and/ortub line 106 and then to showerhead 100 and/ortub spout 104, respectively. As set forth below, some other configurations ofadapter plug 170 will not have sufficient space for three round, parallel, straight (molded or drilled) internal passageways of sufficient size to transfer the desired fluids. For these adapter plugs 170, first 208, second 210 and third 212 passageways must be configured differently. -
Retrofit valve 174, best shown inFIGS. 11 and 12 , has avalve body 220 that encloses a firstfluid chamber 222, best shown in the cross-sectional view ofFIG. 12 , for receivingwater control cartridge 224, which is configured to be operated by flow control handle 178 to mix hot and cold water for use inretrofit system 172. In a preferred embodiment,valve body 220 also encloses secondfluid chamber 226 that is configured to receivebypass valve 16 and be in hydraulic connection with firstfluid chamber 222, as explained below. As known to those skilled in the art,water control cartridge 224 can be a specially configured water control device that is configured to provide the desired operational features orwater control cartridge 224 can be an “off-the-shelf” water control device that already includes the desired features, such as pressure balancing, anti-scalding and/or temperature sensitive mixing. Various manufacturers provide water control devices, presently in the form ofvalve cartridges 224, that include the pressure balancing in addition to the standard temperature mixing and on/off/flow control. One such device is Moen's Posi-Temp® cartridge. As known to those skilled in the art, pressure balancing is an important feature that maintains constant temperature even when the hot or cold water pressure varies (i.e., when the toilet is flushed, a sink valve is opened wide or other actions are taken that cause hot/cold water pressure variation), Theretrofit system 172 allows the user to select a different manufacturer for the upgrade to a new valving system with the desired features, such as pressure balancing. - As best shown in
FIG. 11 ,retrofit valve 174 has afirst valve port 228 that functions as a hot water inlet, asecond valve port 230 that functions as a cold water inlet and athird valve port 232 that functions as the discharge port for discharging water to theshower head 100 and/ortub spout 104. Generally, but not necessarily always, first 228, second 230 and third 232 valve ports will be positioned for external access onvalve body 220 ofretrofit valve 174. Generally, as withcurrent control valves 10,retrofit valve 174 will be sealed with an on/off/flow stem 234 ofwater control cartridge 224 extending therefrom to be operatively engaged by flow control handle 178. Althoughretrofit valve 174 having only a firstfluid chamber 222 with the newwater control cartridge 224 provides advantages for the typical shower/tub system 34, significant additional advantage can be obtained by including secondfluid chamber 226 withbypass valve 16 therein for instant hot water availability. As discussed in more detail above, use of secondfluid chamber 226 withbypass valve 16 therein, as shown inFIG. 12 , provides hot water in theretrofit system 172 as soon as the user desires hot water, as selected by flow control handle 178. - In the embodiment shown in
FIG. 12 ,bypass valve 16 includes sealingmember 236 at or nearbypass valve inlet 46 andsupport member 238 at or nearbypass valve outlet 48. Sealingmember 236 sealably interacts withvalve wall 240 to close off flow frombypass channel 242, except throughbypass valve 16, that interconnectsfirst valve port 228 through which hot water is received in secondfluid chamber 226. Sealingmember 236 can be an O-ring mounted externally to bypassvalve 16 or other like devices that are sufficient for preventing flow aroundbypass valve 16.Support member 238 should be sized and configured to support andcenter bypass valve 16 inside secondfluid chamber 226.Second valve port 230, which connects tocold water line 22, can be positioned directly overcold water channel 244 or secondfluid chamber 226. Under normal operating conditions (i.e., non-bypassing), hot or cooled off water entersretrofit valve 174 atfirst valve port 228 and cold water entersretrofit valve 174 atsecond valve port 230. The hot and cold fluids are mixed bywater control cartridge 224, as selected by the user through operation of flow control handle 178, and then directed tothird valve port 232 for discharge to, ultimately,shower head 100 andtub spout 104. Under the normal, non-bypassing condition hot water will wash across the face ofscreen 60 to clean it of any debris that collects thereon during bypass operations, makingscreen 60 self-cleaning. During bypass conditions, which occurs when the water in hot water line 26 (as determined atbypass valve inlet 46 in bypass channel 242) is cold or tepid,bypass valve 16 allows the cold or tepid water to flow throughbypass valve 16, exitbypass valve outlet 48 and flow outretrofit valve 174 atsecond valve port 230 into, ultimately,cold water line 22. This “reverse” water flow through thecold water line 22 is accomplished by the pressure deferential supplied bypump 32, or other pressurizing means, inwater distribution system 18. As soon as the water inbypass channel 242 reaches the desired hot temperature,bypass valve 16 closes, thereby preventing the hot water from flowing throughbypass valve 16, returningretrofit system 172 to the normal operating condition (non-bypassing). - In a preferred embodiment, shown in
FIG. 12 ,retrofit valve 174 is configured such that bothwater control cartridge 224 andbypass valve 16 can be replaced without having to replace or removeretrofit valve 174 fromretrofit system 172. As shown, this can be accomplished by providingretrofit valve 174 with afirst opening 246 and asecond opening 248 that open into firstfluid chamber 222 and secondfluid chamber 226, respectively. As best shown inFIG. 13 (which is Moen'smodel 1222 Posi-Temp® cartridge),water control cartridge 224, having afirst end 252 and asecond end 256, is provided with afirst sealing member 254 atsecond end 256 so thatwater control cartridge 224 can be sealably placed inside first fluid chamber 222 (withfirst end 252 inserted first). The hot port onwater control cartridge 224 is sealed to bypasschannel 242 with cylindricallycurved face seal 250. The cold port onwater control cartridge 224 is sealed tocold water channel 244 with cylindricallycurved face seal 251. This effectively isolates these ports from firstfluid chamber 222. Thedischarge zone 255 between sealingmember 254 and the twoface seals member 254 can be an O-ring or other type of sealing mechanisms known to those skilled in the art. As known in the art, such as with many currentlyavailable valve cartridges 123 andwater control cartridges 224, sealingmember 254 should be configured to close off firstfluid chamber 222 and prevent the flow of water outfirst opening 246. In the embodiment shown inFIG. 12 ,bypass valve 16 is inserted into secondfluid chamber 226 throughsecond opening 248 and acap member 258 is utilized to close offsecond opening 248 into secondfluid chamber 226. In one embodiment,cap member 258 comprises a threadedend 260 that is threadably received insecond opening 248 and acap sealing member 262, such as an O-ring, that provides a static seal to prevent fluid from flowing outretrofit valve 174 throughsecond opening 248. As known to those skilled in the art, various other sealing mechanisms and closure mechanisms can be utilized to closebypass valve 16 andwater control cartridge 224inside retrofit valve 174. Alternatively, once these components are placed inside their respective fluid chambers, first 246 and second 248 openings can be fixedly closed. In another alternative, it may be possible and advantageous to manufactureretrofit valve 174 with all or a majority of the components ofbypass valve 16 and/orwater control cartridge 224 made integral withvalve body 220. - As set forth above, various existing
water control cartridges 224 made by various manufacturers could be suitable for use withretrofit valve 174. One such water control cartridge is shown inretrofit valve 174 inFIG. 12 and alone inFIG. 13 . As known to those skilled in the art, thiswater control cartridge 224 includes a pressure balance feature that maintains the relative pressure between the hot and cold water flow when a thewater distribution system 18 is subject to a sudden change in water pressure in the hot or cold water lines (i.e., as when a toilet is flushed or a water faucet is open wide). Water control cartridges having pressure balancing features have been known for many years. For instance, U.S. Pat. No. 2,308,127 to Symmons, U.S. Pat. No. 4,033,370 to Egli, U.S. Pat. No. 4,469,121 to Moen and U.S. Pat. No. 6,361,051 to Babin show various pressure balance configurations. - As also know to those skilled in the art, an anti-scalding device can be incorporated to provide instant water shut-off if the temperature of the water exceeds a pre-set level. Although various manufacturers make such devices (typically they are utilized in shower head 100), they generally include a reset button to allow the user to manually resume water flow after the device is automatically activated. Such a device can be included in
retrofit valve 174, in addition to or instead of the pressure balancing feature discussed above, to block the flow of mixed water fromretrofit valve 174 if the water temperature is too high (above the preset level). The reset button can be configured to protrude throughretrofit valve 174 to be accessible to the user to resume fluid flow. Another possible improvement, which can be utilized in addition to or instead ofwater control cartridge 224 with the pressure balancing feature, is an anti-scalding, proportional thermostatic water mixing and diverting valve (such as the Aquamix® available from Sparco, Inc. of Warwick, R.I.) that is a temperature sensitive mixing valve, as opposed to pressure sensitive, to maintain the water at or near a desired temperature under varied operating conditions (i.e., toilet flushing, sink valve opened, etc.). As such, the device provides both anti-scalding and anti-chilling through simultaneous control of the hot and cold water. The components of such a valve can be configured to fit inside ofretrofit valve 174 to provide this feature to an existingwater control valve 10 havingvalve manifold 118. - Use of the valve with a different model of
control valve 10 is illustrated inFIGS. 14 through 17 . One type of older design forvalve manifold 118, shown inFIG. 14 , has a longer,narrower cartridge receptor 124 than that illustrated inFIGS. 5 and 6 , that is configured to cooperatively receive a longer,narrower valve cartridge 123.FIGS. 15 and 16 show anadapter plug 170 suitable for use with thevalve manifold 118 shown inFIG. 14 . As withcurrent valve cartridges 123,adapter plug 170 includes one or more static seals, such as firststatic seal 300, secondstatic seal 302 and thirdstatic seal 304 to isolate portions ofadapter plug 170 to facilitate flow from/tohot inlet port 134,cold inlet port 136 anddischarge port 138. As shown inFIGS. 16 and 17 , anupper section 306 generally towardssecond end 188 ofadapter plug 170 includesfourth plug port 202,fifth plug port 204 andsixth plug port 206 and is configured to generally extend outwardly fromcartridge receptor 124,Lower section 308, generally towardsfirst end 186 ofadapter plug 170, is configured to be inserted intocartridge receptor 124 with firststatic seal 300 preventing fluid from flowing outcartridge receptor 124. Secondstatic seal 302 isolatesthird plug port 196, which is in hydraulic communication withdischarge port 138. Thirdstatic seal 304 separatesfirst plug port 192 andsecond plug port 194, which are in hydraulic communication withhot inlet port 134 andcold inlet port 136, respectively. As shown inFIG. 16 , internallyadapter plug 170 comprises an inner,first tube 310 and asecond tube 312 aroundfirst tube 310 to formfirst passageway 208 for the flow of hot water (or cooled/tepid water as the case may be),second passageway 210 for the flow of cold water andthird passageway 212 for the flow of discharge water to, ultimately,shower head 100 andtub spout 104. In oneembodiment plug body 180 comprises a two-piece stationary cylindrical sleeve. - Connecting
adapter plug 170 insidevalve manifold 118 withretrofit valve 174 are one or morefluid connectors 272 comprising afirst conduit 274,second conduit 276 andthird conduit 278, as shown inFIGS. 10 and 17 .FIG. 17 shows adapter plug 170 as configured for an alternative design of tub/shower valve 10, shown inFIGS. 14, 15 and 16 and discussed above.First conduit 274 interconnectsfourth plug port 202 tofirst valve port 228 to deliver the hot water (which may be cold or tepid) to retrofitvalve 174.Second conduit 276 interconnectssixth plug port 206 tosecond valve port 230 to deliver cold water to retrofitvalve 174 and to transfer the bypassed cold or tepid water away from retrofit valve.Third conduit 278 interconnectsfifth plug port 204 tothird valve port 232 to transfer water fromretrofit valve 174 to, ultimately,shower head 100 and/ortub spout 104. In a preferred embodiment, three separatefluid connectors 272 are utilized, each one a rigid or conformable (i.e., flexible) tubular member. Alternatively, the valve can utilize asingle fluid connector 272 that has first 274, second 276 and third 278 conduits incorporated therein. As discussed in more detail below,fluid connectors 272 facilitate the placement ofretrofit valve 174 behindescutcheon plate 176 by allowing for axial variation of its positioning, which may often be controlled by the other shower/tub components. Whether rigid or conformable,fluid connectors 272 can be made out of plastic, copper or various other metallic or non-metallic materials. For rigidfluid connectors 272, the ends thereof, which connect tosecond plug interface 190 ofadapter plug 170 and to first 228, second 230 and third 232 valve ports onretrofit valve 174, can be configured to be removably attached to their respective ports. As an example, both ends offluid connectors 272 can be configured to have an angularly adjustable, sealable end, such as can be achieved by utilizing spherical ends (shown as 280 for one end only inFIG. 17 ) fitted into hemispherical sockets, which are shown as 282 onFIGS. 8 and 9 for second plug interface, that are clamped and sealed with gland plates (not shown). This type of arrangement would allow the positioning ofretrofit valve 174 to “float” with respect to accessiblesecond plug interface 190 ofadapter plug 170 during installation until the fasteners holding the gland plates are tightened, thereby clamping and sealing the adjustable joints at both ends offluid connectors 272. Alternatively, one end offluid connectors 272 can be fixedly attached to eitheradapter plug 170 or retrofitvalve 174, as shown inFIG. 17 for the end attached to retrofitvalve 174. - Although it is possible to configure the
retrofit system 172 such that both ends offluid connectors 272 are fixedly attached toadapter plug 170 and retrofitvalve 174, particularly with the use of flexiblefluid connectors 272 to allow positioning ofretrofit valve 174 during installation, this will generally not be the preferred configuration due to the loss of interchangeability with regard to different makes and models ofwater control valves 10. If it is desired to provide aretrofit system 172 that is configured for only a particular make/model ofwater control valve 10, then the system could be provided with asingle adapter plug 170 and retrofitvalve 174 for that make/model ofcontrol valve 10. In fact, if system flexibility is not necessary or desired,retrofit valve 174 can be configured to abut or otherwise directly connect first 228, second 230 and third 232 valve ports to fourth 202, sixth 206 and fifth 204 plug ports, respectively, with very shortfluid connectors 272. In such cases,adapter plug 170 and retrofitvalve 174 may be made as one integral component. Otherwise, it will generally be preferred to maintain interchangeability ofretrofit system 272 by allowing use of a variety of differently configured adapter plugs 170 for differently configured water control valves' 10, which can best be achieved by having at least one end offluid connectors 272, preferably the end that attaches toadapter plug 170, releasably connect to the other component (i.e., as shown inFIG. 17 ). As known to those skilled in the art, the releasable connection can be achieved by various mechanisms, including threaded ends and the like. - As shown in
FIG. 10 and discussed above,adapter plug 170 is configured to be received inside or onvalve manifold 118 and retrofitvalve 174 is positioned relatively nearadapter plug 170, both of which are located behindescutcheon plate 176. To accommodate the increased axial displacement, relative tocartridge receptor 124,escutcheon plate 176 has an outwardly extendingblister portion 284, as shown inFIG. 10 . As known in the art, the axial placement of the existing installedshower valve manifold 118 with respect to the plane of the shower/support wall 110 varies from one old installation to another, generally depending on plumbing tolerances and the whim of the installing plumber. Later renovations, such as the addition of tile or shower stall panels, will also cause major variation with regard to the axial location ofcartridge receptor 124 relative to supportwall 110. These variations will cause the axial location, from the plane ofsupport wall 110, of the accessible end of adapter plug 170 (i.e., second plug interface 190), to likewise vary. Preferably,retrofit valve 174 should be at some fixed location with respect to the plane of support wall, which would preferably be against or very nearsupport wall 110 to allow the use ofescutcheon plate 176 having the shallowest possible depth forblister 284 so that it will not intrude as far into the shower/tub space. Because most modernwater control cartridges 224 are longer than wide, it is likely to be preferred thatretrofit valve 174 be positioned such that the axial direction ofwater control cartridge 224 is generally parallel to the plane ofsurface wall 110 and thus perpendicular toadapter plug 170. In this configuration,retrofit valve 170, as well asescutcheon plate 176, can be attached to and physically supported bysupport wall 110. This will provide a rigid and sturdy support for flow control handle 178, which is attached to stem 234, which the user will actuate to control the temperature and flow of water fromshower head 100 andtub spout 104. Connectingretrofit valve 174 and/orescutcheon plate 176 directly tovalve manifold 118 and/or adapter plug 170 (with their varying axial protrusions) presents many difficulties, particularly with regard to the need to installescutcheon plate 176 substantially flush againstsupport wall 110. - In a preferred embodiment,
retrofit system 172 will utilizebracket 290 for securely mounting andpositioning retrofit valve 174 andescutcheon plate 176 relative toadapter plug 170, as shown inFIGS. 18 through 21 . Additional physical support may be gained by utilizing an adhesive or other attachment mechanism to attach towall 110. In one configuration, best shown inFIGS. 18 and 19 ,bracket 290 is configured with one or morefirst bracket members 292 that attach to escutcheon mountingmechanisms 148 associated withvalve manifold 118 of the existingwater control valve 10. As stated above, mountingmechanisms 148 are generally attached to, part of, connected to or cooperating withvalve manifold 118, as shown inFIGS. 18 and 19 .Bracket 290 can also be configured with one or moresecond bracket members 294 that are configured to provide a support for securely attachingretrofit valve 174 and/orescutcheon plate 176. As shown inFIG. 20 ,second bracket member 294 can be configured with one or more mountingholes 296 to receive an attachment mechanism, such as a screw or bolt, to holdretrofit valve 174 andescutcheon plate 176 in place. In one configuration,retrofit valve 174 attaches tosecond bracket member 294 andescutcheon plate 176 attaches to one or more lugs (not shown) onretrofit valve 174. The preferred embodiment ofbracket 290 also includes anadjustment mechanism 298 that is configured to allow the user to adjust the axial displacement (i.e., distance from wall) forretrofit valve 174 andescutcheon plate 176. In one well known configuration, adjustment mechanism can comprise a plurality of elongated holes and screws insecond bracket member 294 that cooperate with a like number of holes, not elongated, infirst bracket member 292 to allow the installer to slidesecond bracket member 294 forwards and backwards to obtain the position he or she desires. Althoughbracket 290 can be manufactured out of a variety of different materials, including metals, plastic, composites and the like, asturdy metal bracket 290 is likely preferred to provide the support necessary for the user to utilize flow control handle 178 without flexing or breakingbracket 290. -
Escutcheon plate 176, like the existingescutcheon plate 114, is configured to cover theopening 112 in support wall. In addition, as stated above,escutcheon plate 176 includesblister 284 to provide an enclosure for the accessible portion of adapter plug 170 (i.e., the second plug interface 190),retrofit valve 174,fluid connectors 272 andbracket 290.Retrofit system 172 can include a single,uniform escutcheon plate 176 that is suitable for most, if not all,retrofit systems 172, thereby adding to the uniformity ofretrofit system 172. A hole (not shown) should be provided inescutcheon plate 176, for instance in theblister 284, for on/off/flow stem 234 to extend through so that it may connect to flow control handle 178.Shower systems 34 having two handle valves will require a different configuration forescutcheon plate 176.Escutcheon plate 176 can be made out of a variety of materials, such as brass, plated steel, stainless steel and/or zinc, as desired for the consumer'sshower system 34. - Flow control handle 178 is configured to actuate
retrofit valve 174 so as to allow the user to control the temperature) volume and on/off of water throughshower head 100 and/ortub spout 104. As stated above, stem 234 will protrude through escutcheon plate 176 (i.e., blister 284). A short lever-like flow control handle 178, as shown inFIG. 10 , attached to stem 234 will allow approximately 180 degrees of rotation to accomplish the on/off and temperature adjustment ofretrofit valve 174. In one embodiment, the plane of motion for the flow control handle 178 will be perpendicular to supportwall 110 and in either a vertical or horizontal plane, depending on whether a vertical or horizontal orientation ofretrofit valve 174 is deemed to provide the most aesthetically pleasing appearance forblister 284 and the most natural manual motion to actuateretrofit valve 174. Preferably, the length of flow control handle 178 is kept relatively short to limit encroachment in the shower/tub space, such as that common with existingshower control valves 10. - To retrofit an existing shower/
tub fixture 34 to obtain the features of theretrofit system 172, the person installing thesystem 172 turns off the water supply to the house or other facility and removes the existing flow control handle 108 andescutcheon plate 114 to exposevalve manifold 118 mounted in thewater distribution system 18. Unlike prior art replacement ofwater control valve 10, there is no need for the user to remove or replace the existingvalve manifold 118. The user removesvalve cartridge 123 fromvalve receptor 124, which is typically a cavity as shown, ofvalve manifold 118 to exposevalve cartridge interface 140. Flow control handle 108,escutcheon plate 114 andvalve cartridge 123 can be discarded.Adapter plug 170, configured for the particular type ofvalve manifold 118 andvalve cartridge interface 140 installed inwater distribution system 18, is inserted into or againstcartridge receptor 124 such thatfirst plug interface 186 hydraulically connects tovalve cartridge interface 140. If necessary,adapter plug 170 is secured in place with a screw, I bonnet ring or other fasteners. The user then mountsbracket 290 to at least one of the one ormore mounting mechanisms 148 associated withvalve manifold 118. In some configurations,bracket 290 may be installed withadapter plug 170 or it may have its own fastening method and hardware. In other configurations, adhesives or other attachment mechanisms may be utilized, The user then connects the one or morefluid connectors 272, which has afirst conduit 274,second conduit 276 andthird conduit 278 and may be compliant or rigid, between second plug interface onadapter plug 170 and first, 228, second 230 and third 232 valve ports onretrofit valve 174 to hydraulicallyinterconnect adapter plug 170 and retrofitvalve 174. In some configurations, one or both ends of the elongatedfluid connectors 272 may be fixedly attached to either or both ofadapter plug 170 and/or retrofitvalve 174. If universality is not desired, such that it is configured to replace a particular make and model ofwater control valve 10, then both ends offluid connectors 272 can be fixed (i.e., one end toadapter plug 170 and the other end to retrofit valve 174). Ifretrofit valve 174 is provided separate frombracket 290, then the user securesretrofit valve 174 tobracket 290, preferably adjusting the installation so the axial centerline ofretrofit valve 174 is substantially parallel to supportwall 110 and placed against or spaced apart fromsupport wall 110 per instructions for the particular configuration.Bracket 290 or retrofitvalve 174 may be adhesively or otherwise attached towall 110. If necessary, the installer then secures all compliant or adjustable ends of fluid connectors 272 (i.e., those having gland devices or other fasteners) to seal the ends of fluid connectors to therespective adapter plug 170 and/or retrofitvalve 174. Thenew escutcheon plate 176 is then mounted tobracket 290 such that theblister portion 284, if any, covers the exposed end ofadapter plug 170 and retrofitvalve 174 and stem 234 ofwater control cartridge 224 inretrofit valve 174 extends generally outwardly throughescutcheon plate 176. The user then attaches, typically using a setscrew or other type of fastener, the new flow control handle 178 to stem 234 to provide operational control to retrofitvalve 174. The user then should be able to operate his or herretrofit system 172 with the enhanced features of the new retrofit valve, such as instant hot water provided bybypass valve 16 arid/or pressure balancing. All of which is accomplished without removing or replacing the existing valve manifold that is fixedly mounted in the water distribution system. - With regard to the use of a thermostatically controlled
bypass valve 16 having the components shown inFIGS. 2 through 4 and described in the accompanying text, the operation of thebypass valve 16 is summarized on the chart shown asFIG. 22 . The chart ofFIG. 22 summarizes the results of the twenty combinations of conditions (pump on/pump off; hot water line hot/hot water line cooled off; hot water valve fully open, closed or between; cold water valve fully open, closed or between) that are applicable to the operation ofbypass valve 16. The operating modes IVB, IVC, IVD, IIIB, & IIID are summarized detailed in the immediately following text. The operation of the remaining fifteen modes are relatively more obvious, and may be understood from the abbreviated indications in the outline summarizingFIG. 22 . - Starting with the set “off hours (normal sleeping time, and daytime when no one is usually at home) pump 32 will not be powered. Everything will be just as if there were no
pump 32 and nobypass valve 16 in use with retrofit valve 174 (i.e., both the cold and hot water lines will be at the same city water pressure). The water inhot water line 26 and atbypass valve 16 will have cooled off during the long interim since the last use of hot water. The reduced water temperature atbypass valve 16 results in “retraction” ofrod member 76 of the thermallysensitive actuating element 54. The force ofbias spring 56 pushing againstflange 82 onrod member 76 will push it back away fromvalve seat 68, openingbypass valve 16 for recirculation. Although thethermal actuating element 54 is open, withpump 32 not running, no circulation flow results, as the hot 26 and cold 22 water lines are at the same pressure. This is the mode indicated as IVB in the outline onFIG. 22 . If the cold water valve atretrofit valve 174 is opened, withthermal actuating element 54 open as in mode IVB above, pressure incold water line 22 to the cold water side ofretrofit valve 174 will drop below the pressure inhot water line 26. This differential pressure will siphon tepid water away from the hot side to the cold side, which is the mode indicated as IVD in the outline onFIG. 22 . The recirculation of the “hot” water will end when the tepid water is exhausted from thehot water line 26 and the rising temperature of the incoming “hot” water causes actuatingelement 54 to close. - If the hot water side of
retrofit valve 174 is turned on with actuatingelement 54 open as in mode IVB above, pressure inhot water line 26 will drop below the pressure incold water line 22. This differential pressure, higher on the cold side, will loadcheck valve 64 in the “closed” direction allowing no cross flow. This is mode IVC in the outline onFIG. 22 . In this mode, withhot water line 26 cooled and pump 32 off, a good deal of cooled-off water will have to be run Gust as ifbypass valve 16 were not installed), to get hot water, at whichtime actuating element 54 will close without effect, and without notice by the user. With actuatingelement 54 open andhot water line 26 cooled-off as in mode IVB above, at the preset time of day (or when the cyclic timer trips the next “on” cycle) pump 32 turns on, pressurizing the water inhot water line 26. Pump pressure on the hot side ofretrofit valve 174 results in flow through theopen actuating element 54, thereby pressurizing and deflectingcheck valve 64 poppet away from its seat to an open position. Cooled-off water at the boosted pressure will thus circulate from thehot line 26 throughactuating element 54 andcheck valve 64 to the lower pressurecold water line 22 and back towater heater 24. This is the primary “working mode” of thebypass valve 16 and is the mode indicated as IIIB in the outline onFIG. 22 . If the cold water valve is turned on during the conditions indicated in mode IIIB above (i.e., pump 32 operating,hot water line 26 cooled off, and the hot water valve atretrofit valve 174 turned off) and while the desired recirculation is occurring, mode IIID will occur. A pressure drop in thecold water line 22 due to cold water flow creates a pressure differential acrossvalve 16 in addition to the differential created bypump 32. This allows tepid water to more rapidly bypass tocold water line 22. When the tepid water is exhausted fromhot water line 26, actuatingelement 54 will close, ending recirculation. - EXPLANATION OF
FIG. 22 TABLE -
- MODE I: Water In Hot Water Supply Line Hot, Pump On.
- A. Hot and cold water valves fully open. Pressure drops from hot and cold flow about equal. Actuating
element 54 stays closed. No leak or recirculation in either direction. - B. Hot and cold water valves fully closed. Actuating
element 54 keepsbypass valve 16 closed. No recirculation. - C. Hot water valve fully open, cold water valve closed. Actuating
element 54 closed. Checkvalve 64 closed. No recirculation. No leak. - D. Hot water valve closed, cold water valve fully
open Actuating element 54 closed. No recirculation. No leak. - E. Hot and cold water valves both partially open in any
combination Actuating element 54 closed. No recirculation. No leak.
- A. Hot and cold water valves fully open. Pressure drops from hot and cold flow about equal. Actuating
- MODE II: Water in Hot Water Supply Line Hot, Pump Off.
- A. Hot and cold water valves full on. Pressure drops from hot and cold flow about equal. Actuating
element 54 stays closed. - B. Hot and cold water valves fully closed. Actuating
element 54 keepsbypass valve 16 closed. No recirculation. - C. Hot water valve fully open, cold water valve closed. Actuating
element 54 closed. Checkvalve 64 closed. No recirculation. No leak. - D. Hot water valve closed, cold water valve fully
open Actuating element 54 closed. No recirculation. No leak. - E. Hot and cold water valves both partially open in any combination. Actuating
element 54 closed. No recirculation. No leak.
- A. Hot and cold water valves full on. Pressure drops from hot and cold flow about equal. Actuating
- MODE III: Water in Hot Water Line Cooled Off, Pump On.
- A. Hot and cold water valves full open. Flow-induced pressure drops about equal,
bypass valve 16 stays open and allows recirculation hot to cold until tepid water is exhausted and hotter water closes actuatingelement 54. If both sides of water control valve are discharging to the same outlet they are mixing hot and cold anyway. If the valves being manipulated are at remote fixture on the same plumbing branch, this short time tepid-to-cold leak will probably not be noticeable. If valves being manipulated are on remote branches of plumbing, the mixing would have no effect. - B. Hot and cold water valves fully closed. Actuating
element 54 open, get desired tepid-to-cold recirculation untilhot water line 26 heats up. - C. Hot water valve fully open, cold water valve closed. Actuating
element 54 open but pressure drop inhot water line 26 ˜ negate pump pressure, stopping recirculation. Checkvalve 64 stops cold to hot leak. - D. Hot water valve closed, cold water valve fully open. Actuating
element 54 open, get tepid to cold recirculation until hot line heats up. - E. Hot and cold water control valves both partially open in any combination. Could get tepid to cold leak. If valves are at same fixture don't care as mixing hot and cold anyway. If at remote fixture probably not noticeable. Tepid to cold leak would be short term.
- A. Hot and cold water valves full open. Flow-induced pressure drops about equal,
- MODE IV: Water In Hot Water Supply Line Cooled Off, Pump Off.
- A. Hot and cold water valves full open. Flow-induced pressure drops about equal,
bypass valve 16 stays open and may allow recirculation (leak) hot to cold until tepid water is exhausted and hotter water closes actuatingelement 54. Don't care, if both valves are at same fixture as are mixing hot and cold anyway. If water control valves being manipulated are at remote fixtures on the same plumbing branch, this short time tepid-to-cold leak would probably not be noticeable. If water control valves being manipulated are on remote branches of plumbing, mixing would not be noticeable. - B. Hot and cold water valves fully closed. Actuating
element 54 open, no recirculation. - C. Hot water valve fully open, cold water valve fully closed
Actuating element 54 open. Checkvalve 64 closed. No leak - D. Hot water valve closed. Cold water valve fully open.
Bypass valve 16 open, tepid to cold recirculation until actuatingelement 54 heats up and closes. - E. Hot and cold water valves both partially open, in any combination.
- Could get tepid to cold leak. If water control valves at same fixture, don't care as mixing hot and cold anyway. If at remote fixture probably not noticeable. Tepid to cold leak would be short term.
- A. Hot and cold water valves full open. Flow-induced pressure drops about equal,
- Several further enhancements have been developed for the thermal
valve actuating element 54, which are applicable to the above-describedbypass valve 16 are shown inFIG. 23 . It has been noted that “lime” or “calcium” buildups onpiston 80 can cause sticking ofpiston 80 in actuatingelement 54. Manufacturers of theseactuating elements 54 recommend use of an elastomer boot or a nickle-teflon coating onpiston 80, or use of aplastic piston 80. A preferred material may be use of aplastic piston 80, to which the buildup could not get a tenacious hold, and the removal of the internal chamfer at the open end of guide bore 320 and replacement with asharp corner 322, as shown inFIG. 23 . Removal of the chamfer and replacement withcorner 322 would provide a sharper scraping edge to cleanpiston 80, and would eliminate a place where the detritus could become wedged. In addition to the chamfer removal, another simple geometry change to'piston 80 might be very effective. As shown inFIG. 23 , a longshallow groove 324 in or a reduced diameter ofpiston 80 that would extend from just inside guide bore 320 (at full extension) to just outside guide bore 320 at full retraction would provide a recess to contain buildup for a long period. Once this recessed area filled up with lime,edge 322 of guide bore 320 could scrape off the incrementally radially extending soft build up relatively easily, as compared to scraping off the surface layer that bonds more tenaciously to the metal. - The most direct method to overcome sticking due to mineral buildup is to optimize actuator force in both directions. Buildup of precipitated minerals on the exposed outside diameter of the
extended piston 80 tends to prevent retraction, requiring astrong bias spring 56. This high bias spring force subtracts from the available extending force however, thereby limiting the force available to both extendpiston 80 against the mineral sticking resistance and to effect an axial seal betweenpoppet 78 andseat 70. When water temperature is high,piston 80 is extended so that its surface is exposed. Deposition also occurs primarily at high temperatures, so that buildup occurs onpiston 80 outside diameter, resulting in sticking in the extended position when the growth on the piston outside diameter exceeds guide 320 interior diameter. Significantly more than half of the available actuator force thus can most effectively be used to compressbias spring 56, resulting in a maximum return force. -
FIGS. 24 through 30 illustrate an alternative embodiment of a bypass valve that is designated generally as 311. As best shown inFIGS. 24 through 26 ,bypass valve 311 comprises avalve body 313 having afirst end 315, asecond end 309 and a separatingwall 309 disposed betweenfirst end 315 andsecond end 309.First end 315 is designated to receive and discharge hot water andsecond end 309 is designated to receive and discharge cold water from a source of cold water, such as a city water supply system or a local water well.Valve body 313 has four threaded ports, an axial and radial port at thefirst end 315 and an axial and radial port at thesecond end 309. For purposes of discussion herein, the axial ports are designated as inlet ports and the radial ports are designated as discharge ports, however, it will be understood from the discussion set forth below that the valve is not so limited. - At the first end 315 (the hot water side) is
first inlet port 319 andfirst discharge port 321 and at the second end 309 (the cold water side) issecond inlet port 323 andsecond discharge port 325. Conversely, the radial ports can be the inlet ports and the axial ports can be the discharge ports. As discussed in detail below, the first 319 and second 323 inlet ports connect to the hot and cold water distribution system and first 321 and second 325 discharge ports connect to the hot and cold water valves on the fixture (i.e., sink, shower, bathtub or etc.) with which thebypass valve 311 is utilized. The use of both aninlet 319 and discharge 321 ports on the hot side distinguish thebypass valve 311 from other known bypass valves, which utilize a single port, and provide significant benefits forbypass valve 311. Thebypass valve 311 reduces the number of plumbing fittings (at least one tee) and plumber time for installation by allowing it to be connected simply with swivel nut hoses. Because the “tee” function is internal tovalve body 313, hot water flowing to the open fixture valve flows throughvalve body 313, around the thermal actuator body, allowing immediate response to rising temperature. Conversely, if the tee is an external pipe fitting remote from the thermal bypass valve, response will be slowed. This use of an integral tee shortens time in which water can be siphoned from cold to hot, eliminating the need for an internal check valve. Hot water flowing throughvalve body 313 to an open fixture also allows placement of a screen inside thevalve body 313 such that it is swept clean. The use of the second port on the hot side also allows placement of a retaining pin without the need for an extra seal. The use of two ports on the cold side (i.e.,inlet port 323 and discharge port 325) also eliminates the use of an external tee and further simplifies and reduces the cost of installing thebypass valve 311. In addition, two ports on the cold side also facilitate the use of a retaining slot for holding a check valve, if one is used. - As best shown in
FIG. 25 and discussed in more detail below,valve body 313 houses a thermallysensitive actuating element 326,bias spring 328, anover-travel spring 330,screen 332, retainingpin 334 andcheck valve 336.Valve body 313 can most economically and effectively be manufactured out of a molded plastic material, such as Ryton®, a polyphenylene sulphide resin available from Phillips Chemical, or a variety of composites. Molded plastic materials are preferred due to their relatively high strength and chemical/corrosion resistant characteristics while providing the ability to manufacture thevalve body 313 utilizing injection molding processes with the design based on the configuration described herein without the need for expensive casting or machining. Alternatively,valve body 313 can be manufactured from various plastics, reinforced plastics or metals that are suitable for “soft” plumbing loads and resistant to hot chlorinated water under pressure. As shown inFIGS. 25 and 26 ,first end 315 ofvalve body 313 is molded withwall 309 having apassage 337 therein interconnectingfirst end 315 andsecond end 309 to allow fluid to flow therethrough, a set of axially oriented fin guides 338 having ends that form aninternal shoulder 340 insidevalve body 313 for fixedly receiving and positioning one end ofthermal actuating element 326 and thebias spring 328, and a retainingpin hole 344 for receiving retainingpin 334.Second end 309 is molded with retainingslot 346 for engagement with the snap-incheck valve 336. Thevalve body 313 is designed so the components can fit through either of the inlet and/or discharge ports, which will typically be one-half inch diameter. In this manner, a onepiece bypass valve 311 results with no intermediate or additional joints required for installation. - For ease of installation of the
bypass valve 311 by the user, each of the four ports (319, 321, 323 and 325) onvalve body 313 have one-half inch straight pipe threads for use with the swivel nuts that are commonly found on standard connection hoses that fit the typical residential faucet. As illustrated inFIGS. 27 and 28 , the threads on all four ports are molded with flats oraxial slots 348 interrupting the threads to prevent a user from attempting to mountvalve body 313 directly to “hard” plumbing with female taper pipe threads. The swivel nuts on the connection hoses seal with hose washers against the ends of the four ports, as opposed to common pipe fittings that seal at the tapered threads. These four ports can be marked “hot in”, “hot out”, “cold in”, and “cold out” as appropriate to provide visual indicators for the do-it-yourself installer so as to avoid confusion. In the preferred installation ofbypass valve 311,inlet port 319 connects to the hot water angle stop at the wall and thedischarge port 321 connects to the hot water faucet.Inlet port 323 connects to the cold water angle stop and dischargeport 325 connects to the cold water faucet. In actuality, the two hot hoses can be interchanged on the two hot ports (ports 319 and 321), as can the two cold hoses on the cold ports (ports 323 and 325). - Thermally
sensitive actuating element 326 is preferably of the wax filled cartridge type, also referred to as wax motors, having an integral piston/poppet rod member 350, as best shown inFIG. 29 . Theactuating element 326 may be substantially similar to theactuating element 54 illustrated above inFIG. 4 .Rod member 350 comprisespoppet 351 attached topiston 352 with anintermediate flange 353 thereon. The end ofpoppet 351 seats againstvalve seat 342 to closepassage 337. Thebody 354 ofactuating element 326 has asection 356 of increased diameter to seat againstshoulder 340 invalve body 313. As shown inFIG. 25 ,over-travel spring 330 abuts againstfirst side 358 ofactuator body 354 andsecond side 360 of actuator body abuts againstshoulder 340.Piston 352 ofrod member 350 interconnects poppet 351 withactuator body 354. Actuatingelement 326 operates in a conventional and well known manner. Briefly, actuatingelement 326 comprises a wax or a mixture of wax and metal powder (i.e., copper powder) enclosed inactuator body 354 by means of a membrane made of elastomer or the like. Upon heating the wax or wax with copper powder mixture slowly expands, thereby pushingpiston 352 andpoppet 351 ofrod member 350 in an outward direction. Upon cooling, the wax or wax/copper powder mixture contracts androd member 350 is pushed inward bybias spring 328 untilflange 353 contactsactuator body 354 atactuator seat 364. Although other types of thermal actuators, such as bimetallic springs and memory alloys (i.e., Nitinol and the like) can be utilized, the wax filled cartridge type is preferred because the wax can be formulated to change from the solid to the liquid state at a particular desired temperature. The rate of expansion with respect to temperature at this change of state is many times higher, resulting in almost snap action of thewax actuating element 326. The temperature set point is equal to the preset value, such as 397 degrees Fahrenheit, desired for the hot water. This is a “sudden” large physical motion over a small temperature change. As stated above, this movement is reacted bybias spring 328, which returnsrod member 350 as the temperature falls. - Although not entirely demonstrated in early tests, it is believed that beneficial “toggle” action can be achieved with a
bypass valve 311 of very simple mechanical design. If the motion of thethermal actuator 326 is made to lag behind the temperature change of the water surrounding it by placing suitable insulation around theactuator 326 or by partially isolating it from the water, then instead of slowly closing only to reach equilibrium at a low flow without reaching shutoff, the water temperature will rise above the extending temperature of theinsulated actuator 326 as the valve approaches shutoff, and thepiston 350 will then continue to extend as the internal temperature of the actuator 326 catches up to its higher surrounding temperature, closing thevalve 311 completely. It is also believed that aninsulated actuator 326 will be slow opening, its motion lagging behind the temperature of the surrounding cooling-off water from which it is insulated. When actuatingelement 326 finally begins to open thevalve 311 and allow flow, the resulting rising temperature of the surrounding water will again, due to the insulation, not immediately affect it, allowing thebypass valve 311 to stay open longer for a complete cycle of temperature rise. Such an “insulated” effect may also be accomplished by use of a wax mix that is inherently slower, such as one with less powdered copper or other thermally conductive filler. Anactuator 326 to be installed with insulation can be manufactured with a somewhat lower set point temperature to make up for the lag, allowing whatevervalve 311 closing temperature desired. - Also inside
valve body 313 is anover-travel spring 330, disposed between thefirst side 358 of theactuator body 354 and a stop located insidevalve body 313 to prevent damage to a fully restrainedactuator 326 heated above the bypass valve's 311 maximum operating temperature and to hold theactuator 326 in place during operation without concern for normal tolerance.Over-travel spring 330 allows movement of theactuator body 354 away from the seatedpoppet 351 in the event that temperature rises substantially after thepoppet 351contacts seat 342. Without this relief, the expanding wax would distort its copper can, destroying the calibrated set point. Theover-travel spring 330 also holds thebias spring 328,rod member 350 andactuator body 354 in place without the need to adjust for the stack-up of axial tolerances. Alternatively,actuator 326 can be fixedly placed insidevalve body 313 by various mechanisms known in the art, including adhesives and the like. Over-travel spring can be held in place by various internal configurations commonly known in the art, such as a molded seat. In the preferred embodiment, however,over-travel spring 330 abuts againstscreen 332, which is held in place bycantilevered retention pin 334.Screen 332 can be a small wire fabric, mesh-type screen that is shaped and configured to fit within thefirst end 315 ofvalve body 313.Screen 332 is utilized to keep hard water lime particles and other detritus out ofbypass valve 311 and to act as a seat for the over-travel spring (as explained above).Screen 332 is positioned insidevalve body 313, as shown inFIG. 25 , at the intersection offirst inlet port 319 andfirst discharge port 321 so as to have its surface swept clean each time the hot water faucet is turned on. Theretention pin 334 is to holdscreen 332, as well as the other components, in place insidevalve body 313.Retention pin 334 is installed invalve body 313 throughfirst discharge port 321 so as toabut screen 332, thereby eliminating the need for an extra external seal. - In an alternative embodiment, a snap-in
cartridge check valve 336 is located in thesecond end 309 ofvalve body 313, as shown inFIG. 25 , to prevent siphoning of cold water through thebypass valve 311 when only the hot water faucet is on, and at a high flow rate, prior to the hot water temperature rising. The preferred embodiment does not use the check valve because at very low flow rates the check valve will tend to chatter, which is a common problem with check valves. - In order to achieve the desired circulation flow, a single circulating
pump 366 is utilized as part of awater circulating system 367, as shown inFIG. 30 . Pump 366 can be a single, small pump of the type used in residential hot water space heating. In fact, a very low flow/low head pump is desirable, as a larger (i.e., higher head/higher flow) pump mounted at the typicaldomestic water heater 368 tends to be noisy. This annoying noise is often transmitted by the water pipes throughout the house. In addition, if the shower (as an example) is already in use whenpump 366 turns on, whether the first start or a later cyclic turn-on, the sudden pressure boost in the hot water line from a larger pump can result in an uncomfortable and possibly near-scalding temperature rise in the water at the shower head or other fixture in use. The smaller boost of a “small” pump (i.e., one with a very steep flow-head curve) will result in only a very small and less noticeable increase in shower temperature. In the preferred embodiment, the single,small pump 366 needs to provide only a flow of approximately 0.3 gpm at 1.0 psi pressure. In accordance with pump affinity laws, such a “small” pump requires a very small impeller or low shaft speed. The inventors have found that use of a very small impeller or low shaft speed also precludes formation of an air bubble in the eye of the impeller, which bubble may be a major cause of noise. Such a small steep curve pump will, however, constitute a significant pressure drop in the hot water line when several fixture taps are opened simultaneously (such as a bathtub and the kitchen sink). To avoid reduced flow, acheck valve 370 can be plumbed in parallel withpump 366 or incorporated within the pump housing, to pass a flow rate exceeding the pump's capacity aroundpump 366. Whenpump 366 is powered and flow demand is low,check valve 370 prevents the boosted flow from re-circulating back to its own inlet. Withcheck valve 370 plumbed aroundpump 366, it is advantageous to place anorifice 372 in the pump discharge to provide a simple manner to achieve the desired very steep flow-head curve from available stock pump designs. Asingle pump 366 located at or near thewater heater 368 in its discharge piping will boost the pressure in the hot water pipes somewhat above that in the cold water pipes (i.e., perhaps one to three feet of boost). With this arrangement only onepump 366 per plumbing system (i.e., per water heater) is required with any reasonable number of remote faucet sets (i.e., the typical number used in residences) equipped withbypass valves 311. This is in contrast to those systems that require multiple pumps, such as a pump at each fixture where bypassing is desired. - If desired, pump 366 can operate twenty-four hours a day, with most of the time in the no flow mode. However, this is unnecessary and wasteful of electricity. Alternatively, pump 366 can have a
timer 374 to turn on thepump 366 daily at one or more times during the day just before those occasions when hot water is usually needed the most (for instance for morning showers, evening cooking, etc.) and be set to operate continuously for the period during which hot water is usually desired. This still could be unnecessary and wasteful of electricity. Another alternative is to have thetimer 374cycle pump 366 on and off regularly during the period when hot water is in most demand. The “on” cycles should be of sufficient duration to bring hot water to all remote fixtures that are equipped with abypass valve 311, and the “off” period would be set to approximate the usual time it takes the water in the lines to cool-down to minimum acceptable temperature. Yet another alternative is to equippump 366 with a normally closedflow switch 376 sized to detect significant flows only (i.e., those flows that are much larger than thebypass valve 311 flows), such as a shower flowing. For safety purposes, the use of such aswitch 376 is basically required if acyclic timer 374 is used. The switch can be wired in series with the pump motor. If the switch indicates an existing flow at the moment the timer calls for pump on, the open flow switch will prevent the motor from starting, thereby avoiding a sudden increase in water temperature at the fixture (i.e., a shower) being utilized. The use of such a switch accomplishes several useful objectives, including reducing electrical power usage and extending pump life if hot water is already flowing and there is no need for the pump to operate, avoiding a sudden temperature rise and the likelihood of scalding that could result from the pump boost if water is being drawn from a “mixing” valve (such as a shower or single handle faucet) and allowing use of a “large” pump (now that the danger of scalding is eliminated) with its desirable low pressure drop at high faucet flows, thereby eliminating the need for theparallel check valve 370 required with a “small” pump. - By using a time-of-
day control timer 374, pump 366 operates to maintain “instant hot water” only during periods of the day when it is commonly desired. During the off-cycle times, the plumbing system operates just as if thebypass valves 311 and pump 366 were not in place. This saves electrical power usage from pump operation and, more importantly, avoids the periodic introduction of hot water into relatively uninsulated pipes during the off-hours, thereby saving the cost of repeatedly reheating this water. The time-of-day control also avoids considerable wear and tear onpump 366 and thebypass valves 311. Considerable additional benefits are gained by using acyclic timer 374, with or without the time-of-day control. In addition to saving more electricity, if a leaky bypass valve or one not having toggle action is used, there will be no circulating leakage while the pump is cycled off, even if the valve fails to shut off completely. Therefore, a simple (i.e., one not necessarily leak tight) valve may suffice in less demanding applications. Having the leakage reduced to just intermittent leakage will result in reduced warming of the cold water line and less reheating of “leaking” recirculated water. In addition, shut-off of a toggle action valve upon attainment of the desired temperature is enhanced by the differential pressure an operating pump provides. Ifpump 366 continues to run as the water at thebypass valve 311 cools down, the pump-produced differential pressure works against re-opening the valve. Ifpump 366 operates cyclically, powered only a little longer than necessary to get hot water to bypassvalve 311, it will be “off” before thevalve 311 cools down. When the minimum temperature is reached, thethermal actuator 326 will retract, allowing thebias spring 328 to open thevalve 311 without having to fight a pump-produced differential pressure. Bypass flow will begin with the next pump “on” cycle. An additional benefit to the use of either a time-of-day orcyclic timer 374 is that it improves the operating life ofthermal actuator 326. Because use of eithertimer 374 causes cyclic temperature changes in valve 311 (as opposed to maintaining an equilibrium setting wherein temperature is constant and the actuator barely moves), there is frequent, substantial motion of thepiston 350 inthermal actuator 326. This exercising ofactuator 326 tends to prevent the build-up of hard water deposits and corrosion on theactuator piston 350 and poppet face, which deposits would render thevalve 311 inoperable. - In the preferred embodiment,
bypass valve 311 is manufactured from a one-piece moldedvalve body 313 that is configured as described above with fin guides 338,internal shoulder 340,passage 337, retainingpin hole 344 and retainingslot 346 for ease of manufacture and reduced manufacturing costs. Thebias spring 328, waxcartridge actuating element 326 with its piston/poppet rod member 350, theover-travel spring 330 andscreen 332 are placed into the “hot” axial port (the first inlet port 319) in that order.Screen 332 is pushed against theover-travel spring 330 compressing it, thereby making room for insertion of the retainingpin 334 through the retainingpin hole 344 at the “hot” radial port (the first discharge port 321). Thecartridge check valve 336, if utilized, is inserted into the “cold” axial port (the second inlet port 323) and snaps into place in retainingslot 346. - Installation of the
bypass valve 311 is also made easy by manufacturing thevalve 311 in the configuration as set forth above. As discussed,valve body 313 is molded with four ports (designated as 319, 321, 323 and 325) to allow installation with commonly used under-sink (as an example) vinyl hoses or flexible metal pipe, shown as 378 inFIG. 30 , having swivel ends and faucet washers. Theinlet ports valve body 313 are formed with one-half inch straight pipe threads to allow the installer to remove the end of the wall shut off-to-faucet hoses (hot and cold) at thefaucet 380 and connect those ends, which are commonly one-half inch straight pipe threads, tovalve inlets valve discharge ports faucet 380. The threads on all four ports will seal only with hose washers and swivel nuts. Because the use of aplastic valve body 313 is envisioned, the inability to mountvalve body 313 directly to “hard” plumbing with taper pipe threads insures that thebody 313 will be connected only withflexible lines 378, thereby precluding any plumbing loads that might overstress the non-metallic body. Because all currentAmerican faucets 380 are equipped with one-half inch straight pipe threads, the recommended procedure is to remove the pair of existingconnection hoses 378 from thefaucet 380 and connect these loose ends to theappropriate inlet ports valve body 313. The angle stop valves at the wall may have any of several possible thread size connections, or may have permanently connected hoses or tubes. As a result, it is best not to disturb these wall connections, but instead usehoses 378 to connect from the angle stop to bypassvalve 311. A new set ofhoses 378 with one-half inch straight pipe thread swivel nuts at both ends can then be connected fromdischarge ports valve body 313 to the appropriate hot 382 and cold 384 water connections onfaucet 380. -
FIG. 31 illustrates another exemplarywater distribution system 1012 utilizing awater control fixture 1010. The water control fixture is illustrated as being a faucet, however, other water control fixtures may be adaptable to the thermal bypass valve features described herein (i.e., solenoid valve used on home laundry washing machines). Thewater distribution system 1012 typically comprises a supply ofcold water 1014, such as from a city main or water well, that supplies cold water directly tofaucet 1010 throughcold water line 1016 and water tohot water heater 1018 so that it may heat the water and supply hot water tofaucet 1010 throughhot water line 1020.Cold water line 1016 connects to faucet 1010 throughcold water inlet 1022 andhot water line 1020 connects to faucet 1010 throughhot water inlet 1024, as explained in more detail below. - An
exemplary system 1012 utilizes a small circulatingpump 1026 of the type used in residential hot water space heating. A very low flow and low head pump is desirable because a larger (i.e., higher head/higher flow) pump mounted at the typicaldomestic water heater 1018 tends to be noisy. This annoying noise is often transmitted by the water pipes throughout the house. In addition, if the shower (as an example) is already in use whenpump 1026 turns on, whether the first start or a later cyclic turn-on, the sudden pressure boost in thehot water line 1020 from a larger pump can result in an uncomfortable and possibly near scalding temperature rise in the water at the shower head or other fixture in use. The smaller boost of a “small” pump (i.e., one with a very steep flow-head curve) will result in only a very small and less noticeable increase in shower temperature. In the preferred embodiment, the single,small pump 1026 needs to provide only a flow of approximately 0.3 gpm at 1.0 psi pressure. In accordance with pump affinity laws, such a “small” pump requires a very small impeller or low shaft speed. The inventors have found that use of a very small impeller or low shaft speed also precludes formation of an air bubble in the eye of the impeller, which bubble may be a major cause of noise. Such a small steep curve pump may, however, constitute a significant pressure drop in thehot water line 1020 when several fixture taps are opened simultaneously (such as a bathtub and the kitchen sink). To avoid reduced flow in those installations having a relatively low volume pump, acheck valve 1028 can be plumbed in parallel withpump 1026 or incorporated within the pump housing, to pass a flow rate exceeding the pump's capacity aroundpump 1026. Whenpump 1026 is powered and flow demand is low,check valve 1028 prevents the boosted flow from re-circulating back to its own inlet. Withcheck valve 1028 plumbed aroundpump 1026, it is advantageous to place anorifice 1030 in the pump discharge to provide a simple manner to achieve the desired very steep flow-head curve from available stock pump designs. Asingle pump 1026 located at or near thewater heater 1018 in its discharge piping will boost the pressure in the hot water pipes somewhat above that in the cold water pipes (i.e., perhaps one to three feet of boost). With this arrangement only onepump 1026 per plumbing system (i.e., per water heater 1018) is required with any reasonable number of remote faucets 1010 (i.e., the typical number used in residences) equipped with bypass valves. This is in contrast to those systems that require multiple pumps, such as a pump at each fixture where bypassing is desired. - If desired,
pump 1026 can operate twenty-four hours a day, with most of the time in the no flow mode. However, this is unnecessary and wasteful of electricity. Alternatively, pump 1026 can have atimer 1032 to turn on thepump 1026 daily at one or more times during the day just before those occasions when hot water is usually needed the most (for instance for morning showers, evening cooking, etc.) and be set to operate continuously for the period during which hot water is usually desired. This still could be unnecessary and wasteful of electricity. Another alternative is to have thetimer 1032cycle pump 1026 on and off regularly during the period when hot water is in most demand. The “on” cycles should be of sufficient duration to bring hot water to allremote fixtures 1010 that are equipped with a bypass valve, and the “off” period would be set to approximate the usual time it takes the water in the lines to cool-down to minimum acceptable temperature. Yet another alternative is to equippump 1026 with a normally closedflow switch 1034 sized to detect significant flows only (i.e., those flows that are much larger than the bypass valve flows), such as a shower flowing. For safety purposes, the use of such aswitch 1034 is basically required if acyclic timer 1032 is used. Theswitch 1034 can be wired in series with the motor inpump 1026. If theswitch 1034 indicates an existing flow at the moment the timer calls forpump 1026 to be on, theopen flow switch 1034 will prevent the motor from starting, thereby avoiding a sudden increase in water temperature at the fixture 1010 (i.e., particularly if it is a shower) being utilized. The use ofsuch switch 1034 accomplishes several useful objectives, including reducing electrical power usage and extending pump life if hot water is already flowing and there is no need for the pump to operate, avoiding a sudden temperature rise and the likelihood of scalding that could result from the pump boost if water is being drawn from a “mixing” valve (such as a shower or single handle faucet) and allowing use of a “large” pump (now that the danger of scalding is eliminated) with its desirable low pressure drop at high faucet flows, thereby eliminating the need for theparallel check valve 1028 required with a “small” pump. - By using a time-of-
day control timer 1032,pump 1026 operates to maintain “instant hot water” only during periods of the day when it is commonly desired. During the off-cycle times, theplumbing system 1012 operates just as if thefaucet 1010 having bypass valves and pump 1026 were not in place. This saves electrical power usage from pump operation and, more importantly, avoids the periodic introduction of hot water into relatively un-insulated pipes during the off-hours, thereby saving the cost of repeatedly reheating this water. The time-of-day control also avoids considerable wear and tear onpump 1026 and the bypass valve infaucet 1010. Considerable additional benefits are gained by using acyclic timer 1032, with or without the time-of-day control. In addition to saving more electricity, if a leaky bypass valve or one not having toggle action is used, there will be no circulating leakage while thepump 1026 is cycled off, even if the valve fails to shut off completely. Therefore, a simple (i.e., one not necessarily leak tight) valve may suffice in less demanding applications. Having the leakage reduced to just intermittent leakage will result in reduced warming of thecold water line 1016 and less reheating of “leaking” re-circulated water. - The
bypass valve assemblies 1036 have a thermallysensitive actuating element 1038, an example of which is shown inFIG. 32 , for thermostatically controllingbypass valve 1036.Actuating element 1038 is preferably of the wax filled cartridge type, also referred to as wax motors, having an integral poppet rod member 1040, as best shown inFIG. 32 . Rod member 1040 comprisespoppet 1042 attached topiston 1044 with anintermediate flange 1046 thereon. The end ofpoppet 1042 is configured to seat directly against a valve seat or move a shuttle (i.e., spool or sleeve valves) so as to close a passage. Thesethermostatic control elements 1038 are well known in the art and are commercially available from several suppliers, such as Caltherm of Bloomfield Hills, Mich. Thebody 1048 ofactuating element 1038 has a section 1050 of increased diameter, having a first side 1052 and second side 1054, to seat against a shoulder or like element in a valve body.Piston 1044 of rod member 1040 interconnectspoppet 1042 withactuator body 1048.Actuating element 1038 operates in a conventional and well known manner. Briefly,actuating element 1038 comprises a blend of waxes or a mixture of wax(es) and metal powder (such as copper powder) enclosed inactuator body 1048 by means of a membrane made of elastomer or the like. Upon heating the wax or wax with copper powder mixture expands, thereby pushingpiston 1044 andpoppet 1042 of rod member 1040 in an outward direction. Upon cooling, the wax or wax/copper powder mixture contracts and rod member 1040 is pushed inward by a bias spring untilflange 1046contacts actuator body 1048 at actuator seat. Although other types of thermal actuators, such as bimetallic springs and memory alloys (i.e., Nitinol and the like) can be utilized, the wax filled cartridge type is preferred because the wax can be formulated to change from the solidus to the liquid state at a particular desired temperature. The rate of expansion with respect to temperature at this change of state is many times higher, resulting in almost snap action of thewax actuating element 1038. The temperature set point is equal to the preset value, such as 97 degrees Fahrenheit, desired for the hot water. This is a “sudden” large physical motion over a small temperature change. As stated above, this movement is reacted by a bias spring that returns rod member 1040 as the temperature falls. - Because the
bypass valve 1036 has little or no independent “toggle action,” after a few cycles of opening and closing, the valve tends to reach an equilibrium with the plumbing system, whereby thebypass valve 1036 stays slightly cracked open, passing just enough hot water to maintain the temperature constantly at its setting. In particular plumbing systems and at certain ambient conditions, this flow is just under that required to maintain a spring loaded check valve cracked continuously open. In such a situation, the check valve chatters with an annoying buzzing sound. To avoid this occurrence, the spring may be removed from the check valve, leaving the poppet free floating. In the event that the hot water is turned full on at a time when thebypass valve 1036 is open, thereby lowering the pressure in thehot water line 1020, and so inducing flow from thecold water line 1016 through theopen bypass valve 1036 to the hot side, the free floating poppet will quickly close. There is no necessity for a spring to keep this check valve closed prior to the reversal in pressures. - Although not entirely demonstrated in early tests, it is believed that beneficial “toggle” action can be achieved with a
bypass valve 1036 of very simple mechanical design. If the motion of thethermal actuator 1038 is made to lag behind the temperature change of the water surrounding it by placing suitable insulation around theactuator 1038 or by partially isolating it from the water, then instead of slowly closing only to reach equilibrium at a low flow without reaching shutoff, the water temperature will rise above the extending temperature of theinsulated actuator 1038 as the valve approaches shutoff, and thepiston 1044 will then continue to extend as the internal temperature of the actuator 1038 catches up to its higher surrounding temperature, closing thevalve 1036 completely. It is also believed that aninsulated actuator 1038 will be slow opening, its motion lagging behind the temperature of the surrounding cooling-off water from which it is insulated. When actuatingelement 1038 finally begins to open thevalve 1036 and allow flow, the resulting rising temperature of the surrounding water will again, due to the insulation, not immediately affect it, allowing thebypass valve 1036 to stay open longer for a complete cycle of temperature rise. Such an “insulated” effect may also be accomplished by use of a wax mix that is inherently slower, such as one with less powdered copper or other thermally conductive filler. Anactuator 1038 to be installed with insulation can be manufactured with a somewhat lower set point temperature to make up for the lag, allowing whatevervalve 1036 closing temperature desired. - An additional benefit of utilizing
pump 1026 insystem 1012 is that shut-off of a toggle action valve upon attainment of the desired temperature is enhanced by the differential pressure anoperating pump 1026 provides. Ifpump 1026 continues to run as the water at thefaucet 1010 cools down, the pump-produced differential pressure works against re-opening a poppettype bypass valve 1036 infaucet 1010. Ifpump 1026 operates cyclically, powered only a little longer than necessary to get hot water tofaucet 1010, it will be “off” before the water atvalve 1036 cools down. When the minimum temperature is reached, thethermal actuator 1038 will retract, allowing the bias spring to openvalve 1036 without having to fight a pump-produced differential pressure. By-pass flow will begin with the next pump “on” cycle. An additional benefit to the use of either a time-of-day orcyclic timer 1032 is that it improves the operating life ofthermal actuator 1038. Because use of eithertimer 1032 causes cyclic temperature changes in valve 1036 (as opposed to maintaining an equilibrium setting wherein temperature is constant and theactuator 1038 barely moves), there is frequent, substantial motion of thepiston 1044 inthermal actuator 1038. This exercising ofactuator 1038 tends to prevent the build-up of hard water deposits and corrosion on the cylindrical surface ofactuator piston 1044 and face ofpoppet 1042, which deposits could render thevalve 1036 inoperable. - Also inside
valve 1036 can be an over-travel spring (not shown) disposed between the first side 1052 of theactuator body 1048 and a stop located insidevalve 1036 to prevent damage to a fully restrainedactuator 1038 if it were heated above the bypass valve's maximum operating temperature and to hold theactuator 1038 in place during operation without concern for normal tolerance. Use of an over-travel spring, which is not necessary for spool-type valves, allows movement of theactuator body 1048 away from the seatedpoppet 1042 in the event that temperature rises substantially after thepoppet 1042 contacts its seat. Without this relief, the expanding wax could distort its copper can, destroying the calibrated set point. The over-travel spring also holds the bias spring, rod member 1040 andactuator body 1048 in place without the need to adjust for the stack-up of axial tolerances. Alternatively,actuator 1038 can be fixedly placed insidevalve 1036 by various mechanisms known in the art, including adhesives and the like. Over-travel spring, if used, can be held in place by various internal configurations commonly known in the art, such as a molded seat. - As there are a great many configurations and brands of
faucets 1010, there are several different preferred designs ofbypass valve 1036 placement and arrangement to accommodate these many faucet configurations. Various specific examples are set forth below. The following examples are representative of the types of uses to which the integral or in-faucet bypass valve 1036 is suitable. The examples are for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to restrict the components to particular uses, sizes or materials used in the examples. - For instance, there are several basic types of faucet assemblies, including those that have a single handle faucet assembly that mixes the hot and cold water and delivers a flow of water out the single spout based on the user's movement of the faucet's valve assembly. Another common type of faucet assembly is the dual handle, single spout faucet assembly that has separate handles for the hot and cold water. As with the single handle assembly, the hot and cold water are mixed prior to the spout based on the user's selection of the amount of flow of hot and/or cold water. A third, older arrangement is the use of completely separate faucets for hot and cold water. Although the different manufacturers of faucets may utilize different arrangements of valving components, different valving mechanisms and/or different valves to water supply line connections, the bypass valve system is adaptable to all such known configurations. As set forth below, the primary selection in the use of the bypass faucet assembly is whether to place the bypass valve in a stationary portion of the faucet, such as the hot water piping leading to the faucet or in a housing or block portion of the faucet, or to place the bypass valve in the moveable valving of the faucet. Selection of which location to place the bypass valve assembly will often be dictated by economics, preferences, limitations on the amount of space available, the current design of the faucet and/or the willingness to change.
- Single Handle Faucets w/Bypass Valve in Stationary Block
- As is well known, single handle faucets, an example of which is shown as
fixture body 1060,faucet 1010 without its decorative covering, inFIGS. 33 and 34 , have both hot 1024 and cold 1022 water inlets connected to a housing orblock 1062. Various internal valving means, such as pivoting androtating ball 1064, selectively and adjustably control the volume and temperature of the flow of water by connecting the hot 1020 and cold 1016 lines, through hot andcold conduits FIGS. 35 and 37 ), to asingle outlet spout 1070 throughspout outlet 1072. In such designs, thethermal bypass valve 1036 is preferably assembled into an easilyreplaceable cartridge 1074, shown best inFIGS. 38, 39 and 40, that can be located within thehot water conduit 1066 of fixture body 1060 (if the design provides such access) or in an addedcavity 1076 placed between and connected to the hot 1024 and cold 1022 inlets, as shown inFIG. 37 . In either case, thebypass valve 1036 senses and is controlled by the temperature of the “hot” water in thefixture body 1060. When the “hot” water is cooled off due to long disuse, thebypass valve 1036 will open, providing a conduit between the hot 1024 and cold 1022 inlets. If the hotwater line pump 1026 is then turned on, the boosted pressure in thehot water line 1020 will produce flow through theopen bypass valve 1036, bringing “hot” water to thefixture body 1060. In the above-mentioned arrangements, the flow of water from both hot 1020 and cold 1016 lines remains unimpeded due to the previously mentioned internal valving arrangement of thefixture body 1060. The flow from thehot line 1020 through thebypass valve cartridge 1074 to thecold line 1016 is provided through molded or cast passages or cross-drilled holes, discussed below. - The single
handle faucet body 1060 with spherical ball valving means 1064, shown inFIGS. 33 and 34 , is a good example of a faucet design that can be easily and economically re-designed to include abypass valve cartridge 1074 in thestationary housing 1062. Use of this approach requires alnew fixture body 1060 to be installed, with a top-accessible, suitablysized cavity 1076 to hold thebypass cartridge 1074 and connectconduits fixture body 1060 to accommodate the bypassed flow from the hot 1020 to the cold 1016 lines.FIGS. 35 through 37 show a modified and lengthened version of aDelta housing 1062 that is used with the standard Delta faucet outer housing. Theportion 1078 above line AA (i.e., to the left of AA inFIG. 36 ) it is essentially an original Delta housing, with the addition ofbore 1076. Below AA (i.e., to the right of AA inFIG. 36 ) isextension 1080. In an exemplary use, thesesections integral housing 1062.Cavity 1076 and the drilled and pluggedcross passages top bore 1086 is extended inward if and as much as is needed to accommodate any necessary devices, such as a ring or washer to holdcartridge assembly 1074 in place incavity 1076.Drilled passage 1082 connects the cold water supply tocavity 1076 near its top and drilledpassage 1084 connects thehot water line 1020 tocavity 1076 near its bottom. -
FIGS. 38 and 39 show thebypass valve cartridge 1074, without its internal components, that is designed and configured to fit incavity 1076.FIG. 40 shows the components, includingthermal actuator 1088, assembled together as they would fit intocavity 1076. Thethermal actuator 1088 is a modified version of theactuator 1038 shown inFIG. 32 . Water fromhot water line 1020 is carried through drilledhole 1084 to the lower end ofcavity 1076 and flows up around and through thecartridge 1074 to and through the open valve seat 1090 (poppet 1042 is shown closed into against O-ring 1092 formingseat 1090 inFIG. 40 ) into thecheck valve chamber 1094housing check valve 1096 and out through the cross drilledhole 1098 into anannulus 1100 on thecartridge 1074. Fromannulus 1100, between O-rings passage 1082 to the cold water supply. When sufficient water has flowed through thebypass valve 1036 to exhaust the cooled-off water in the hotwater supply line 1020 and bring hot water to thebypass valve 1036, thethermal actuator 1088 will causepiston 1044 to extend, forcingpoppet 1042 intoseat 1090 to close off the flow. The seat O-ring 1092 is held in place byspring 1106, which doubles as the bias or poppet return spring. In the preferred embodiment,thermal actuator 1088 is held in place by a snap fit into thesplit cartridge 1074, which is designed to be easily moldable. Thecheck valve 1096 is included to prevent flow of cold water into the hot side when the hot water is turned full on in the system, or the equivalent usage of hot water, resulting in a lowered pressure on the hot side. Thecartridge 1074 can be held down incavity 1076 by a brass ring, or the like, which is in turn held down by the screw-on bonnet, which also captures the existingball valving assembly 1064. - Another example of a single handle water control fixture is shown as 1110 in
FIG. 41 . Thisfixture 1110 is a modified Moen shower valve that comprises arear housing 1112 attached to the rear 1114 ofMoen housing 1116.Housing 1116 has a hotwater inlet port 1118 and a coldwater inlet port 1120 for receiving hot and cold water, respectively, from the hot 1020 and cold 1016 water lines and avalve cavity 1122 for receiving the operating valve (not shown) throughvalve opening 1124. The operating valve controls the flow of hot and cold water out of the spout associated withvalve 1110.Rear housing 1112 has acavity 1126 configured to holdcartridge 1127 and hot 1128 and cold 1130 water channels to allow passage of water aroundvalve cavity 1126 until the hot water reaches the desired temperature to causeactuator 1038 to pushpiston 1044 rearward untilpoppet 1042 engagesvalve seat 1090 to shut-off hot water flow throughhot water channel 1128, thereby ending the diversion of “hot” water to thecold water channel 1130. Elastomeric washer shapeddiaphragm 1125 acts as a check valve to prevent back flow of cold to hot when hot water line pressure is reduced. Conical washer shapedscreens 1129 filers detritus and other trash from passing water.Screens 1129 are self-cleaning due to the high water velocities encountered when the shower valve is running hot water. - Single Handle Faucets w/Bypass Valve in Moveable Valving
- This family of valves may utilize either a moveable perforated hollow
spherical ball 1064, as shown inFIGS. 33 and 34 , or an internally moveable valve cartridge, that have a common internal flow area to selectively and adjustably connect the hot 1020 and cold 1016 lines to thedischarge spout 1070. It is possible to place the same thermal valve system 1036 (in a more compact form) inside of a replacement oneinch diameter ball 1134 for the moveable ball type or inside the replaceable faucet cartridges with internally moveable valving parts. - The previous simple hollow sphere, now 1134 (shown in
FIGS. 42, 43 and 44), is structurally divided into two separate compartments insideball body 1135, an outerannular compartment 1136, coaxial with the centerline of theactuating stem 1138, and a cylindricalinner compartment 1140, also coaxial with the centerline of theactuating stem 1138.Passage 1162, connected toannulus 1159, andpassage 1164, connected tocentral bore 1157, are separated by the valving action of thebypass valve 1036 installed incompartment 1140.Ball 1134 is made in two parts, anupper half 1142 and a lower half 1144 (relative to thestem 1138 which normally extends upward), which screw together for convenience in development work. Thethermal actuator 1088 is enclosed in theinner compartment 1140 is the same as the actuator discussed above, but with a shortened guide length and a cut-off piston 1044 with no poppet. The radially squeezed O-ring 1146 seals the twohalves ball 1134, and is held in place by thespring 1148, which also functions as the bias or return spring. Thepiston 1044 is cut off short to conserve space, and bears on the upper end of drilledhole 1150. Unlike the above-mentioned actuators, thispiston 1044 remains stationary and it's thethermal actuator body 1048 that moves againstspring 1148 to push theelastomer poppet disc 1152, which doubles as a check valve, against thestationary seat 1154 as thevalve 1134 heats up. - The two inlet ports on
ball body 1135, shown as 1156 for the hot water inlet port and 1158 for the cold water inlet port onFIGS. 43 and 44 , selectively and adjustably communicate with the hot 1020 and cold 1016 lines. Theball discharge port 1160 communicates in all ball positions with the faucet spout to discharge water fromfaucet 1010.Ports ball body 1135 as theprior art ball 1064 previously. However all three ports are connected within the ball toannular compartment 1136 instead of to the entire inner volume of the hollowprior art ball 1064. In the shut-off mode, the hot and coldinlet ball ports ball 1134 are shifted away from the hot 1020 and cold 1016 lines, as withprior art ball 1064. However,ball 1134 includes two addedsmall ports Ports central bore 1157 andannulus 1159, which are valved by action ofpoppet disc 1152. When theball 1134 is cold due to a cooled-offhot water line 1020, thebypass valve 1036 opens, allowing communication between theannulus 1159 andcentral bore 1157. With thefaucet 1010 in the shut-off position, the two addedports line 1020 and thecold line 1016, and consequently a flow of water from the boosted “hot”line 1020 to thecold line 1016.Positioning slot 1165 inball 1134, also inball 1064, is used to positionball 1134 in the faucet. The bypass action described above is accomplished without change to any part of thefaucet 1010 except thereplaceable valving ball 1134. It is thus very easy to retrofit an existing faucet to the bypass function by simply replacing the existing “standard” designhollow ball 1064 with thenew ball 1134, as described. - There are several major advantages to this arrangement. These advantages include: (1) the
complete ball 1134 is easily replaced to fix amalfunctioning bypass valve 1036; (2) for retrofit, theoriginal ball 1064 can be removed and replaced with the new valve-in-ball 1134. No other changes need be made to the existing faucet 1010 (however, abooster pump 1026 located near thehot water heater 18 in thehot water line 1020 does of course need to be installed). This is particularly advantageous where it would be very difficult or impractical to replace an existing complete faucet valve, such as a shower valve installed behind a tiled wall. - While the
hollow ball 1064 of the Delta faucet (and other clone faucets) provides an adequate space in a convenient location for installation of thebypass valve 1036, a miniaturized version of thebypass valve 1036 can also be fitted into the replaceable cylindrical valving cartridges of other brands of single handle faucets with an action characterized by oscillating movement about a vertical centerline to adjust water temperature. Such a valving action to control mixing is commonly used in Price-Pfister, Sterling, American Standard, Moen, and Kohler faucets, among others. These faucets use a push-pull or tipping lever action to operate the on-off function within the same (usually) cylindrical cartridge. On some configurations, it is likely that space would have to be made by lengthening these cylindrical faucet cartridges, which would in turn call for a compensating change to the faucet central housing. -
FIG. 45 shows a modification of a widely used Moen designedfaucet 1200 as an example of a fixture that utilizes a replaceablecylindrical valving cartridge 1202. The modifications to thefaucet 1200 include adding a hotwater bypass valve 1036 within the movingvalving spool 1204 of the Moen design. This valve design is of the type wherein on/off and metering adjustment is accomplished by axial motion of the center spool 1204 (off is all the way inward). Hot/cold mixing adjustment is by angular positioning of thecenter spool 1204 when it is; wholly or partially pulled out to the on position. Thefaucet 1200 typically has abrass housing 1206 connected to thecold water inlet 1208 andhot water inlet 1210. Aspout connection 1212 allows water to exit thefixture 1200.FIG. 45 shows thespool 1204 in its outward or “full on” position (slot 1214 axially aligns withspout port 1212 and slot 1216 axially aligns with cold 1208 and hot 1210 inlet ports) and angularly rotated so that thehot port 1210 is open to slot 1216 butcold port 1208 is blocked off. - In the position shown in
FIG. 45 , hot water fromport 1210 can enter through slot 1216 to the interior oftubular spool 1204 and proceed through hollow shuttle 1218 to slot 1214 and exit outspout port 1212.Arrows 1220 indicate the length of travel of thespool 1204.Tubular member 1222 is a stationary (preexisting) sleeve incorporated within thehousing 1206 to allow placement and retention of the threeelastomer seals 1224 to bear against and dynamically seal withspool 1204. It also provides a vent path around its exterior for the space at the “bottom” of thevalve 1200 to allow axial (piston) motion ofspool 1204 without encountering hydraulic lock.Spool 1204 is shown in a simplified one-piece configuration for clarity. - The
bypass valve 1036 components (consisting ofbias spring 1226, shuttle 1218,actuator piston 1228 and actuator 1230) are enclosed within the tubular portion ofspool 1204. Shuttle 1218 is located (floats) betweenbias spring 1226 andactuator 1230. Shuttle 1218 has a central cruciform shaped member with an integral elastomer sleeve 1232 attached to the four legs of the cruciform. Four axial passages within the sleeve 1232 and around the cruciform are thus provided. This elastomer sleeve 1232 is in contact with and seals against the inner surface oftubular spool 1204. Whenthermal actuator 1230 is heated to its actuation temperature, it “suddenly” extendspiston 1228 outward, moving shuttle 1218 (to the left inFIG. 45 ) againstbias spring 1226. - Two bleed holes 1234 and 1236 are so located through the wall of
tubular spool 1204 as to line up withhot water inlet 1210 andcold water inlet 1208, respectively, when the manually operatedspool 1204 is pushed all the way into housing 1206 (the off position). Further, bleed hole 1236 is axially located slightly closer to the bias spring end ofspool 1204. O-rings 1238seal spool 1204 and retainingclip 1240 holdssleeve 1222 withinhousing 1206. - In
FIG. 45 , thebypass valve 1036 components are shown in their “cold” positions. Hot bleed hole 1234 is covered by the end of the elastomer sleeve 1232 on shuttle 1218, but cold bleed hole 1236 is uncovered. Withspool 1204 pushed all the way in (off position) bleed hole 1234 communicates withhot water inlet 1210 and boosted hot water pressure communicates through hot bleed hole 1234, this pressure deflects elastomer sleeve 1232 inward locally to allow flow from the boosted hot water line 1020 (presumably cooled off from a period of disuse) into the interior oftubular spool 1204 and out through uncovered cold bleed hole 1236, which by virtue of thespool 1204 being in the off position is in communication withcold water inlet 1208. A bypass of cooled off water from thehot water line 1020 to thecold water line 1016 is thus accomplished. - When sufficient cooled off water has passed through the
valve 1200 to bring “hot” water to and through thevalve 1200,actuator 1230 will be warmed to its actuation temperature and will expand, forcing shuttle 1218 againstbias spring 1226. This axial movement will result in elastomer sleeve 1232 covering cold bleed hole 1236. Boosted hot water pressure internal to sleeve 1232 will hold sleeve 1232 outward against the inner wall oftubular spool 1204, effectively sealing bleed hole 1236, and stopping the bypass flow until the valve cools down, causingbias spring 1226 to force shuttle 1218 back againstpiston 1010 intocontracting actuator 1230, again opening cold bleed hole 1236. - The elastomer sleeve 1232 has a second function, that of acting as a check valve. When any faucet in the plumbing system is opened, the resulting flow may induce a substantial pressure drop in the associated plumbing line (either hot 1020 or cold 1016, depending on which faucet was opened). If a
bypass valve 1036 is open at such a time, such a pressure difference may cause sufficient water may leak through as to constitute a nuisance. If the lowered pressure is on thehot water line 1020, no “leak” will occur as the higher pressure of the cold water inside the sleeve 1232 will hold it against the inner wall oftubular spool 1204 in the vicinity of hot bleed hole 1234, effecting a seal. If the lowered pressure is on the cold side, thevalve 1200 will allow cooled off water from thehot water line 1020 to bypass into the cold water line until warm water arrives at thevalve 1200, at which time the shuttle 1218 will shift and cut off the bypass. - Dual Handle, Single Spout Faucets
- Although two handle, single spout faucets might have been expected to fade out of demand in favor of the more convenient single handle faucets, the two handle faucets (shown as 1010 in
FIG. 31 ) seem more amenable to elegant cosmetic design than their single handle cousins, which have an inherently more utilitarian look. Apparently for this reason, most double handle faucets on display are for lavatory use. The same requirements for ease of maintenance by allowing access to thebypass valve 1036 from the top apply to this faucet type. It is convenient that the prior art faucet design utilizing a rotating threaded stem with a faucet washer and a hard seat has become a thing of the past, as the newer designs with replaceable cartridges are more adaptable to this modification. - Most modem two handle faucets utilize a cartridge design in a pair of
valve member 1166, shown inFIG. 46 , wherein the valving function is accomplished within the cartridge that is positioned inside thehousing section 1168 ofvalve member 1166. This allows complete re-conditioning of the faucet by simply replacing a single assembly on each side. These cartridges are accessible in thehousing section 1168 from the top by removing the faucet handles and bonnets that attach to the upper threadedportion 1170. The cartridge assembly then simply lifts out, exposing its open cavity insidehousing section 1168, with aside port 1172 leading to confluence with the like port from the other side of the faucet, which confluence flows on through the single spout of such faucets. Below the mentioned cavity for the faucet valving cartridge there is an open one-half inch (typically) threadedpipe 1174 for the hot or cold conduit into the faucet. This externally threaded pipe is substantially longer than needed for valving or connection purposes to allow for overly thick lavatory counters and to get the lower end of these threaded pipes far enough down behind the sink for reasonable access by the installer. This “extra” space on the hot water side is a top accessible, hydraulically appropriate place to locate a thermal valve cartridge similar to the type described for inclusion in or adjacent to the hot water conduit in thecentral housing 1062 of a single handle faucet.Side port 1175 is added tohousing section 1168 and a line is run to a like port on the other, opposing faucet. Addition of athermal bypass valve 1036 requires additional machining and the addition of a bypass line connecting the hot and cold lines. An existing two handle single spout valve thus could not be retrofitted, but modifications to the design are relatively minor and the existing replaceable valve cartridge would fit the new design. - The major difference of concern in this matter between single handle single spout and two handle single spout faucet designs is that in the single handle central block, it is possible to create the connecting passages (bypass) by simply drilling cross holes, as discussed above. With two separate hot and cold faucet valves located four inches apart, some kind of cross conduit for the bypass must be added. There seem to be two approaches to directing the water from the hot and cold faucets to a confluence and out to the single spout. American-Standard, Oasis, La Bella and some Price-Pfisters use a large brass casting that includes the spout, both hot and cold faucet housings, and a cored cast passage connecting all of this together. Adding a
thermal bypass valve 1036 to such a two handle faucet set would require the addition of an additional cored cast passage to accomplish the bypass function between hot and cold lines. Delta, Moen, Kohler, and some Price Pfister two handle single spout valves use brazed-in copper tube manifolds instead of cored cast passages. These would require the addition of a tubular cross passage brazed in. The Delta two handle single spout valve has a somewhat different valving action which makes it much more difficult to fit in a thermal valve cartridge. This new passage (cored or brazed tubular) needs to connect to the vertical hot and cold “pipe” members below their existing side port to the spout. These faucet sets generally do not have sufficient vertical space under the polished bezel to accommodate the extra passage. This will require addition of some vertical length to the skirt of the valve bezel. -
FIG. 47 shows a modified “hot” side of a Kohler twohandle faucet 1176, with the housing shown as 1178. Thehousing 1178 is identical to the standard existingKohler housing 1178 above (to the right of) line M. Thehousing 1178 must be bored out in several steps to accommodate the newthermal valve cartridge 1180, which can be a molded plastic cartridge identical in function to that already described for the center block of the Delta single handle valve. It varies from the previously described cartridge in the configuration of the passage to bring the hot water past thethermal valve 1036 to the faucet, and the configuration of the snap fit for thethermal actuator 1088. It also has anupper extension 1182 with a throughhole 1184. Theextension 1182 fits into a recess in the bottom of the existing Kohler faucet cartridge and the throughhole 1184 is for engagement of a hook to allow removal of thethermal valve cartridge 1180 for replacement of thethermal bypass valve 1036. - The operation of the
bypass valve 1036 inside offaucet 1010 is summarized on the chart shown asFIG. 22 which indicates the results of the twenty combinations of conditions (pump on/pump off; hot water line hot/hot water line cooled off; hot faucet on, or off, or between; cold faucet on or off, or between) that are applicable to the operation ofvalve 1036. The operating modes IVB, IVC, IVD, IIIB, & IIID are summarized detailed in the immediately following text. The operation of the remaining fifteen modes are relatively more obvious, and may be understood from the abbreviated indications in the outline summarizingFIG. 22 . Starting with the set “off” hours (normal sleeping time, and daytime when no one is usually at home) pump 1026 will not be powered. Everything will be just as if there were nopump 1026 and nobypass valve 1036 installed in faucet 1010 (i.e., both the cold and hot water lines will be at the same city water pressure). Thehot water line 1020 andbypass valve 1036 will have cooled off during the long interim since the last use of hot water. The reduced temperature in the valve results in “retraction” of rod member 1040 of the thermallysensitive actuator 1088. The force ofbias spring 1106 pushing againstflange 1046 on rod member 1040 will push it back away fromvalve seat 1090,opening valve 1036 for recirculation. Although thethermal actuating element 1088 is open, withpump 1026 not running, no circulation flow results, as the hot 1020 and cold 1016 water piping systems are at the same pressure. This is the mode indicated as IVB in the outline onFIG. 22 . If the cold water valve atfaucet 1010 is opened with thethermal element 1088 open as in mode IVB above, pressure in theline 1016 to the cold water side offaucet 1010 will drop below the pressure in thehot water line 1020. This differential pressure will siphon tepid water away from the hot side to the cold side, which is the mode indicated as IVD in the outline onFIG. 22 . The recirculation of the “hot” water will end when the tepid water is exhausted from thehot water line 1020 and the rising temperature of the incoming “hot” water causes thethermal element 1088 to close. - If the hot water valve is turned on with the
thermal element 1088 open as in mode IVB above, pressure in theline 1020 to the hot water side offaucet 1010 will drop below the pressure in thecold water line 1016. This differential pressure, higher on the cold side, will loadcheck valve 1096 in the “closed” direction allowing no cross flow. This is mode IVC in the outline onFIG. 22 . In this mode, with thehot water line 1020 cooled and the pump off, a good deal of cooled-off water will have to be run oust as ifvalve 1036 were not installed), to get hot water, at which time thethermal element 1088 will close without effect, and without notice by the user. With thethermal element 1088 open and thehot water line 1020 cooled-off as in mode IVB above, at the preset time of day (or when the cyclic timer trips the next “on” cycle) thepump 1026 turns on, pressurizing the water in the hot side offaucet 1010. Pump pressure on the hot side offaucet 1010 results in flow through the openthermal element 1088, thereby pressurizing and deflecting thecheck valve 1096 poppet away from its seat to an open position. Cooled-off water at the boosted pressure will thus circulate from thehot line 1020 through thethermal element 1088 andcheck valve 1096 to the lowerpressure cold line 1016 and back towater heater 1018. This is the primary “working mode” of thebypass valve 1036 and is the mode indicated as IIIB in the outline onFIG. 22 . If the cold water valve is turned on during the conditions indicated in mode IIIB above (i.e.,pump 1026 operating,hot line 1020 cooled off, the hot valve atfaucet 1010 off) and while the desired recirculation is occurring, mode IIID will occur. A pressure drop in thecold water line 1016 due to cold water flow creates a pressure differential acrossvalve 1036 in addition to the differential created bypump 1026. This allows tepid water to more rapidly bypass to thecold water inlet 1022 atfaucet 1010. When the tepid water is exhausted from thehot water line 1020,thermal element 1088 will close, ending recirculation. -
FIG. 48 illustrates another exemplarywater distribution system 2018 utilizing a water control valve, which is illustrated inFIG. 48 as a tub/shower valve 2010,separate service valves 2012 and a combinedservice valve 2014. However, other water control valves may be adaptable to abypass valve 2016, including a thermostatically controlled bypass valve, as described herein (i.e., valves used on washing machines, dishwashers and other fixtures). Thebypass valve 2016 that is attached to or included with the water control valves can be one of many different types of available bypass valves, including thermostatically controlled bypass valves, electric solenoid controlled bypass valves, needle-type bypass valves as described in the above-referenced Blumenauer patent or mechanical push button bypass valves such as sold by Laing and others. The water control valves are adaptable for use with the various types of bypass valves by being attached, adjacent or included with the water control valve, as described in more detail below. - A typical
water distribution system 2018 utilizing a tub/showerwater control valve 2010. Thewater distribution system 2018 typically includes a supply ofcold water 2020, such as from a city main or water well, that supplies cold water directly towater control valve 2010 throughcold water line 2022 and water tohot water heater 2024 so that it may heat the water and supply hot water towater control valve 2010 throughhot water line 2026.Cold water line 2022 connects towater control valve 2010 atcold water inlet 2028 andhot water line 2026 connects towater control valve 2010 athot water inlet 2030, as explained in more detail below. In an exemplary embodiment, thesystem 2018 utilizes a small circulatingpump 2032 of the type used in residential hot water space heating. A very low flow andlow head pump 2032 is desirable because a larger (i.e., higher head/higher flow) pump mounted at the typicaldomestic water heater 2024 tends to be noisy. This annoying noise is often transmitted by the water pipes throughout the house. In addition, if the shower system 2034 (as an example) is already in use whenpump 2032 turns on, whether the first start or a later cyclic turn-on, the sudden pressure boost in thehot water line 2026 from a larger pump can result in an uncomfortable and possibly near-scalding temperature rise in the water at the shower head or other fixture in use. The smaller boost of a “small” pump (i.e., one with a very steep flow-head curve) will result in only a very small and less noticeable increase in shower temperature. - In the preferred embodiment, the single,
small pump 2032 needs to provide only a flow of approximately 0.3 gpm at 1.0 psi pressure. In accordance with pump affinity laws, such a “small” pump requires a very small impeller or low shaft speed. The inventors have found that use of a very small impeller or low shaft speed also precludes formation of an air bubble in the eye of the impeller, which bubble may be a major cause of noise. Such a small steep curve pump may, however, constitute a significant pressure drop in thehot water line 2026 when several fixture taps are opened simultaneously (such as a bathtub and the kitchen sink). To avoid reduced flow in those installations having a relatively low volume pump, acheck valve 2036 can be plumbed in parallel withpump 2032 or incorporated within the pump housing, to pass a flow rate exceeding the pump's capacity aroundpump 2032. Whenpump 2032 is powered and flow demand is low,check valve 2036 prevents the boosted flow from re-circulating back to its own inlet. Withcheck valve 2036 plumbed aroundpump 2032, it is advantageous to place anorifice 2038 in the pump discharge to provide a simple manner to achieve the desired very steep flow-head curve from available stock pump designs. Asingle pump 2032 located at or nearwater heater 2024 in its discharge piping will boost the pressure in the hot water pipes somewhat above that in the cold water pipes (i.e., perhaps one to three feet of boost). With this arrangement only onepump 2032 per plumbing system (i.e., per water heater 2024) is required with any reasonable number, such as the typical number used in residences, of remote water control valves (i.e., tub/shower valve 2010 orservice valves 2012 and 2014), equipped with bypass valves. This is in contrast to those systems that requiremultiple pumps 2032, such as apump 2032 at each fixture where bypassing is desired. - If desired,
pump 2032 can operate twenty-four hours a day, with most of the time in the no flow mode. However, this is unnecessary and wasteful of electricity. Alternatively, and preferably,pump 2032 can have atimer 2040 to turnpump 2032 on daily at one or more times during the day just before those times when hot water is usually needed the most (for instance for morning showers, evening cooking, etc.) and be set to operate continuously for the period during which hot water is usually desired. This still could be unnecessary and wasteful of electricity. Another alternative is to have thetimer 2040cycle pump 2032 on and off regularly during the period when hot water is in most demand. The “on” cycles should be of sufficient duration to bring hot water to all remote fixtures that have water control valves (such asvalves pump 2032 with a normally closedflow switch 2042 sized to detect significant flows only (i.e., those flows that are much larger than the bypass flows), such as water flow during use ofshower system 2034. For safety purposes, the use ofsuch flow switch 2042 is basically required if acyclic timer 2040 is used. Theswitch 2042 can be wired in series with the motor inpump 2032. Ifswitch 2042 indicates an existing flow at themoment timer 2040 calls forpump 2032 to be activated,open flow switch 2042 will prevent the motor from starting, thereby avoiding a sudden increase in water temperature at the fixture (i.e., particularly if it is shower system 2034) being utilized. The use ofswitch 2042 accomplishes several useful objectives, including reducing electrical power usage and extendingpump 2032 life if hot water is already flowing and there is no need forpump 2032 to operate, avoiding a sudden temperature rise and the likelihood of scalding that could result from the pump boost if water is being drawn from a “mixing” valve (such as tub/shower valve 2010 shown inFIG. 48 or a single handle faucet) and allowing use of a “large” pump 2032 (now that the danger of scalding is eliminated) with its desirable low pressure drop at high flows, thereby eliminating the need for theparallel check valve 2036 required with a “small”pump 2032. - By using a time-of-
day control timer 2040,pump 2032 operates to maintain “instant hot water” only during periods of the day when it is commonly desired. During the off-cycle times, theplumbing system 2018 operates just as if the fixture havingbypass valve 2016 and pump 2032 were not in place. This saves electrical power usage from operation ofpump 2032 and, more importantly, avoids the periodic introduction of hot water into relatively un-insulated pipes during the off-hours, thereby saving the cost of repeatedly reheating this water. The time-of-day control also avoids considerable wear and tear onpump 2032 andbypass valve 2016. Considerable additional benefits are gained by using acyclic timer 2040, with or without the time-of-day control. In addition to saving more electricity, if a leaky bypass valve 2016 (i.e., leaks hot water to cold water line 2022) or one not having toggle action is used, there will be no circulating leakage while thepump 2032 is cycled off, even ifbypass valve 2016 fails to shut off completely. Therefore, a simple (i.e., not necessarily leak tight)bypass valve 2016 may suffice in less demanding applications. Reducing leakage to intermittent leakage results in reduced warming of the water incold water line 2022 and less reheating of “leaking” re-circulated water. - As described above,
water control valves bypass valves 2016 to accomplish the objective of bypassing cold or tepid water around the fixture associated withwater control valves bypass valve 2016. Thepreferred bypass valve 2016 is the thermostatically controlled type, an example of which is shown inFIG. 49 and described below, due to its ability to automatically sense and respond to the temperature of the water inhot water line 2026 atwater control valve hot water line 2026 so as to maintain hot water athot water inlet 2030 ofwater control valves - As best shown in
FIGS. 49 through 51 , thepreferred bypass valve 2016 is thermostatically controlledbypass valve 2016 configured for use withwater control valves tubular valve body 2044 havingbypass valve inlet 2046,bypass valve outlet 2048 and aseparating wall 2050 disposed therebetween. As described in more detail below,bypass inlet 2046 connects tohot water inlet 2030 andbypass outlet 2048 connects tocold water inlet 2028 ofwater control valves Bypass valve passageway 2052 in separatingwall 2050 interconnectsinlet 2046 andoutlet 2048 to allow fluid to flow therethrough whenbypass valve 2016 is bypassing cold or tepid water. As best shown inFIG. 49 and discussed in more detail below,valve body 2044 houses a thermallysensitive actuating element 2054,bias spring 2056, anover-travel spring 2058, retaining mechanism 2062 (such as a retaining ring, clip, pin or other like device) andcheck valve 2064.Valve body 2044 can most economically and effectively be manufactured out of a molded plastic material, such as Ryton®, a polyphenylene sulphide resin available from Phillips Chemical, or a variety of composites. In general, molded plastic materials are preferred due to their relatively high strength and chemical/corrosion resistant characteristics while providing the ability to manufacture thevalve body 2044 utilizing injection molding processes with the design based on the configuration described herein without the need for expensive casting or machining. Alternatively,valve body 2044 can be manufactured from various plastics, reinforced plastics or metals that are suitable for “soft” plumbing loads and resistant to hot chlorinated water under pressure. As shown inFIG. 50 ,inlet 2046 ofvalve body 2044 can be molded with a set of axially oriented fin guides 2066 having ends that form aninternal shoulder 2068 insidevalve body 2044 for fixedly receiving and positioning one end ofthermal actuating element 2054 andbias spring 2056, andretainer interruption 2072 for receivingretaining mechanism 2062. Preferably,retaining mechanism 2062 is a retaining ring andretainer interruption 2072 is configured such that when retainingmechanism 2062 is inserted intovalve body 2044 it will be engagedly received byretainer interruption 2072.Bypass valve outlet 2048 can be molded with retainingslot 2074 for engagement with the snap-incheck valve 2064. In the preferred embodiment,valve body 2044 is designed so the components can fit throughinlet 2046 andoutlet 2048, which will typically be one-half inch diameter. In this manner, a onepiece bypass valve 2016 results with no intermediate or additional joints required for installation. - For ease of installation of the
bypass valve 2016 by the user, bothinlet 2046 andoutlet 2048 onvalve body 2044 can have one-half inch straight pipe threads for use with the swivel nuts that are commonly found on standard connection hoses that fit the typical residential fixture. The swivel nuts on the connection hoses seal with hose washers against the ends ofinlet 2046 andoutlet 2048, as opposed to common pipe fittings that seal at the tapered threads.Inlet 2046 andoutlet 2048 can be marked “hot” and “cold”, respectively, to provide visual indicators for the do-it-yourself installer so as to avoid undue confusion. Alternatively, as explained below,bypass valve 2016 can be made with integral connections atinlet 2046 andoutlet 2048 for connection towater control valve - An example of a thermally
sensitive actuating element 2054 for use with the preferred thermostatically controlledbypass valve 2016 is shown inFIG. 51 .Actuating element 2054 is preferably of the wax filled cartridge type, also referred to as wax motors, having an integralpoppet rod member 2076 comprisingpoppet 2078 attached topiston 2080 with anintermediate flange 2082 thereon. The end ofpoppet 2078 is configured to seat directly againstvalve seat 2070 or move a shuttle (i.e., spool or sleeve valves) so as to closepassage 2052. These thermostaticcontrol actuating elements 2054 are well known in the art and are commercially available from several suppliers, such as Caltherm of Bloomfield Hills, Mich. Thebody 2084 ofactuating element 2054 has asection 2086 of increased diameter, having afirst side 2088 andsecond side 2090, to seat againstshoulder 2068 or like element invalve body 2044.Piston 2080 ofrod member 2076 interconnectspoppet 2078 withactuator body 2084.Actuating element 2054 operates in a conventional and well known manner. Briefly,actuating element 2054 comprises a blend of waxes or a mixture of wax(es) and metal powder (such as copper powder) enclosed inactuator body 2084 by means of a membrane made of elastomer or the like. Upon heating the wax or wax with copper powder mixture expands, thereby pushingpiston 2080 andpoppet 2078 ofrod member 2076 in an outward direction. Upon cooling, the wax or wax/copper powder mixture contracts androd member 2076 is pushed inward bybias spring 2056 untilflange 2082contacts actuator body 2054 atactuator seat 2092. Although other types of thermal actuators, such as bimetallic springs and memory alloys (i.e., Nitinol and the like) can be utilized, the wax filled cartridge type is preferred because the wax can be formulated to change from the solid to the liquid state at a particular desired temperature. The rate of expansion with respect to temperature at this change of state is many times higher, resulting in almost snap action of thewax actuating element 2054. The temperature set point is equal to the preset value, such as 97 degrees Fahrenheit, desired for the hot water. This is a “sudden” large physical motion over a small temperature change. As stated above, this movement is reacted bybias spring 2056 that returnsrod member 2076 as the temperature falls. - Because
bypass valve 2016 has little or no independent “toggle action,” after a few cycles of opening and closing,bypass valve 2016 tends to reach an equilibrium with the plumbing system, wherebybypass valve 2016 stays slightly cracked open, passing just enough hot water to maintain the temperature constantly at its setting. In particular plumbing systems and at certain ambient conditions, this flow is just under that required to maintain a spring loaded check valve cracked continuously open (i.e., check valve 2036). In such a situation,check valve 2036 chatters with an annoying buzzing sound. To avoid this occurrence, the spring may be removed fromcheck valve 2036, leaving the check valve poppet free floating. In the event that the hot water is turned full on at a time whenbypass valve 2016 is open, thereby lowering the pressure inhot water line 2026 and inducing flow fromcold water line 2022 through theopen bypass valve 2016 to the hot side, the free floating poppet will quickly close. There is no necessity for a spring to keepcheck valve 2036 closed prior to the reversal in pressures. - Although not entirely demonstrated in early tests, it is believed that beneficial “toggle” action can be achieved with the thermostatically controlled
bypass valve 2016 discussed above. If the motion ofactuating element 2054 is made to lag behind the temperature change of the water surrounding it by placing suitable insulation aroundactuating element 2054 or by partially isolating it from the water, then instead of slowly closing only to reach equilibrium at a low flow without reaching shutoff, the water temperature will rise above the extending temperature of theinsulated actuating element 2054 asbypass valve 2016 approaches shutoff, andpiston 2080 will then continue to extend as the internal temperature ofactuating element 2054 catches up to its higher surrounding temperature, closingbypass valve 2016 completely. It is also believed that aninsulated actuating element 2054 will be slow opening, its motion lagging behind the temperature of the surrounding cooling-off water from which it is insulated. When actuatingelement 2054 finally begins to open thebypass valve 2016 and allow flow, the resulting rising temperature of the surrounding water will again, due to the insulation, not immediately affect it, allowingbypass valve 2016 to stay open longer for a complete cycle of temperature rise. Such an “insulated” effect may also be accomplished by use of a wax mix that is inherently slower, such as one with less powdered copper or other thermally conductive filler. Anactuating element 2054 to be installed with insulation can be manufactured with a somewhat lower set point temperature to make up for the lag, allowing whateverbypass valve 2016 closing temperature desired. - An additional benefit of utilizing
pump 2032 insystem 2018 is that shut-off of a toggle action valve upon attainment of the desired temperature is enhanced by the differential pressure anoperating pump 2032 provides. Ifpump 2032 continues to run as the water atwater control valve type bypass valve 2016. Ifpump 2032 operates cyclically, powered only a little longer than necessary to get hot water towater control valve bypass valve 2016 cools down. When the minimum temperature is reached,actuating element 2054 will retract, allowingbias spring 2056 to openbypass valve 2016 without having to fight a pump-produced differential pressure. Bypass flow will begin with the next pump “on” cycle. An additional benefit to the use of either a time-of-day orcyclic timer 2040 is that it improves the operating life ofactuating element 2054. Because use of eithertimer 2040 causes cyclic temperature changes in bypass valve 2016 (as opposed to maintaining an equilibrium setting wherein temperature is constant andactuating element 2054 barely moves), there is frequent, substantial motion of thepiston 2080 inactuating element 2054. This exercising ofactuating element 2054 tends to prevent the build-up of hard water deposits and corrosion on the cylindrical surface ofactuator piston 2080 and face ofpoppet 2078, which deposits could renderbypass valve 2016 inoperable. - Also inside
bypass valve 2016 can be anover-travel spring 2058 disposed between thesecond side 2090 of theactuator body 2084 and a stop, such asretaining mechanism 2062 shown inFIG. 49 , located insidebypass valve 2016 to prevent damage to a fully restrainedactuating element 2054 if it were heated above the maximum operating temperature ofbypass valve 2016 and to holdactuating element 2054 in place during operation without concern for normal tolerance. Use ofover-travel spring 2058, which is not necessary for spool-type valves, allows movement ofactuator body 2084 away from the seatedpoppet 2078 in the event that temperature rises substantially afterpoppet 2078contacts valve seat 2070. Without this relief, the expanding wax could distort its copper can, destroying the calibrated set point.Over-travel spring 2058 also holdsbias spring 2056,rod member 2076 andactuator body 2084 in place without the need to adjust for the stack-up of axial tolerances. Alternatively,actuating element 2054 can be fixedly placed insidebypass valve 2016 by various mechanisms known in the art, including adhesives and the like.Over-travel spring 2058, if used, can be held in place by various internal configurations commonly known in the art, such as a molded seat (not shown). - Although there are a great many configurations and brands of
water control valves bypass valves 2016, including but not limited to thermostatically controlled bypass valves, include a combination shower/tub valve 2010, a separateservice control valve 2012 and a combinationservice control valve 2014. As such, these generic forms ofwater control valves bypass valve 2016 therewith. The following examples are only representative of the types of water control valves which bypassvalve 2016 can be used. As is well known in the art, the individual manufacturers have various models of water control valves to incorporate desired features and preferences. The examples are for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to restrict the valves to particular uses, sizes or materials used in the examples. - Shower/Tub Control Valve with Attached Bypass Valve
- As is well known, many homes have a combination shower and tub assembly whereby the same
water control valve 2010 is used to control the flow and temperature to the shower and the tub. A selector valve (not shown) is used to select the flow between the shower and the tub. An example shower/tub system is shown as 2034 inFIG. 48 . A similar water control valve to that shown as 2010, is used for systems comprising only a shower or a tub, with the exception that such valve only has one discharge port (connected to either the shower or the tub). In the shower/tub system 2034,water distribution valve 2010 with associatedbypass valve assembly 2098, havingbypass valve 2016 as described below, distributes water to theshower head assembly 2100 throughshower line 2102 and totub faucet 2104 throughtub line 2106, as shown inFIG. 48 . Aflow control valve 2108 is used to control the flow and temperature of water to theshower head assembly 2100 ortub faucet 2104. Although a singleflow control valve 2108 is shown inFIG. 48 , it is understood that some shower, tub and shower/tub flow control valves utilize separate valves for the hot and cold water control (i.e., similar in general configuration to the service control valves discussed below). One of the primary distinguishing characteristics of virtually all shower/tub water control valves, such as 2010, and single shower or tub water control valves is that they are generally positioned at least partially behindsupport wall 2110 that forms part of the shower and/or tub enclosure and which is used to supportshower head assembly 2100 andtub faucet 2104. Because access towater control valve 2010 is important for maintenance, repair or replacement ofwater control valve 2010, even if positioned entirely behindsupport wall 2110,water control valve 2010 is generally placed behind anopening 2112 insupport wall 2110 specifically configured for accessingwater control valve 2010. Typically aremovable plate 2114, commonly referred to as an escutcheon plate, is used to coveropening 2112. To accesswater control valve 2010 andbypass valve assembly 2098,plate 2114 is removed andvalve 2010 is maintained, repaired or removed throughopening 2112 insupport wall 2110 and thenplate 2114 is reinstalled. - Shower/tub
water control valve 2010, shown in more detail inFIGS. 52 and 53 , is used to illustrate various configurations for providingvalve 2010 that is adaptable for use withbypass valve 2016. The typicalwater control valve 2010 consists of avalve manifold 2118 having ahot water inlet 2120 that connects tohot water line 2026 to allow hot water to flow through control valvehot passageway 2122 to the inner valve workings, which generally comprise aremovable valve cartridge 2123, inside cartridge cavity orvalve interface 2124 ofvalve manifold 2118. Thetypical valve interface 2124 is configured as a cylindrical cavity sized to frictionally receivevalve cartridge 2123 therein and to have ports for the inflow of hot and cold water and the discharge of mixed water toshower line 2102 and/ortub line 2106.Cold water inlet 2126 ofvalve 2010 connects tocold water line 2022 to allow cold water to flow through controlvalve cold passageway 2128 tovalve cartridge 2123 insidevalve interface 2124. Insidevalve interface 2124,valve cartridge 2123 selectively distributes hot and cold water to showerhead assembly 2100 ortub faucet 2104 throughshower line 2102 ortub line 2106, respectively.Water control valve 2010 is modified to be adaptable for use withbypass valve 2016 by adding a singleexternal port 2130 onvalve manifold 2118, an internal hotwater bypass passageway 2134, an internal coldwater bypass passageway 2136 and separate hotwater bypass port 2138 and coldwater bypass port 2140. In the preferred embodiment,water control valve 2010 hasvalve manifold 2118 manufactured to includeexternal port 2130,internal bypass passageways bypass ports water control valve 2010 can be modified to include these components, it is believed to be much easier and cost effective to include them in the initial manufacturing process than to add them to an existingvalve 2010. Although thebypass valve assembly 2098 is shown affixed to the top ofwater control valve 2010 inFIG. 48 and in front ofwater control valve 2010 inFIG. 53 ,bypass valve assembly 2098 can be affixed towater control valve 2010 at any place onvalve manifold 2118 which is convenient, practical or cost effective. An important aspect of attachment ofbypass valve assembly 2098 for use withwater control valve 2010 is the ability to accessbypass valve assembly 2098 throughopening 2112 insupport wall 2110 for purposes of maintenance, repair or replacement ofbypass valve 2016. - In the preferred embodiment of
water control valve 2010 havingexternal port 2130, as shown inFIGS. 52 and 53 ,bypass valve assembly 2098 comprises abypass housing 2142enclosing bypass valve 2016 andwater control valve 2010 has a sealing element, such as O-ring 2144, to seal the connection betweenbypass housing 2142 andvalve manifold 2118 atexternal port 2130. To prevent cross-flow betweenbypass ports bypass valve 2016, at least one of these ports should have a sealing member, such as an O-ring or other sealing member (not shown). Bypassvalve input line 2146 connects hotwater bypass passageway 2134 withbypass valve inlet 2046 and bypassvalve output line 2148 connectsbypass valve outlet 2048 to coldwater bypass passageway 2136.Connecting elements 2150 of the type known by those in the industry, such as clips, unions, bolts, threaded connections and the like, are used to connect bypassvalve input line 2146 with hotwater bypass passageway 2134 and bypassvalve output line 2148 with coldwater bypass passageway 2136. Also in the preferred embodiment,control valve 2010 includesscreen 2149 positioned at or near the entrance to hotwater bypass passageway 2134.Screen 2149 should be installed in a manner that allows it to be self-cleaning. As is known in the art, this can be accomplished by placingscreen 2149 inwater control valve 2010 such that the main flow of hot water fromhot water inlet 2120 will flow across the face ofscreen 2149 when “hot” water is flowing throughwater control valve 2010 to discharge throughshower line 2102 ortub line 2106. When water is being bypassed,screen 2149 will filter out any debris that could otherwise plug ordamage bypass valve 2016. The materials collected onscreen 2149 will then be washed away throughwater control valve 2010 when hot water flows throughwater control valve 2010 toshower line 2102 or tub line 2106 (i.e., the discharge from water control valve 2010). - When installed with
water control valve 2010, as shown inFIG. 53 ,bypass valve assembly 2098 is sealably and rigidly connected to and supported byvalve manifold 2118 inshower system 2034. When the water inhot water line 2026 is no longer at the desired temperature (i.e., the temperature lowers to be tepid or cool),bypass valve 2016 opens to bypass the non-hot water aroundwater control valve 2010 by diverting water flow fromhot water line 2026 through hotwater bypass passageway 2134 and hotwater bypass port 2138 into bypassvalve input line 2146 throughbypass valve 2016 to bypassoutput line 2148, coldwater bypass port 2140, coldwater bypass passageway 2136 and then tocold water line 2022. In the preferred embodiment,pump 2032 provides the pressure inhot water line 2026 for the necessary bypassing. The bypassing of this cool or cold water inhot water line 2026 will continue until the temperature inhot water line 2026 is at the desired temperature. At that time,bypass valve 2016 will close and hot water (as desired) will be at thewater control valve 2010 ready for selection byflow control valve 2108 and distribution to showerhead assembly 2100 ortub faucet 2104. - As discussed above,
bypass valve 2016 inside ofbypass valve assembly 2098 can be of the thermostatically controlled, electric solenoid, manually operated or other type of bypass valve. The preferred embodiment utilizes a thermostatically controlled bypass valve, such as that described above with the wax motor as thethermal actuating element 54, due to its ability to automatically bypass cold or tepid water until the temperature of the water inhot water line 2026 atcontrol valve 2010 is at the desired temperature.Water control valve 2010 can be provided withbypass assembly 2098 already connected tovalve manifold 2118 orwater control valve 2010 can be sold as an optional unit having a removable cap element (not shown) closingexternal port 2130 to seal against sealingelement 2144 and sealingmember 2145 for whenbypass assembly 2098 is not in use withwater control valve 2010. In yet another configuration,bypass assembly 2098 is fixedly attached to or manufactured withvalve manifold 2118 such thatwater control valve 2010 andbypass assembly 2098 are a single unit. This configuration would eliminate the need for sealingelement 2144 and sealingmember 2145, such as the O-rings shown inFIGS. 52 and 53 . While the embodiment of thesingle bypass assembly 2098 andwater control valve 2010 as a single unit has the advantage of eliminating a seal and, as a result, a potential leak source, utilizingbypass assembly 2098 as a separate unit has the advantage of allowing the samewater control valve 2010 to be sold with or withoutbypass valve 2016 and allowing the user to maintain, repair or replacebypass valve 2016 separate fromwater control valve 2010. As stated above, whether thebypass assembly 2098 is sold integral withwater control valve 2010 or as single unit requiring sealingelement 2144, it should be configured to be accessible to the user throughopening 2112 insupport wall 2110. - Another configuration for a
water control valve 2010 having a rigidly attachedbypass valve 2016 is shown inFIGS. 54 and 55 and analternative bypass valve 2016 particularly configured for use with such awater control valve 2010 is shown inFIG. 56 . In this configuration, instead of the singleexternal port 2130 utilizing oneatmospheric sealing element 2144, the hot 2138 and cold 2140 water bypass ports connect directly to therespective input 2146 andoutput 2148 lines ofbypass valve 2016 with atmospheric seals at each such connection. As with the abovewater control valve 2010,valve manifold 2118 of this configuration is also manufactured to have or modified to have hotwater bypass passageway 2134 interconnectinghot water inlet 2120 and hotwater bypass port 2138 and coldwater bypass passageway 2136 interconnectingcold water inlet 2126 and coldwater bypass port 2140. As shown inFIG. 54 ,bypass assembly 2098, configured generally as shown inFIG. 53 , connects to directly to the hot 2138 and cold 2140 water input ports with thebypass valve 2016 disposed insidebypass housing 2142 to bypass water aroundwater control valve 2010. As shown inFIG. 55 , hotwater bypass port 2138 has sealing element, such as O-ring 2151, to sealably connectport 2138 with theinput line 2146 to bypassvalve 2016 and coldwater bypass port 2140 has sealing element, such as O-ring 2152, to sealably connectport 2140 with theoutput line 2148 frombypass valve 2016. As also shown inFIG. 55 ,valve manifold 2118 can includeenlarged portion 2154 for mountingbypass assembly 2098 orbypass valve 2016 againstvalve manifold 2118. As shown inFIG. 54 and explained above,screen 2149 can be placed at or near the entrance to hot water bypass passageway to filter debris and be self-cleaning. - As with the previous embodiment of
water control valve 2010,bypass valve 2016 can be of the thermostatically controlled, electric solenoid, manually operated or other type of bypass valve. Instead of utilizingbypass assembly 2098, as shown inFIG. 54 ,valve body 2044 ofbypass valve 2016 can be modified to mount directly to hot 2138 and cold 2140 bypass ports. One embodiment of such abypass valve 2016 is shown inFIG. 56 . This embodiment comprises a generally U-shapedbypass valve body 2044 withvalve inlet 2046 andvalve outlet 2048 configured to sealably mount to hotwater bypass port 2138 and coldwater bypass port 2140, respectively. This embodiment, which utilizes the thermostatically controlled components discussed in detail above, requiresbypass valve inlet 2046 andbypass valve outlet 2048 to be spaced in corresponding relationship to hotwater bypass port 2138 and coldwater bypass port 2140. - When installed,
bypass valve assembly 2098 orbypass valve 2016 is sealably and rigidly connected to and supported byvalve manifold 2118 inshower system 2034. When the water inhot water line 2026 is no longer at the desired temperature (i.e., the temperature lowers to be tepid or cool),bypass valve 2016 opens to bypass the non-hot water aroundwater control valve 2010 by diverting water flow fromhot water line 2026 athot water inlet 2120 through hotwater bypass passageway 2134 and hotwater bypass port 2138 intobypass valve inlet 2046 then throughbypass valve 2016 to bypassvalve output 2048, coldwater bypass port 2140, coldwater bypass passageway 2136 and then tocold water line 2022 atcold water inlet 2126. In the preferred embodiment,pump 2032 provides the pressure inhot water line 2026 for the necessary bypassing. The bypassing of this cool or cold water inhot water line 2026 will continue until the temperature inhot water line 2026 is at the desired temperature. At that time,bypass valve 2016 will close and hot water (as desired) will be at thewater control valve 2010 ready for selection byflow control valve 2108 and distribution to showerhead assembly 2100 ortub faucet 2104. - As with the previous embodiment,
water control valve 2010 can be provided withbypass assembly 2098 orbypass valve 2016 already connected tovalve manifold 2118 orwater control valve 2010 can be sold with removable cap elements (not shown) that sealably close hot 2138 and cold 2140 bypass ports so thatbypass assembly 2098 orbypass valve 2016 can be provided as an optional unit. In yet another alternative configuration,bypass assembly 2098 orbypass valve 2016 is fixedly attached to or manufactured withvalve manifold 2118 such thatwater control valve 2010 andbypass assembly 2098 orbypass valve 2016 are a single, integral unit. This configuration eliminates the need for sealingelements bypass assembly 2098 orbypass valve 2016 is sold integral withwater control valve 2010 or as separate units requiringsealing elements opening 2112 insupport wall 2110. - Another embodiment of a
water control valve 2010 having an attachedbypass valve 2016 is shown inFIG. 57 . In this embodiment, bypassvalve inlet 2046 is connected to hotwater bypass port 2138 by firsttubular line 2156 andbypass valve outlet 2048 is connected to coldwater bypass port 2140 by secondtubular line 2158. As shown inFIG. 57 , hot 2138 and cold 2140 bypass ports can connect tohot water inlet 2120 andcold water inlet 2126, respectively, throughbypass passageways 2134 and 2136 (shown in other figures) that extend through the wall ofvalve manifold 2118 at hot 2120 and cold 2126 water inlets. Alternatively, hot 2138 and cold 2140 bypass ports can be positioned at other places onvalve manifold 2118, such as shown inFIGS. 54 and 55 , with hot 2134 and cold 2136 bypass passageways interconnectingbypass ports inlets water bypass port 2138 and firsttubular line 2156 and between firsttubular line 2156 and bypassvalve inlet 2046, as well as those on the cold water side ofcontrol valve 2010, should be sealed to prevent leakage of water. - In the attached configuration of this embodiment,
bypass valve 2016 is affixed tovalve manifold 2118 by one or moreconnecting elements 2160 each having one ormore attachment mechanisms 2162, such as a screw, bolt, rivet or etc.Connecting elements 2160 can be an integral part ofbypass valve body 2044, as shown inFIG. 57 , or they can be separate elements used to attach one piece onto another piece, such as a U-shaped strap. In this manner,bypass valve 2016 is affixed towater control valve 2010 and accessible with it throughopening 2112 insupport wall 2110. As above, although thepreferred bypass valve 2016 is the thermostatically controlled bypass valve previously described,bypass valve 2016 can be the needle valve, electric solenoid or manually operated type of bypass valves. In addition,bypass valve 2016 can be sold integral withtubular lines control valve 2010 andbypass valve 2016 can be sold as a single integral unit to eliminate the necessary sealing elements between the various connections. In addition, as previously described,control valve 2010 can be sold with one or more cap elements (not shown) to sealports tubular lines - When installed,
bypass valve 2016 is sealably and rigidly connected to and supported byvalve manifold 2118 inshower system 2034 by use of connectingelement 2160 andattachment mechanisms 2162. When the water inhot water line 2026 is no longer at the desired temperature (i.e., the temperature lowers to be tepid or cool),bypass valve 2016 opens to bypass the non-hot water aroundwater control valve 2010 by diverting water flow fromhot water line 2026 athot water inlet 2120 through hotwater bypass passageway 2134, hotwater bypass port 2138 and firsttubular line 2156 intobypass valve inlet 2046 throughbypass valve 2016 to bypassvalve output 2048, secondtubular line 2158, coldwater bypass port 2140, coldwater bypass passageway 2136 and then tocold water line 2022 atcold water inlet 2126. In the preferred embodiment,pump 2032 provides the pressure inhot water line 2026 for the necessary bypassing. The bypassing of this cool or cold water inhot water line 2026 will continue until the temperature inhot water line 2026 is at the desired temperature. At that time,bypass valve 2016 will close and hot water (as desired) will be at thewater control valve 2010 ready for selection byflow control valve 2108 and distribution to showerhead assembly 2100 ortub faucet 2104. - Yet another embodiment of a
water control valve 2010 having an attachedbypass valve 2016 is shown inFIG. 58 . In this embodiment, a standardwater control valve 2010 is utilized with afirst bypass connector 2164 andsecond bypass connector 2166 that connect to bypassvalve 2016. As shown inFIG. 58 ,bypass connector 2164 is disposed betweenhot water line 2026 andhot water inlet 2120 andbypass connector 2166 is disposed betweencold water line 2022 andcold water inlet 2126.Bypass connectors inlet 2168 and controlvalve outlet 2170 to connect to controlvalve 2010.Bypass connector 2164 hasbypass outlet 2172 andbypass connector 2166 hasbypass inlet 2174, configured as shown inFIG. 58 , to connect to bypassvalve 2016. As with the previous embodiment, the connection betweenfirst bypass connector 2164 andhot water inlet 2120 and betweensecond bypass connector 2166 andcold water inlet 2126 can be by flexible or rigidtubular lines control valve 2010 andbypass valve 2016 should be by sealable connectors so as to prevent leakage at such connections. As discussed in more detail above,bypass connectors tubular lines bypass valve 2016 can be provided as a single, integral unit andbypass connectors bypass outlet 2172 whenbypass valve 2016 is not used or removed from service throughopening 2112 insupport wall 2110 for maintenance, repair or replacement. As also discussed above,water control valve 2010 can be provided withscreen 2149 to filter debris before it gets to bypassvalve 2016.Placing screen 2149 at or near the entrance to bypassoutlet 2172, as shown, will allowscreen 2149 to be self-cleaning by washing the face ofscreen 2149 when hot water is flowing throughwater control valve 2010. As with the embodiment shown inFIG. 57 ,bypass valve 2016 is affixed tovalve manifold 2118 so that it is supported fromvalve manifold 2118.FIG. 58 shows the use of a U-shaped strap as the connectingelement 2160 held in place againstvalve manifold 2118 by a pair ofattachment mechanisms 2162. With thewater control valve 2010 in the closed position, any cold or tepid water inhot water line 2026 will be diverted aroundwater control valve 2010 throughfirst bypass connector 2164 and firsttubular line 2156 to bypassvalve 2016 and then to secondtubular line 2158 andsecond bypass connector 2166 tocold water line 2022. As soon as the water being bypassed reaches the desired temperature,bypass valve 2016 will close so that hot water, at the desired temperature, will be atcontrol valve 2010 for use atshower head assembly 2100 ortub faucet 2104. - Shower/Tub Control Valve with Adjacent Bypass Valve
- In an exemplary embodiment, where
bypass valve 2016 is adjacent to (i.e., but not physically attached to or supported by)water control valve 2010, shown inFIGS. 59 and 60 ,bypass valve 2016 is directly supported by firsttubular line 2156 and secondtubular line 2158.FIG. 59 illustrates a configuration similar to that shown inFIG. 57 and discussed above except for there is no connectingelement 2160 orattachment mechanism 2162 to affixbypass valve 2016 tovalve manifold 2118. Likewise,FIG. 60 illustrates a configuration similar to that shown inFIG. 58 and discussed above except there is no connectingelement 2160 orattachment mechanism 2162 for affixingbypass valve 2016 tovalve manifold 2118. Depending on the flexibility of firsttubular line 2156 and secondtubular line 2158,bypass valve 2016 hangs freely from their connection toports water control valve 2010 or from first 2164 and second 2166 bypass connectors. The principal benefit of the adjacent configuration is that there is no need for connectingelement 2160 and any mechanism to attach it tovalve manifold 2118 and it may be easier to retrofit existingwater control valve 2010 installations by the necessary components. This is particularly true with regard to the embodiment shown inFIG. 60 that only requires the addition of first 2164 and second 2166 bypass connectors between an existingwater control valve 2010 and the existinghot water line 2026 andcold water line 2022. As discussed above, these embodiments can also include self-cleaning screen 2149. Instead of utilizingwater control valve 2016, the various embodiments set forth herein, including those discussed above, can utilizebypass valve assembly 2098 havingbypass valve 2016 disposed therein. - In the embodiment of
water control valve 2010 shown inFIG. 61 ,valve manifold 2118 is configured to have anexternal valve cartridge 2300 that is attached tovalve manifold 2118 atmanifold interface 2302. The primary difference between the embodiment shown inFIG. 61 and those previously described is thatvalve interface 2124 is configured in the form of a generally cylindrical cavity adaptable for receivingvalve cartridge 2123 therein. Instead of utilizingvalve cartridge 2123 of the previous embodiments, which interfaces with the cylindrical cartridge cavity (i.e., valve interface 2124) inside ofvalve manifold 2118, the embodiment ofFIG. 61 utilizesvalve cartridge 2300 that removably abutsflat interface 2302, which is configured to have ports for the flow of hot and cold water tovalve cartridge 2300 and the discharge of mixed water toshower line 2102 and/ortub line 2106. Generally,valve cartridge 2300 attaches tovalve interface 2302 by way of one or more attachment mechanisms, such as screws 2304. With regard to the use ofbypass valve 2016, the embodiment shown inFIG. 61 is similar in concept to that shown inFIG. 60 and described above. Typically,valve manifold 2118 of this configuration has hot water threadedend 2306 and cold water threadedend 2308 for connection to the supply of hot water and cold water, respectively. As with the previous embodiment, firsttubular line 2156 interconnects hotwater bypass port 2138 onhot water inlet 2120 to bypassvalve inlet 2046 onbypass valve 2016 and secondtubular line 2158 interconnects bypassvalve outlet 2048 to coldwater bypass port 2140 oncold water inlet 2126. As discussed above, appropriate sealing members need to be utilized to prevent leakage and self-cleaning screen 2149 can be used to prevent debris and other matter from enteringbypass valve 2016. Although the embodiment shown inFIG. 61 is similar to that ofFIG. 61 , it is known and understood that the various embodiments can also be adapted for use with thevalve manifold 2118 andcartridge 2300 combination ofFIG. 61 . - Service Control Valve
- In the embodiment wherein
bypass valve 2016 is included with the water control valve, shown aswater control valves FIGS. 61 through 64 ,bypass valve 2016 is integrated with or appended to a pair of individualwater control valves 2012, also known as angle stops, or incorporated with a combinationwater control valve 2014. These types of valves are commonly referred to as service valves or non-working valves because they are not operated so as to be frequently moved from the opened to closed positions. Service valves are primarily utilized to connect to washing machines, sinks or faucets on sinks, dishwashing machines and the like apparatuses. Normally, service valves are left in the open position, only being closed to repair or replace the apparatus. In the open position, water is allowed to flow freely to the apparatus, with the apparatus itself having a control valve such as an electrically controlled solenoid valve incorporated therein to control the amount of cold or hot water allowed into the apparatus. Unfortunately, no provision is generally made for the fact that hot water may not actually be at the service valve, due to the cooling effect discussed above, when the apparatus's control valve opens to allow in “hot” water to the apparatus. As such, undesirably cold or tepid water may be utilized in the apparatus to clean clothes or dishes or perform other operations best done in hot water. - As shown in
FIGS. 62 and 63 , in usewater control valve 2012 comprises a pair of independent water control valves,hot water valve 2012 a andcold water 2012 b to supply hot or cold water to the apparatus 2176 (shown as a washing machine inFIG. 62 illustrating asystem 2178 utilizing water control valve 2012). Generally, other than the water that flows through them,water control valves water control valve 2012, is meant to refer to bothhot water valve 2012 a andcold water valve 2012 b.Water control valve 2012 hasvalve manifold 2180 enclosing the inner workings (not shown) ofwater control valve 2012 that are operated by an operating mechanism, such ashandle 2182, to open orclose valve 2012 to independently allow water, hot or cold depending on whichwater valve apparatus 2176 throughhot water hose 2184 orcold water hose 2186, respectively. Generally,water control valve 2012 has aninlet 2188 with a connection suitable to connect to an end of eitherhot water line 2026 orcold water line 2022, depending on whichvalve wall 2190 andpast cover plate 2192.Water control valve 2012 also has afirst valve outlet 2194, generally configured with a male connection suitable for connecting tofemale coupling 2196 on the end ofhose - Each of
water control valves second outlet 2198 and cold watersecond outlet 200, respectively, to connect to bypassvalve 2016 for bypassing cold or tepid water aroundvalves water control valve 2012 a ready for use byapparatus 2176. Although thepreferred bypass valve 2016 is a thermostatically controlled bypass valve, as described above,bypass valve 2016 can be the needle, electric solenoid, manually operated or other type of bypass valve. As also discussed above,screen 2149 can be utilized to screen debris before it gets to bypassvalve 2016 and be positioned at or near the entrance to hot watersecond outlet 2198 to be self-cleaning when hot water is not flowing toapparatus 2176. Depending on the distance betweenwater valves tubular extension members 2202 will be necessary to connect hot watersecond outlet 2198 to bypassvalve inlet 2046 and/or to connectbypass outlet 2048 to cold watersecond outlet 2200. Alternatively,bypass valve 2016 can havevalve inlet 2046 andvalve outlet 2048 which extend to interconnectwater control valves extension members 2202, although this could limit flexibility with regard to the distance betweenvalves more extension members 2202, such as the two shown inFIG. 63 , provide increased flexibility with regard to the spacing ofvalves water control valves bypass valve 2016, thereby completely eliminating the need for separatetubular extension members 2202 and any connections tosecond valve outlets bypass valve 2016 is sealably and rigidly connected and supported adjacent towater control valves system 2178. When the water inhot water line 2026 is no longer at the desired temperature (i.e., the temperature lowers to be tepid or cool),bypass valve 2016 opens to bypass the non-hot water aroundwater control valves 2012 a by diverting water flow fromhot water line 2026 at hot watersecond outlet 2198 throughextension member 2202, if used, intobypass valve inlet 2046 then throughbypass valve 2016 to bypassvalve output 2048 and then tocold water line 2022 at cold watersecond outlet 2200. In the preferred embodiment,pump 2032 provides the pressure inhot water line 2026 for the necessary bypassing. The bypassing of this cool or cold water inhot water line 2026 will continue until the temperature inhot water line 2026 is at the desired temperature. At that time,bypass valve 2016 will close and hot water (as desired) will be at thewater control valve 2012 b ready for selection by the flow control valve at orinside apparatus 2176. - As an alternative,
system 2178 can be modified to utilize a pair ofsaddle valves 2204, such self tapping variety, to establish a connection betweenwater control valves valve 2016, as shown inFIG. 64 . Saddlevalves 204 can be located in front ofwall 2190, as shown, for ease of access for repair, maintenance or replacement ofbypass valve 2016 or they can be located behindwall 2190. Alternatively, not shown,saddle valves 2204 can attach to and interconnecthot water hose 2184 andcold water hose 2186 to bypass cold or tepid water throughbypass valve 2016. In yet another configuration, shown inFIG. 65 ,system 2178 can utilize afirst bypass connector 2206 connected towater control valve 2012 a andsecond bypass connector 2208 connected towater control valve 2012 b that connect to bypassvalve 2016. As shown,bypass connector 2206 is disposed betweenoutlet 2194 onvalve 2012 a andhose coupling 2196 onhot water hose 2184, andbypass connector 2208 is disposed betweenoutlet 2194 onvalve 2012 b andhose coupling 2196 oncold water hose 2186 to bypass cold or tepid water fromhot water line 2026 tocold water line 2022.Bypass connectors inlet 2210 andhose outlet 2212 to connect to controlvalves hoses Bypass connector 2206 hasbypass outlet 2214 andbypass connector 2208 hasbypass inlet 2215, configured as shown inFIG. 65 , to connect to bypassvalve 2016. The connection betweenfirst bypass connector 2206 and bypassvalve inlet 2046 onbypass valve 2016 and betweensecond bypass connector 2208 andbypass valve outlet 2048 can be by flexible or rigidtubular lines control valves bypass valve 2016 should be by sealable connectors so as to prevent leakage at such connections. As discussed in more detail above,bypass connectors tubular lines bypass valve 2016 can be provided as a single, integral unit andbypass connectors bypass outlets 2214 whenbypass valve 2016 is not used or removed from service for maintenance, repair or replacement. - Another embodiment of a
water control valve 2014 with an includedbypass valve 2016 is shown inFIG. 66 . In this embodiment, the hot and cold water service valves are joined together in a single unit having avalve manifold 2219 with ahot water component 2220 having ahot water inlet 2222 andhot water outlet 2224 and acold water component 2226 having acold water inlet 2228 andcold water outlet 2230.Hot water component 2220 andcold water component 2226 ofwater control valve 2014 are joined by atubular section 2232 enclosing the inner workings (not shown) ofcontrol valve 2014 that are operated by an operating mechanism, such as lever 2234 (could be a handle, dial, switch or other like mechanisms). Whenlever 2234 is moved to the “on” position, the inner workings ofvalve 2014, which can be of the ball valve type, operate to open the connection betweenhot water inlet 2222 andhot water outlet 2224 to allow hot water to flow throughhot water chamber 2236 toapparatus 2176 through a hose or other tubular member (such ashose 2184 with afemale coupling 2196 thereon) connected tohot water outlet 2224. Concurrently therewith, the connection betweencold water inlet 2228 andcold water outlet 2230 opens to allow cold water to flow throughcold water chamber 2238 toapparatus 2176 through a hose or other tubular member connected tocold water outlet 2230. Whenlever 2234 is moved to the “off” position,valve 2014 closes to prevent hot and cold water from flowing toapparatus 2176. Forwater control valve 2014 adaptable for use to bypass cold or tepid water,bypass valve 2016 is incorporated withintubular section 2232 such thattubular line 2216 interconnectshot water chamber 2236 withbypass valve inlet 2046 andtubular line 2218 interconnects bypassvalve outlet 2048 withcold water chamber 2238.Screen 2149 can be placed at or near the entrance totubular section 2232 to filter debris from the bypassed water and be self-cleaning when water is not being bypassed. As above, thepreferred bypass valve 2016 is a thermostatically controlled bypass valve, such as the thermostatically controlled bypass valve described above,bypass valve 2016 can be the needle, electric solenoid or manually operated type of bypass valve. Withbypass valve 2016 installed andwater control valve 2014 in the “on” or open position, any cold or tepid water inhot water line 2026 athot water component 2220 will be bypassed throughtubular section 2232 tocold water component 2226 and tocold water line 2022 so as to maintain hot water available athot water component 2220. - With regard to the use of a thermostatically controlled
bypass valve 2016 having the components shown inFIGS. 49 through 51 and described in the accompanying text, the operation of thebypass valve 2016 is summarized on the chart shown asFIG. 22 . The chart ofFIG. 22 summarizes the results of the twenty combinations of conditions (pump on/pump off; hot water line hot/hot water line cooled off; hot water valve fully open, closed or between; cold water valve fully open, closed or between) that are applicable to the operation ofbypass valve 2016. The operating modes IVB, IVC, IVD, IIIB, & IIID are summarized detailed in the immediately following text. The operation of the remaining fifteen modes are relatively more obvious, and may be understood from the abbreviated indications in the outline summarizingFIG. 22 . Starting with the set “off” hours (normal sleeping time, and daytime when no one is usually at home) pump 2032 will not be powered. Everything will be just as if there were nopump 2032 and nobypass valve 2016 in use withwater control valves hot water line 2026 and atbypass valve 2016 will have cooled off during the long interim since the last use of hot water. The reduced water temperature atbypass valve 2016 results in “retraction” ofrod member 2076 of the thermallysensitive actuating element 2054. The force ofbias spring 2056 pushing againstflange 2082 onrod member 2076 will push it back away fromvalve seat 2068, openingbypass valve 2016 for recirculation. Although thethermal actuating element 2054 is open, withpump 2032 not running, no circulation flow results, as the hot 2026 and cold 2022 water lines are at the same pressure. This is the mode indicated as IVB in the outline onFIG. 22 . If the cold water valve atwater control valve thermal actuating element 2054 open as in mode IVB above, pressure incold water line 2022 to the cold water side ofwater control valve hot water line 2026. This differential pressure will siphon tepid water away from the hot side to the cold side, which is the mode indicated as IVD in the outline onFIG. 22 . The recirculation of the “hot” water will end when the tepid water is exhausted from thehot water line 2026 and the rising temperature of the incoming “hot” water causesactuating element 2054 to close. - If the hot water side of
water control valve actuating element 2054 open as in mode IVB above, pressure inhot water line 2026 will drop below the pressure incold water line 2022. This differential pressure, higher on the cold side, will loadcheck valve 2064 in the “closed” direction allowing no cross flow. This is mode IVC in the outline onFIG. 22 . In this mode, withhot water line 2026 cooled andpump 2032 off, a good deal of cooled-off water will have to be run just as ifbypass valve 2016 were not installed), to get hot water, at whichtime actuating element 2054 will close without effect, and without notice by the user. Withactuating element 2054 open andhot water line 2026 cooled-off as in mode IVB above, at the preset time of day (or when the cyclic timer trips the next “on” cycle) pump 2032 turns on, pressurizing the water inhot water line 2026. Pump pressure on the hot side ofwater control valves open actuating element 2054, thereby pressurizing and deflectingcheck valve 2064 poppet away from its seat to an open position. Cooled-off water at the boosted pressure will thus circulate from thehot line 2026 throughactuating element 2054 andcheck valve 2064 to the lower pressurecold water line 2022 and back towater heater 2024. This is the primary “working mode” of thebypass valve 2016 and is the mode indicated as IIIb in the outline onFIG. 22 . If the cold water valve is turned on during the conditions indicated in mode IIIB above (i.e.,pump 2032 operating,hot water line 2026 cooled off, and the hot water valve atwater control valve cold water line 2022 due to cold water flow creates a pressure differential acrossvalve 2016 in addition to the differential created bypump 2032. This allows tepid water to more rapidly bypass tocold water line 2022. When the tepid water is exhausted fromhot water line 2026, actuatingelement 2054 will close, ending recirculation. - While there is shown and described herein certain specific alternative forms of the invention, it will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art that the invention is not so limited, but is susceptible to various modifications and rearrangements in design and materials without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. In particular, it should be noted that the present invention is subject to modification with regard to the dimensional relationships set forth herein and modifications in assembly, materials, size, shape, and use.
Claims (25)
1. A water control valve assembly, comprising:
a valve manifold having a mixing chamber for mixing water from a supply of hot water and a supply of cold water, and the valve manifold having a water control element controlling the flow of water from the mixing chamber to a discharge port of the valve manifold; and
a thermostatically controlled bypass valve in fluid communication with the valve manifold, the bypass valve configured to bypass water from the supply of hot water to the supply of cold water.
2. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 1 , wherein the thermostatically controlled bypass valve includes a thermally sensitive actuating element.
3. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 1 , wherein the thermostatically controlled bypass valve includes a bypass valve housing being formed integral with the valve manifold.
4. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 1 , wherein the thermostatically controlled bypass valve includes a bypass valve housing being attached to the valve manifold.
5. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 1 , wherein the thermostatically controlled bypass valve includes a bypass valve housing being positioned adjacent to the valve manifold.
6. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 1 , wherein the thermostatically controlled bypass valve includes a bypass valve housing having a hot water port and a cold water port, the hot water port being in fluid communication with the supply of hot water and the cold water port being in fluid communication with the supply of cold water.
7. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 1 , wherein the valve manifold includes a hot water inlet and a cold water inlet both in fluid communication with the mixing chamber.
8. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 1 , wherein the valve manifold includes a hot water inlet and a cold water inlet, the bypass valve includes a bypass valve housing having a hot water port and a cold water port, the hot water port being in fluid communication with the water channeled through the hot water inlet and the cold water port being in fluid communication with the water channeled through the cold water inlet.
9. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 1 , further comprising:
a hot water bypass passage fluidly connecting the supply of hot water and the bypass valve; and
a cold water bypass passage fluidly connecting the supply of cold water and the bypass valve.
10. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 1 , wherein the water control element controls an amount of water channeled to the mixing chamber from at least one of the supply of hot water and the supply of cold water.
11. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 1 , wherein the water control element is a valve cartridge.
12. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 1 , further comprising multiple water control elements for controlling the flow of water to multiple discharge ports.
13. A water control valve assembly, comprising:
a valve manifold configured to be located proximate a fixture, the valve manifold having a water control element controlling a flow of water to a discharge port of the valve manifold, the discharge port configured to be in fluid communication with the fixture; and
a thermostatically controlled bypass valve in fluid communication with the valve manifold, the bypass valve configured to bypass water from a supply of hot water to a supply of cold water.
14. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 13 , wherein the water control element controls at least one of an amount of water flowing to the discharge port, a temperature of the water flowing to the discharge port, and an amount of mixing of water from both the supply of hot water and the supply of cold water.
15. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 13 , wherein the valve manifold is configured to be disposed at least partially behind and accessible through an opening in a wall associated with the fixture.
16. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 13 , wherein the water control element is removably coupled to the valve manifold, the valve manifold includes a service port configured to expose the water control element for at least one of repairing, removing and replacing the water control element.
17. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 13 , wherein the thermostatically controlled bypass valve includes a bypass valve housing being one of formed integral with the valve manifold, attached to the valve manifold, and positioned adjacent to the valve manifold.
18. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 13 , wherein the valve manifold includes a hot water inlet and a cold water inlet both in fluid communication with the discharge port.
19. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 13 , further comprising:
a hot water bypass passage fluidly connecting the supply of hot water and the bypass valve; and
a cold water bypass passage fluidly connecting the supply of cold water and the bypass valve.
20. A water control valve assembly, comprising:
a valve manifold having a hot water inlet and a discharge port, the hot water inlet configured for connection to a supply of hot water and the discharge port configured to be in fluid communication with a fixture, the valve manifold further having a water control element for controlling the flow of water through the discharge port; and
a thermostatically controlled bypass valve in fluid communication with the valve manifold, the bypass valve configured to bypass water from the supply of hot water to a supply of cold water.
21. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 20 , wherein the water control element is one of a service valve and a valve cartridge.
22. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 20 , wherein the valve manifold further includes a cold water inlet configured for connection to the supply of cold water.
23. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 20 , wherein the valve manifold further includes a cold water inlet, wherein the cold water inlet, the hot water inlet and the discharge port are integrally formed with one another as part of a one-piece body.
24. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 20 , wherein the thermostatically controlled bypass valve includes a bypass valve housing being one of formed integral with the valve manifold, attached to the valve manifold, and positioned adjacent to the valve manifold.
25. A water control valve assembly in accordance with claim 20 , further comprising a hot water bypass passage fluidly connecting the supply of hot water and the bypass valve.
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/702,743 US20070131783A1 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2007-02-05 | Water control valve assembly |
US12/426,635 US8522814B2 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2009-04-20 | Water control valve assembly |
US13/944,640 US20140034166A1 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2013-07-17 | Water control valve assembly |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US09/697,520 US6536464B1 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2000-10-25 | Thermostatically controlled bypass valve and water circulating system for same |
US10/006,970 US6929187B2 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2001-12-04 | Water control fixture having thermostatically controlled bypass valve |
US10/394,795 US7073528B2 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2003-03-21 | Water pump and thermostatically controlled bypass valve |
US46585403P | 2003-04-28 | 2003-04-28 | |
US10/832,492 US7198059B2 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2004-04-27 | Apparatus and system for retrofitting water control valves |
US11/702,743 US20070131783A1 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2007-02-05 | Water control valve assembly |
Related Parent Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/394,795 Continuation-In-Part US7073528B2 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2003-03-21 | Water pump and thermostatically controlled bypass valve |
US10/832,492 Continuation US7198059B2 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2004-04-27 | Apparatus and system for retrofitting water control valves |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/426,635 Continuation US8522814B2 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2009-04-20 | Water control valve assembly |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20070131783A1 true US20070131783A1 (en) | 2007-06-14 |
Family
ID=46301244
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/832,492 Expired - Fee Related US7198059B2 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2004-04-27 | Apparatus and system for retrofitting water control valves |
US11/702,744 Expired - Fee Related US7475703B2 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2007-02-05 | Thermostatically controlled bypass valve |
US11/702,743 Abandoned US20070131783A1 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2007-02-05 | Water control valve assembly |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/832,492 Expired - Fee Related US7198059B2 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2004-04-27 | Apparatus and system for retrofitting water control valves |
US11/702,744 Expired - Fee Related US7475703B2 (en) | 2000-10-25 | 2007-02-05 | Thermostatically controlled bypass valve |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US7198059B2 (en) |
Cited By (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7392955B1 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2008-07-01 | Karsten Laing | System and method for temperature control of hot-water supply system |
WO2010141523A2 (en) * | 2009-06-01 | 2010-12-09 | Matt Osmun | Apparatus for identifying a pipe at a remote location |
US20100326646A1 (en) * | 2008-06-27 | 2010-12-30 | Yong-Bum Kim | Method for controlling a hot water temperature using low flux in hot water supply system |
US20110024513A1 (en) * | 2009-07-30 | 2011-02-03 | Matthew Davidson | Diverter valve and heating system |
US20110284646A1 (en) * | 2009-01-17 | 2011-11-24 | Furlong Innovations Ltd. | Thermostatic energy/water/time/carbon saving device for instant water heating devices |
US9772632B1 (en) * | 2013-11-25 | 2017-09-26 | Richard Michael Ihns | Bypass valve |
WO2018162540A1 (en) * | 2017-03-10 | 2018-09-13 | Ideal Standard International Nv | Single hol e basin fitting with a thermostatic mixing cartridge and a manifold |
US11473486B2 (en) * | 2020-06-08 | 2022-10-18 | Delta Electronics, Inc. | Fluid connector assembly, liquid cooling system and fluid circulation system |
US11485647B2 (en) * | 2019-05-23 | 2022-11-01 | Bsh Home Appliances Corporation | Changeable water filter in combination with a mixing valve for pretreatment of water in a home appliance and method of pretreating water |
US11697929B2 (en) | 2019-01-18 | 2023-07-11 | Geberit International Ag | Anti-scald device for fluid supply system having hot water disinfection |
Families Citing this family (39)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8438672B2 (en) * | 2005-11-11 | 2013-05-14 | Masco Corporation Of Indiana | Integrated electronic shower system |
US9310098B2 (en) | 2006-01-27 | 2016-04-12 | Emerson Electric Co. | Water heater control using external temperature sensor |
US8983283B2 (en) * | 2006-01-27 | 2015-03-17 | Emerson Electric Co. | Method and apparatus for operating an electric water heater using adjustable temperature setpoints |
US9188363B2 (en) | 2006-01-27 | 2015-11-17 | Emerson Electric Co. | Smart energy controlled water heater |
US7740182B2 (en) * | 2006-11-08 | 2010-06-22 | Grundfos Pumps Corporation | Method and system for controlled release of hot water from a fixture |
US7971601B2 (en) | 2007-07-02 | 2011-07-05 | Grundfos Pumps Corporation | Water circulation system valve assemblies having water temperature control |
EP2165050A4 (en) * | 2007-07-17 | 2011-03-30 | Jiffy Tite Co Inc | Cooler bypass apparatus |
US20090236000A1 (en) * | 2008-03-19 | 2009-09-24 | Miller Michael A | Diverter valve with handle |
CN100545493C (en) * | 2008-03-31 | 2009-09-30 | 艾欧史密斯(中国)热水器有限公司 | Temperature adjustment mixes water valve |
US20090288715A1 (en) * | 2008-05-20 | 2009-11-26 | Granger Sr Gregory Michael | Hot water recirculator using piping venturi |
US9382695B2 (en) | 2008-09-25 | 2016-07-05 | Zeonda Ab | Water circulation system for preventing the growth of micro-organisms |
FR2942524B1 (en) * | 2009-02-26 | 2011-04-15 | Watts Ind France | THERMOSTATIC MIXER VALVE |
EP2226538B1 (en) * | 2009-03-04 | 2017-01-04 | Jiffy-Tite CO., INC. | Check valve with modulation and/or anti-oscillation feature |
DE102009001429A1 (en) * | 2009-03-10 | 2010-09-16 | BSH Bosch und Siemens Hausgeräte GmbH | dishwasher |
US9051720B1 (en) | 2009-04-01 | 2015-06-09 | Danco, Inc. | Universal trim kit |
CN201537035U (en) * | 2009-04-29 | 2010-08-04 | 伟美(厦门)淋浴设备有限公司 | Shower rod group |
US8770154B2 (en) * | 2009-09-03 | 2014-07-08 | Champion Industries, Inc. | Heat exchanger water heating system for commercial dishwasher |
US8978992B2 (en) * | 2009-09-14 | 2015-03-17 | Jiffy-Tite Company, Inc. | Cooler bypass apparatus and installation kit |
US8480003B2 (en) * | 2010-02-03 | 2013-07-09 | Deluxe Brassware Co., Ltd. | Separated-flow temperature control faucet |
US9027844B2 (en) * | 2010-03-05 | 2015-05-12 | Xylem Ip Holdings Llc | Water delivery system and valve for a sink |
CN102906659B (en) * | 2010-05-21 | 2015-03-18 | 印地安纳马斯科公司 | Electronic shower user interface |
US9513641B1 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2016-12-06 | Spencer Kim Haws | Hot water recovery |
US9176507B2 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2015-11-03 | Spencer Kim Haws | Hot water recovery |
WO2012054610A2 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2012-04-26 | Haws Spencer K | Hot water recovery |
ITMI20112121A1 (en) * | 2011-11-22 | 2013-05-23 | Getters Spa | SYSTEM FOR THE PRODUCTION OF HOT WATER AND AUTOMATIC DRINK OF DRINKS THAT USES IT |
US9068325B2 (en) | 2012-03-21 | 2015-06-30 | Speakman Company | Adapter for attachment to water supply pipes and exterior conduits |
US8934763B2 (en) | 2012-04-20 | 2015-01-13 | Xylem Ip Holdings Llc | Water delivery system and method for making hot water available in a domestic hot water installation |
US9353955B1 (en) | 2012-06-08 | 2016-05-31 | Spencer Kim Haws | Hot water recovery apparatus |
CN103775681B (en) * | 2013-04-27 | 2015-05-20 | 广州海鸥卫浴用品股份有限公司 | Jet shower device |
US10295197B2 (en) | 2014-06-30 | 2019-05-21 | Spencer Kim Haws | Hot water energy conservation |
PL227416B1 (en) * | 2015-12-14 | 2017-11-30 | Zbigniew Tadeusz Czarko | Service pipe of the hot service water draw-off point |
WO2017111733A1 (en) * | 2015-12-26 | 2017-06-29 | Eczacibaşi Yapi Gerecleri Sanayi Ve Ticaret A.S. | A fixture preventing the flow of water until it reaches the desired temperature, a system comprising said fixture and the method of operation for said system |
KR101772956B1 (en) * | 2016-01-25 | 2017-08-30 | 주식회사 경동나비엔 | Hot water supply system having pre-heating function and the control method thereof |
GR20160100161A (en) * | 2016-04-04 | 2017-11-30 | Νικολαος Γεωργιος Ζαφειρακης | System for fast hot water supply |
KR101950937B1 (en) * | 2016-07-29 | 2019-02-22 | 주식회사 경동나비엔 | Hot water recirculation valve using direct water supply pipe |
US9863647B1 (en) | 2016-08-12 | 2018-01-09 | AquaMotion, Inc. | Bypass valve |
CN107881710B (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2023-11-03 | 杭州神林电子有限公司 | Flow path switcher and liquid detergent dispensing device |
CN109695703B (en) * | 2017-10-23 | 2021-02-02 | 浙江三花汽车零部件有限公司 | Heat exchange device |
US11781297B1 (en) | 2022-11-04 | 2023-10-10 | Multipure International | Multi-line faucet with undercounter valve assembly |
Citations (39)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2507954A (en) * | 1946-08-16 | 1950-05-16 | Sloan Valve Co | Thermostatic mixing valve |
US2716424A (en) * | 1951-12-26 | 1955-08-30 | Watts Mfg Company | Hot and cold water mixing valves |
US2823695A (en) * | 1955-03-02 | 1958-02-18 | Victor F Scholz | Hot water system and controls therefor |
US2842155A (en) * | 1956-06-14 | 1958-07-08 | Ernst A Peters | Thermostatically controlled water bypass valve |
US3232336A (en) * | 1963-10-18 | 1966-02-01 | Leslie Co | Blending hot water heater |
US3543836A (en) * | 1969-10-30 | 1970-12-01 | Rudolph M Paulson | Recirculation unit |
US3741195A (en) * | 1971-10-13 | 1973-06-26 | San Saba Dev Ass | Thermostatically controlled water supply system |
US3989058A (en) * | 1975-07-16 | 1976-11-02 | Robertshaw Controls Company | Modular valve |
US4068800A (en) * | 1975-07-30 | 1978-01-17 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Thermally responsive valve assembly |
US4142515A (en) * | 1977-08-22 | 1979-03-06 | Skaats Loren E | Timed water recirculation system |
US4311272A (en) * | 1979-08-08 | 1982-01-19 | Gestra-Ksb Vertriebsgesellschaft Mbh & Co. Kg | Bimetallic controlled steam trap |
US4321943A (en) * | 1980-02-25 | 1982-03-30 | Haws Spencer K | Automatic hot water recovery system |
US4331292A (en) * | 1980-08-29 | 1982-05-25 | Zimmer Eric H | Instant hot water supply system |
US4606325A (en) * | 1984-11-08 | 1986-08-19 | Lujan Jr Albert G | Multi-controlled water conservation system for hot water lines with low pressure utilization disable |
US4896658A (en) * | 1988-06-03 | 1990-01-30 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Hot water supply system |
US4917294A (en) * | 1987-10-08 | 1990-04-17 | American Standard, Inc. | Shut-off valve for scald prevention |
US4930551A (en) * | 1988-01-29 | 1990-06-05 | Alternative Energy Resources, Inc. | Automatic hot water recovery apparatus |
US5119988A (en) * | 1990-06-28 | 1992-06-09 | Joachim Fiedrich | Hydronic heating water temperature control system |
US5135021A (en) * | 1991-08-26 | 1992-08-04 | Pegg John L | Plumbing appliance |
US5183029A (en) * | 1992-04-14 | 1993-02-02 | Ranger Gary C | Hot water supply system |
US5205318A (en) * | 1992-07-21 | 1993-04-27 | Sjoberg Industries, Inc. | Recirculation hot water system |
US5209401A (en) * | 1991-12-13 | 1993-05-11 | Joachim Fiedrich | Hydronic heating water temperature control valve |
US5261443A (en) * | 1993-01-04 | 1993-11-16 | Walsh Paul F | Watersaving recirculating system |
US5263643A (en) * | 1992-12-24 | 1993-11-23 | Therm-O-Disc, Incorporated | Thermally responsive relief valve |
US5287570A (en) * | 1992-02-26 | 1994-02-22 | Peterson Donald A | Control system for water faucets |
US5323803A (en) * | 1993-11-24 | 1994-06-28 | Blumenauer Wesley C | Instant hot water device |
US5503183A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1996-04-02 | Frontier, Inc. | Hot-water thermoregulating valve |
US5572985A (en) * | 1995-12-12 | 1996-11-12 | Benham; Roger A. | Recirculating system with by-pass valve |
US5606987A (en) * | 1995-03-30 | 1997-03-04 | Cognidea Patent Trust | Energy conserving hot water faucet dribble bypass method and apparatus |
US5623990A (en) * | 1995-11-03 | 1997-04-29 | Texan Corporation | Temperature-controlled water delivery system |
US5791557A (en) * | 1996-11-12 | 1998-08-11 | Behr Thermot-Tronik Gmbh & Co. | Thermostatic valve |
US5819785A (en) * | 1997-04-22 | 1998-10-13 | Bardini; Armando John | Instantaneous hot water control device |
US5829467A (en) * | 1995-12-19 | 1998-11-03 | Spicher; Vincent M. | Residential hot water circulation system and associated method |
US5873518A (en) * | 1997-03-17 | 1999-02-23 | Emerson Electric Co. | Water valve assembly having a temperature and pressure sensing device integrated therein |
US6129109A (en) * | 1999-11-18 | 2000-10-10 | Ips Corporation | Washer box |
US6286464B1 (en) * | 2000-06-09 | 2001-09-11 | Robertshaw Controls Company | Water heating system |
US6772958B1 (en) * | 2003-04-28 | 2004-08-10 | Rostra Precision Controls, Inc. | Thermal flow control valve |
US6929187B2 (en) * | 2000-10-25 | 2005-08-16 | Grundfos Pumps Manufacturing Corporation | Water control fixture having thermostatically controlled bypass valve |
US7104461B2 (en) * | 2003-02-27 | 2006-09-12 | Restivo & Holland, Llc | Pipe temperature control valve |
Family Cites Families (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2842836A (en) * | 1954-12-23 | 1958-07-15 | Johannes N Hiensch | Moldable body, shaped metal article and method of making the same |
US2833695A (en) * | 1955-06-24 | 1958-05-06 | Corn Prod Refining Co | Production of dextran-dextrinase |
DE29718257U1 (en) | 1997-03-22 | 1998-07-23 | Miller Bernhard | Regulator |
AU7209298A (en) | 1997-03-22 | 1998-10-20 | Bernhard Miller | Regulator |
DE19712051A1 (en) | 1997-03-22 | 1998-09-24 | Miller Bernhard | Regulator for hot water supply |
-
2004
- 2004-04-27 US US10/832,492 patent/US7198059B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2007
- 2007-02-05 US US11/702,744 patent/US7475703B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2007-02-05 US US11/702,743 patent/US20070131783A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (39)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2507954A (en) * | 1946-08-16 | 1950-05-16 | Sloan Valve Co | Thermostatic mixing valve |
US2716424A (en) * | 1951-12-26 | 1955-08-30 | Watts Mfg Company | Hot and cold water mixing valves |
US2823695A (en) * | 1955-03-02 | 1958-02-18 | Victor F Scholz | Hot water system and controls therefor |
US2842155A (en) * | 1956-06-14 | 1958-07-08 | Ernst A Peters | Thermostatically controlled water bypass valve |
US3232336A (en) * | 1963-10-18 | 1966-02-01 | Leslie Co | Blending hot water heater |
US3543836A (en) * | 1969-10-30 | 1970-12-01 | Rudolph M Paulson | Recirculation unit |
US3741195A (en) * | 1971-10-13 | 1973-06-26 | San Saba Dev Ass | Thermostatically controlled water supply system |
US3989058A (en) * | 1975-07-16 | 1976-11-02 | Robertshaw Controls Company | Modular valve |
US4068800A (en) * | 1975-07-30 | 1978-01-17 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Thermally responsive valve assembly |
US4142515A (en) * | 1977-08-22 | 1979-03-06 | Skaats Loren E | Timed water recirculation system |
US4311272A (en) * | 1979-08-08 | 1982-01-19 | Gestra-Ksb Vertriebsgesellschaft Mbh & Co. Kg | Bimetallic controlled steam trap |
US4321943A (en) * | 1980-02-25 | 1982-03-30 | Haws Spencer K | Automatic hot water recovery system |
US4331292A (en) * | 1980-08-29 | 1982-05-25 | Zimmer Eric H | Instant hot water supply system |
US4606325A (en) * | 1984-11-08 | 1986-08-19 | Lujan Jr Albert G | Multi-controlled water conservation system for hot water lines with low pressure utilization disable |
US4917294A (en) * | 1987-10-08 | 1990-04-17 | American Standard, Inc. | Shut-off valve for scald prevention |
US4930551A (en) * | 1988-01-29 | 1990-06-05 | Alternative Energy Resources, Inc. | Automatic hot water recovery apparatus |
US4896658A (en) * | 1988-06-03 | 1990-01-30 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Hot water supply system |
US5119988A (en) * | 1990-06-28 | 1992-06-09 | Joachim Fiedrich | Hydronic heating water temperature control system |
US5135021A (en) * | 1991-08-26 | 1992-08-04 | Pegg John L | Plumbing appliance |
US5209401A (en) * | 1991-12-13 | 1993-05-11 | Joachim Fiedrich | Hydronic heating water temperature control valve |
US5287570A (en) * | 1992-02-26 | 1994-02-22 | Peterson Donald A | Control system for water faucets |
US5183029A (en) * | 1992-04-14 | 1993-02-02 | Ranger Gary C | Hot water supply system |
US5205318A (en) * | 1992-07-21 | 1993-04-27 | Sjoberg Industries, Inc. | Recirculation hot water system |
US5263643A (en) * | 1992-12-24 | 1993-11-23 | Therm-O-Disc, Incorporated | Thermally responsive relief valve |
US5261443A (en) * | 1993-01-04 | 1993-11-16 | Walsh Paul F | Watersaving recirculating system |
US5323803A (en) * | 1993-11-24 | 1994-06-28 | Blumenauer Wesley C | Instant hot water device |
US5606987A (en) * | 1995-03-30 | 1997-03-04 | Cognidea Patent Trust | Energy conserving hot water faucet dribble bypass method and apparatus |
US5503183A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1996-04-02 | Frontier, Inc. | Hot-water thermoregulating valve |
US5623990A (en) * | 1995-11-03 | 1997-04-29 | Texan Corporation | Temperature-controlled water delivery system |
US5572985A (en) * | 1995-12-12 | 1996-11-12 | Benham; Roger A. | Recirculating system with by-pass valve |
US5829467A (en) * | 1995-12-19 | 1998-11-03 | Spicher; Vincent M. | Residential hot water circulation system and associated method |
US5791557A (en) * | 1996-11-12 | 1998-08-11 | Behr Thermot-Tronik Gmbh & Co. | Thermostatic valve |
US5873518A (en) * | 1997-03-17 | 1999-02-23 | Emerson Electric Co. | Water valve assembly having a temperature and pressure sensing device integrated therein |
US5819785A (en) * | 1997-04-22 | 1998-10-13 | Bardini; Armando John | Instantaneous hot water control device |
US6129109A (en) * | 1999-11-18 | 2000-10-10 | Ips Corporation | Washer box |
US6286464B1 (en) * | 2000-06-09 | 2001-09-11 | Robertshaw Controls Company | Water heating system |
US6929187B2 (en) * | 2000-10-25 | 2005-08-16 | Grundfos Pumps Manufacturing Corporation | Water control fixture having thermostatically controlled bypass valve |
US7104461B2 (en) * | 2003-02-27 | 2006-09-12 | Restivo & Holland, Llc | Pipe temperature control valve |
US6772958B1 (en) * | 2003-04-28 | 2004-08-10 | Rostra Precision Controls, Inc. | Thermal flow control valve |
Cited By (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7392955B1 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2008-07-01 | Karsten Laing | System and method for temperature control of hot-water supply system |
US20100326646A1 (en) * | 2008-06-27 | 2010-12-30 | Yong-Bum Kim | Method for controlling a hot water temperature using low flux in hot water supply system |
US20110284646A1 (en) * | 2009-01-17 | 2011-11-24 | Furlong Innovations Ltd. | Thermostatic energy/water/time/carbon saving device for instant water heating devices |
WO2010141523A2 (en) * | 2009-06-01 | 2010-12-09 | Matt Osmun | Apparatus for identifying a pipe at a remote location |
WO2010141523A3 (en) * | 2009-06-01 | 2011-03-03 | Matt Osmun | Apparatus for identifying a pipe at a remote location |
US20110024513A1 (en) * | 2009-07-30 | 2011-02-03 | Matthew Davidson | Diverter valve and heating system |
US9772632B1 (en) * | 2013-11-25 | 2017-09-26 | Richard Michael Ihns | Bypass valve |
WO2018162540A1 (en) * | 2017-03-10 | 2018-09-13 | Ideal Standard International Nv | Single hol e basin fitting with a thermostatic mixing cartridge and a manifold |
US11697929B2 (en) | 2019-01-18 | 2023-07-11 | Geberit International Ag | Anti-scald device for fluid supply system having hot water disinfection |
US11485647B2 (en) * | 2019-05-23 | 2022-11-01 | Bsh Home Appliances Corporation | Changeable water filter in combination with a mixing valve for pretreatment of water in a home appliance and method of pretreating water |
US11473486B2 (en) * | 2020-06-08 | 2022-10-18 | Delta Electronics, Inc. | Fluid connector assembly, liquid cooling system and fluid circulation system |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20040194825A1 (en) | 2004-10-07 |
US7198059B2 (en) | 2007-04-03 |
US20070137709A1 (en) | 2007-06-21 |
US7475703B2 (en) | 2009-01-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US8522814B2 (en) | Water control valve assembly | |
US7475703B2 (en) | Thermostatically controlled bypass valve | |
US6929187B2 (en) | Water control fixture having thermostatically controlled bypass valve | |
US8820652B2 (en) | Bypass valve for a water circulation system | |
US6536464B1 (en) | Thermostatically controlled bypass valve and water circulating system for same | |
US8231064B2 (en) | Water control fixture having auxiliary functions | |
US9139985B2 (en) | Method and system for controlled release of hot water from a fixture | |
US9170584B2 (en) | Water circulation system valve assemblies having water temperature control | |
US5331996A (en) | Dual mode hot water circulation apparatus | |
KR100688032B1 (en) | Hot-water supplying apparatus for economization of water | |
CA2425237C (en) | Hot water recirculating system | |
WO1990012351A1 (en) | Fluid mixer device | |
KR100829818B1 (en) | Hot water feeder for bathroom mirror |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: GRUNDFOS PUMPS CORPORATION, KANSAS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:KEMPF, DALE;LUM, KEN;REEL/FRAME:018950/0369;SIGNING DATES FROM 20061213 TO 20061226 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |